Sei sulla pagina 1di 959

4024_s11_qp_21 4

4024_s11_qp_22 28
4024_w11_qp_21 52
4024_w11_qp_22 72
4024_s12_qp_21 96
4024_s12_qp_22 120
4024_w12_qp_21 140
4024_w12_qp_22 164
4024_s13_qp_21 188
4024_s13_qp_22 212
4024_w13_qp_21 236
4024_w13_qp_22 260
4024_s14_qp_21 284
4024_s14_qp_22 308
4024_w14_qp_21 328
4024_w14_qp_22 352
4024_s15_qp_21 376
4024_s15_qp_22 400
4024_w15_qp_21 424
4024_w15_qp_22 444
4024_s16_qp_21 468
4024_s16_qp_22 492
4024_w16_qp_21 512
4024_w16_qp_22 536
4024_s16_qp_21 560
4024_s16_qp_22 584
4024_w16_qp_21 604
4024_w16_qp_22 628
4024_s17_qp_21 652
4024_s17_qp_22 676
4024_w17_qp_21 696
4024_w17_qp_22 716
4024_s18_qp_21 740
4024_s18_qp_22 760
4024_s11_ms_21 780
4024_s11_ms_22 785
4024_w11_ms_21 790
4024_w11_ms_22 795
4024_s12_ms_21 801
4024_s12_ms_22 806
4024_w12_ms_21 812
4024_w12_ms_22 818
4024_s13_ms_21 824
4024_s13_ms_22 830
4024_w13_ms_21 835
4024_w13_ms_22 840
4024_s14_ms_21 847
4024_s14_ms_22 853
4024_w14_ms_21 859
4024_w14_ms_22 864
4024_s15_ms_21 869
4024_s15_ms_22 874
4024_w15_ms_21 879
4024_w15_ms_22 886
4024_s16_ms_21 892
4024_s16_ms_22 898
4024_w16_ms_21 904
4024_w16_ms_22 911
4024_s17_ms_21 918
4024_s17_ms_22 924
4024_w17_ms_21 932
4024_w17_ms_22 938
4024_s18_ms_21 946
4024_s18_ms_22 952
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
* 4 8 5 9 0 3 5 6 2 0 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 May/June 2011
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
For Examiner’s Use

This document consists of 24 printed pages.

DC (LEO/DJ) 35434/4
© UCLES 2011 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks] Do not


write in this
Answer all questions in this section. margin

1 (a) Ahmed’s internet provider offers two payment schemes.

Scheme A : $30 per month for unlimited use.


Scheme B : $0.05 per minute on weekdays and $0.03 per minute at the weekend.
1
Each month Ahmed uses the internet for a total of 5 hours at the weekday rate and a total
4
of 12 hours at the weekend rate.

Find the cost per month, in dollars, for Scheme B and decide which payment scheme is
cheaper.

Answer Scheme B costs $ ....................................

Scheme .............................is cheaper [2]

(b) Ahmed’s printer can use large or small black cartridges.


A large cartridge costs $48.50 and prints 1000 pages.
A small cartridge prints 650 pages.
2 small cartridges cost $65.

(i) Find the cost per page, in dollars, if Ahmed buys 2 small cartridges.

Answer $ ..................................... [1]

(ii) Is it cheaper per page for Ahmed to buy 2 small cartridges or a large cartridge?
Show your working.

[1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11


3

(c) Do not
Monitor Keyboard write in this
margin

$70
$375

Computer

Ahmed buys a new monitor, keyboard and computer.


He is given a 15% discount off the total price.
The discounted price that Ahmed pays is $1134.75.
The price of the monitor before the discount was $375.
The price of the keyboard before the discount was $70.

Calculate the price of the computer before the discount.

Answer $ ...................................... [3]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11 [Turn over


4

2 (a) A is the point (3, 6) and B is the point (11, 12). Do not
write in this
Find the coordinates of the midpoint of AB. margin

Answer (........... , ...........) [1]

(b) C and D have coordinates (10, 15) and (–8, –21).

(i) Find the equation of the line CD in the form y = mx + c .

Answer y = ................................... [2]

(ii) Does the point (–2, –9) lie on the line CD?
Show your working to justify your answer.

[1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11


5

(c) The line l has equation 4y = 3x + 15 . Do not


write in this
margin
(i) (a) Find the coordinates of the point where l crosses the x axis.

Answer (........... , ...........) [1]

(b) Find the coordinates of the point where l intersects the line y = p .
Express each coordinate in terms of p.

Answer (.................... , ....................) [2]

(ii) The line l is drawn on the grid below.

y
9
l
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x

By drawing the line 3x + 2y = 30 on the grid, find the coordinates of the point where
these two lines intersect.

Answer (........... , ...........) [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11 [Turn over


6

3 (a) Do not
S write in this
margin

R
37°
Q

PQRS is a triangular-based pyramid.


RS is perpendicular to the base PQR.
RS = 8 cm and RQ̂ S = 37°.

(i) Find QR.

Answer .................................. cm [2]

(ii)
N
K 2
M
L

Pyramid KLMN is similar to pyramid PQRS.


MN = 2 cm and the volume of KLMN is 3 cm3.

Find the volume of PQRS.

Answer ................................. cm3 [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11


7

(b) Do not
write in this
Exchange Rate margin

$1 = £0.45

Jean-Pierre bought a watch for $110.


Simon bought an identical watch for £46.62.

Find the difference, in dollars, between the amount Jean-Pierre paid and the amount Simon
paid.

Answer $ ...................................... [2]

(c) The time taken to build a brick wall is inversely proportional to the number of workers.
3 workers took 30 hours to build a wall.

Calculate the time it would have taken 5 workers to build this wall.

Answer .............................. hours [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11 [Turn over


8

4 Do not
y write in this
margin

Rectangular paving slabs measure x centimetres by y centimetres, where x ⬍ y.


Fourteen of these slabs form a path around each of two different rectangular gardens.
These two gardens are shaded in the designs below.

Design 1 Design 2

(a) The outside perimeter of the path in Design 1 is 10.2 metres.


The total perimeter of the path in Design 2 is 13.6 metres.

Show that 4x + 5y = 510 and 5x + 2y = 340.

[2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11


9

(b) Solve the simultaneous equations. Do not


write in this
4x + 5y = 510 margin

5x + 2y = 340

Answer x = ..................................

y = .................................. [3]

(c) Find the difference between the areas of the two gardens.
Give your answer in square metres.

Answer .................................. m2 [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11 [Turn over


10

5

(a) A = –1 2
3 –1 冣 and B =
冢–34 –12冣 . Do not
write in this
margin

(i) Find AB.

Answer [2]

(ii) Find B–1.

Answer [2]

冢 冣 冢 冣
→ 12 → –4
(b) PQ = and QR = .
5 1


(i) Calculate 兩 PQ 兩.

Answer ........................................ [2]



(ii) Find PR .

Answer [1]
© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11
11

(c) You may use the grid below to help you answer this question. Do not
T is the point (13, 7) and U is the point (8, 9). write in this
margin

(i) Find TU .

Answer [1]

(ii) TUV is an isosceles triangle with TU = TV .


The y-coordinates of the points U and V are equal.

Find the coordinates of V.

Answer (........... , ...........) [1]

(iii) W is the point (1, 3).

Calculate the area of triangle TUW.

Answer .............................. units2 [3]

y
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 x

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11 [Turn over


12

6 (a) The diagram shows triangles A, B and C. Do not


write in this
y margin
6

2
A
1

–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x
–1

–2

–3
C
B
–4

–5

–6

(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps

(a) triangle A onto triangle B,

Answer ......................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [2]

(b) triangle A onto triangle C.

Answer ......................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11


13

(ii) One vertex of triangle A is (2, 1). Do not


write in this
Find the coordinates of this point when it is margin

(a) reflected in the line y = –x,

Answer (........... , ...........) [1]

(b) rotated through 90° anticlockwise about (1, –1).

Answer (........... , ...........) [1]

(b) You may use the grid below to help you answer this question.

The points (2, 1), (4, 3), (3, 1) and (p, q) form a quadrilateral.
This quadrilateral has rotational symmetry order 1 and one line of symmetry.

(i) One possible position of (p, q) is (2, 2).

Write down the name of this special quadrilateral.

Answer ........................................ [1]

(ii) Given that p and q are integers, find two other possible positions of (p, q).

Answer (........... , ...........)

(........... , ...........) [2]

y
5

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 x

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11 [Turn over


14

Section B [48 marks] Do not


write in this
Answer four questions in this section. margin

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

7
B 20 C
115°

16

A D

ABCD is a trapezium with AD parallel to BC.


AB = 16 cm, BC = 20 cm and AB̂ C = 115°.

(a) Find AC.

Answer ................................... cm [4]

(b) Show that the perpendicular distance between BC and AD is 14.5 cm.

[2]
© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11
15

(c) The area of the trapezium ABCD is 348 cm2. Do not


write in this
(i) Find AD. margin

Answer ................................... cm [2]

(ii) Show that the area of triangle ACD is 203 cm2.

[1]

(iii) Hence, or otherwise, find CÂ D.

Answer .......................................... [3]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11 [Turn over


16

8 (a) Do not
B write in this
margin
y+9

M
y+5
y

A is a point on the circle, centre M, and AB is a tangent at A.


AM = y centimetres, AB = (y + 5) centimetres and MB = (y + 9) centimetres.

(i) Show that y2 – 8y – 56 = 0 .

[2]

(ii) Solve the equation y2 – 8y – 56 = 0, giving each answer correct to 1 decimal place.

Answer y = ............... or ............... [3]

(iii) Find the length of the longest side of triangle ABM.

Answer ................................... cm [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11


17

(b) Do not
Q write in this
margin

O

S
R T

Q, R and S are points on a circle, centre O.


QT is the tangent at Q and QT̂ O = x°.
1
(i) (a) Show that QR̂ S is (90 – x).
2

[1]

(b) Find an expression, in terms of x, for OQ̂ S.

Answer ........................................ [2]

(ii) It is given that three times QR̂ S is twice OQ̂ S.

(a) Show that 180 + 2x = 270 – 3x .

[2]
(b) Hence find QT̂ O.

Answer ........................................ [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11 [Turn over


18

9 The masses of 120 potatoes were recorded. Do not


The table below shows the distribution of their masses. write in this
margin

Mass (m grams) 0 ⭐ m ⬍ 100 100 ⭐ m ⬍ 150 150 ⭐ m ⬍ 200 200 ⭐ m ⬍ 250 250 ⭐ m ⬍ 350
Frequency 14 28 37 21 20

(a) (i) Using a scale of 2 cm to represent 50 grams, label the horizontal axis for masses from
0 to 350 grams.
Using a scale of 1 cm to represent 0.1 unit, label the vertical axis for frequency densities
from 0 to 0.8 units.

Draw a histogram to represent the information in the table.

[3]

(ii) Estimate the number of potatoes with a mass greater than 270 grams.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iii) In which interval is the upper quartile of the distribution?

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iv) Find the probability that a potato chosen at random has a mass less than 150 grams.
Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.

Answer .......................................... [1]


© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11
19

The masses of some oranges were recorded. Do not


The table below shows the distribution of their masses. write in this
margin

Mass (n grams) 100 ⭐ n ⬍ 150 150 ⭐ n ⬍ 200 200 ⭐ n ⬍ 250


Frequency 14 p 26

(b) The estimated mean mass of an orange is 183 grams.

Find the value of p.

Answer ........................................ [3]

(c) (i) An orange is chosen at random.

Find the probability that it has a mass less than 250 grams.

Answer ........................................ [1]

(ii) A potato and an orange are chosen at random.

Calculate the probability that they both have a mass less than 150 grams.

Answer ........................................ [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11 [Turn over


20

10 A cylindrical candle has a height of 5 cm. Do not


12 mm write in this
A is the centre of the top of the candle and B is the
A margin
centre of the base of the candle.
The wick runs from B through A and extends
12 mm above A.
5 cm

(a) How many of these candles can be made using a 2 m length of wick?

Answer ........................................ [2]

(b) The wick is in the form of a solid cylinder.


The volume of the wick inside the candle from A to B is 0.2 cm3.

(i) Calculate the radius of the wick.


Give your answer in millimetres.

Answer ................................. mm [3]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11


21

(ii) One candle was made by pouring candle wax into a cylindrical mould so that it Do not
surrounded the wick. write in this
This mould has an internal radius of 1.9 cm. margin

(a) Calculate the volume of candle wax required to make this candle.

Answer ................................. cm3 [3]

(b) How many of these candles can be made using 3 litres of candle wax?

Answer ........................................ [2]

(c)

length

One of these candles is placed on a rectangular piece of wrapping paper.


The paper is wrapped around the candle so that it covers the outside and there is an
extra 1 cm for an overlap.

What is the length, in centimetres, of paper required to wrap one candle?

Answer .................................. cm [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11 [Turn over


22

11 (a) Do not
write in this
margin
90

80

70

60

50
Speed
(km/h)
40

30

20

10

0
7.50 am 8.00 am 8.10 am 8.20 am 8.30 am
Time of day

The speed-time graph represents Brian’s car journey to work on Monday.

(i) How long does his journey take?

Answer .......................... minutes [1]

(ii) During the first 10 minutes he travels with a constant acceleration.

Find this acceleration in kilometres per hour per hour.

Answer ............................. km/h2 [1]

(iii) How far does Brian travel at his maximum speed?

Answer .................................. km [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11


23

(b) On Tuesday Brian leaves home at 8.00 am and travels 30 km to work. Do not
On the first part of his journey he travels for 15 minutes at a speed of 40 km/h. write in this
On the second part of his journey he travels 12 km in 8 minutes at a constant speed. margin

On the third part of his journey he travels at a constant speed.


He arrives at work at 8.47 am.

(i) Find the distance he travels on the first part of his journey.

Answer .................................... km [1]

(ii) On the axes below, draw a distance-time graph to represent his journey to work on
Tuesday.

30

25

20

Distance
15
(km)

10

0
8.00 am 8.10 am 8.20 am 8.30 am 8.40 am 8.50 am
Time of day [2]
(iii) Calculate the speed, in kilometres per hour, for the third part of his journey.

Answer ............................... km/h [2]

Please turn over for the rest of this question.


© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11 [Turn over
24

(c) North Do not


write in this
margin

J 125°

L 15

K
The scale drawing shows a map of three towns, J, K and L.
The distance of K from J is 15 km and the bearing of K from J is 125°.

(i) M is due south of J and due west of K.

Calculate the distance, in kilometres, of M from K.


Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer .................................. km [2]

(ii) Using measurements from the diagram, find

(a) the bearing of L from J,

Answer ........................................ [1]

(b) the actual distance, in kilometres, of L from J.

Answer .................................. km [1]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been
made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at
the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
* 0 8 9 8 3 7 4 1 9 8 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 May/June 2011
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
For Examiner’s Use

This document consists of 24 printed pages.

DC (NH/DJ) 35608/4
© UCLES 2011 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks] Do not


write in this
Answer all questions in this section. margin

1 (a) Express as a single fraction in its simplest form

(i) 1 – 2 ,
2x 5x

Answer ........................................ [1]


4 7 .
(ii) +
x x–3

Answer ........................................ [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11


3

2x – 3 Do not
(b) A function is defined by f(x) = .
4 write in this
margin
(i) Find f(2).

Answer ........................................ [1]

(ii) Given that f –1(x) = cx + d, find the values of c and d.

Answer c = ............. d = ............. [2]

(iii) Given that f(g) = –g, find the value of g.

Answer ........................................ [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11 [Turn over


4

2 (a) The formula for the area of a trapezium is A = 12 h ( c + d ). Do not


write in this
margin
(i) Find an expression for c in terms of A, h and d.

Answer ........................................ [2]

(ii)
c

The diagram shows a trapezium with dimensions given in centimetres.


The perpendicular distance between the parallel lines is 4 cm.
The area of the trapezium is 22 cm2.

Find c.

Answer ........................................ [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11


5

(b) Do not
write in this
margin
26

14 20

32

In the diagram, the shaded area represents a rectangular picture frame.


The outer rectangle is 32 cm by 20 cm.
The inner rectangle is 26 cm by 14 cm.
All measurements are given to the nearest centimetre.

(i) Calculate the lower bound of the perimeter of the outer rectangle.

Answer .................................. cm [2]

(ii) Calculate the upper bound of the area of the frame.

Answer .................................cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11 [Turn over


6

3 Do not
write in this
margin
B A N A N A
The letters spelling the word BANANA are written on six tiles.

(a) Find the probability that a tile chosen at random has the letter N on it.
Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.

Answer ........................................ [1]

(b) The six tiles are placed in a bag.


Three tiles are chosen at random without replacement.
The first is placed in Position 1, the second in Position 2 and the third in Position 3.

_________ _________ _________

Position 1 Position 2 Position 3

(i) Find the probability that the three tiles spell BAN.
Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.

Answer ........................................ [2]

(ii) The tiles are now replaced and the process is repeated.

Find the probability that the three tiles spell either ANN or ANA.
Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.

Answer ........................................ [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11


7

4 un is the nth term of the sequence 4, 7, 10, 13, .......... Do not


write in this
(a) (i) Write down an expression, in terms of n, for un. margin

Answer ........................................ [1]

(ii) Hence find the 20th term of the sequence.

Answer ........................................ [1]

(b) vn is the nth term of the sequence 15, 13, 11, 9, ..........

(i) Write down an expression, in terms of n, for vn.

Answer ........................................ [1]

(ii) wn is the nth term of another sequence that is obtained by multiplying un by vn.

Given that wn = 17 + kn – 6n2, find k.

Answer ........................................ [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11 [Turn over


8

5 Do not
write in this
margin
20

15

Distance
from home 10
(km)

0
11 00 11 30 12 00 12 30 13 00 13 30 14 00
Time of day

The distance-time graph shows Ravi’s cycle journey.


He sets out from home and cycles to a park.
After a short stop at the park, he then continues his journey to a shopping centre.
He stops for lunch at the shopping centre before cycling home.

(a) At what time does Ravi arrive at the park?

Answer ........................................... [1]

(b) How many minutes does Ravi spend at the shopping centre?

Answer ............................. minutes [1]

(c) How far is the park from the shopping centre?

Answer ..................................... km [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11


9

(d) At what speed does Ravi cycle home? Do not


Give your answer in kilometres per hour. write in this
margin

Answer ...............................km/h [1]

(e) Between which two places did Ravi cycle slowest?

Answer ......................................... and ...........................................[1]

(f) Salim, Ravi’s brother, sets out from home at 11 15.


He cycles directly to the shopping centre at a constant speed of 15 km/h.

Who arrives at the shopping centre first?


How many minutes later does his brother arrive?

Answer .................... arrives first and his brother arrives .................... minutes later. [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11 [Turn over


10

6 The pie chart, not drawn accurately, represents the weekly income of the five employees in a Do not
small British company in 2009. write in this
margin

Ed
Andrew

David 72°
60°
Brian

Carol

Andrew’s weekly income is represented by a sector with an angle of 72º.


Brian’s weekly income is represented by a sector with an angle of 60º.

(a) Andrew’s weekly income was £270.

Find the total weekly income of the five employees.

Answer £ ...................................... [1]

(b) Calculate Brian’s weekly income.

Answer £ ...................................... [1]

(c) Carol’s weekly income was £405.

Calculate the angle of the sector representing Carol’s weekly income.

Answer ........................................ [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11


11

(d) David’s weekly income was twice as much as Ed’s weekly income. Do not
write in this
Calculate David’s weekly income. margin

Answer £ ...................................... [2]

(e) Andrew paid 20% of his weekly income of £270 as tax.


He also paid 6% of his weekly income of £270 towards his pension.

How much of his weekly income did he have left after paying tax and pension?

Answer £ ...................................... [2]

(f) Carol paid 20% of her weekly income of £405 as tax.


She also paid x% of her weekly income towards her pension.
She then had £287.55 of her weekly income left.

Find x.

Answer ........................................ [3]

(g) Andrew’s weekly income of £270 in 2009 was 8% more than his weekly income in 2008.

Find his weekly income in 2008.

Answer £ ...................................... [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11 [Turn over


12

7 (a) Do not
A Y B write in this
margin
r

C
F
q X

E 2p D

In the diagram, ABCDEF is a hexagon with rotational symmetry of order 2.


→ → →
ED = 2p, EF = q and AF = r.
X is the midpoint of CD and Y is the point on AB such that AY : YB is 3 : 1.

(i) How many lines of symmetry does ABCDEF have?

Answer ........................................ [1]

(ii) Express, as simply as possible, in terms of one or more of the vectors p, q and r,

(a) EA ,

Answer ........................................ [1]



(b) FC ,

Answer ........................................ [1]



(c) FY ,

Answer ........................................ [1]



(d) YX .

Answer ........................................ [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11


13

(b) Do not
P Q write in this
margin
95° 140°

R
U

T S

PQRSTU is a similar hexagon to ABCDEF.


UP̂ S = 95º and PQ̂ R = 140º.

Find

(i) QP̂ S,

Answer ........................................ [1]

(ii) PŜ R,

Answer ........................................ [1]

(iii) PÛ T.

Answer ........................................ [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11 [Turn over


14

Section B [48 marks] Do not


write in this
margin
Answer four questions in this section.

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

8 (a) A = ( –14 31) and B = ( –35 –24) .


Find

(i) 2A – B,

Answer [2]

(ii) B–1.

Answer [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11


15

(b) The diagram shows triangles A, B and C. Do not


write in this
y margin

9
8
7
6
5
4
A
3
2 C
1

–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
–1
B
–2
–3

(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.

Answer ..............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle C.

Answer ..............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(iii) Another transformation is represented by the matrix P, where P = 0


This transformation maps triangle A onto triangle D. 1 ( –1 .
0 )
Find the vertices of triangle D.

Answer (............ , ............) (............ , ............) (............ , ............) [2]

(iv) Describe fully the single transformation represented by the matrix P.

Answer ..............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11 [Turn over


16

9 The table below shows some of the values of x and the corresponding values of y for Do not
write in this
y = (2x – 3)(x + 2). margin

x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3

y 9 0 –3 4 15

(a) Complete the table. [1]

(b) On the axes below, plot the points from the table and join them with a smooth curve.

y
16

14

12

10

–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 x
–2

–4

–6

–8
[2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11


17

(c) Use your graph to Do not


write in this
(i) solve the equation (2x – 3)(x + 2) = 2, margin

Answer ........................................ [1]

(ii) find the minimum value of y,

Answer ........................................ [1]

(iii) find the gradient of the curve at (2 , 4).

Answer ........................................ [2]

(d) (i) Show that the x-coordinates of the points where y = (2x – 3)(x + 2) and y = 1 – 2x
would intersect are the solutions of the equation

2x2 + 3x – 7 = 0.

[1]

(ii) Solve algebraically the equation 2x2 + 3x – 7 = 0, giving each answer correct to
2 decimal places.

Answer x = ................ or ................ [4]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11 [Turn over


18

10 Do not
S write in this
margin

300
C
15°
250
B

The angle of depression of a buoy, B, from a point, C, on a cliff is 15º.


The distance BC is 250 m.
A seagull, S, hovers so that it is vertically above B and SB = 300 m.

(a) (i) Find SB̂ C.

Answer ........................................ [1]

(ii) Find SC.

Answer .................................... m [3]

(iii) Find the angle of elevation of S from C.

Answer ....................................... [3]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11


19

(b) Do not
C write in this
margin
15°
250
B
D

D is a marker at sea level vertically below C and due west of B.

(i) Find DB.

Answer .................................... m [2]

(ii) M is a marker at sea level 200 m from B and DB̂ M = 30º.

Find the area of triangle DBM.

Answer .................................. m2 [2]

(iii) N is a marker at sea level due south of B and DN = 450 m.


A boat sails on a circular course through D, B and N.

Write down the radius of the circle.

Answer .................................... m [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11 [Turn over


20

1 2 Do not
11 [Volume of a cone = π r h] write in this
3
margin

The solid above consists of a cone with base radius r centimetres on top of a cylinder
of radius r centimetres.
The height of the cylinder is twice the height of the cone.
The total height of the solid is H centimetres.

(a) Find an expression, in terms of π, r and H, for the volume of the solid.
Give your answer in its simplest form.

Answer ....................................... [3]

(b) It is given that r = 10 and the height of the cone is 15 cm.

(i) Show that the slant height of the cone is 18.0 cm, correct to one decimal place.

[2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11


21

(ii) Find the circumference of the base of the cone. Do not


write in this
margin

Answer .................................. cm [2]

(iii) The curved surface area of the cone


can be made into the shape of a
sector of a circle with angle θº.
18
Show that θ is 200, correct to θ°
the nearest integer.
18

[2]

(iv) Hence, or otherwise, find the total surface area of the solid.

Answer .................................cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11 [Turn over


22

12 The time taken by each of 320 students taking a Physics test was recorded. Do not
The following table shows a distribution of their times. write in this
margin

Time
60 ⬍ m 艋 70 70 ⬍ m 艋 80 80 ⬍ m 艋 90 90 ⬍ m 艋 100 100 ⬍ m 艋 110 110 ⬍ m 艋 120
(m minutes)
Frequency 24 92 104 68 24 8

(a) Complete the cumulative frequency table below.

Time (m minutes) m 艋 60 m 艋 70 m 艋 80 m 艋 90 m 艋 100 m 艋 110 m 艋 120


Cumulative frequency 0 24 116
[1]

(b) For this part of the question use the graph paper opposite.

(i) Using a scale of 2 cm to represent 10 minutes, draw a horizontal m-axis


for 60 艋 m 艋 120.
Using a scale of 1 cm to represent 20 students, draw a vertical axis for cumulative
frequencies from 0 to 320.
On your axes, draw a smooth cumulative frequency curve to illustrate the information.
[3]

(ii) Use your graph to estimate

(a) the median,

Answer ............................. minutes [1]

(b) the interquartile range,

Answer ............................. minutes [2]

(c) the percentage of students who took at least 95 minutes to complete the test.

Answer ........................................... [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11


23

Please turn over for the rest of this question.

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11 [Turn over


24

(iii) A group of 300 students of similar ability took an equivalent test the previous year. Do not
The following graph shows a distribution of their times. write in this
margin

300

250

200

Cumulative
frequency 150

100

50

0
60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Time (minutes)
(a) Find the 20th percentile.

Answer ............................. minutes [1]

(b) Find the percentage of students who took at least 95 minutes to complete the test.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(c) Hence make a comparison between the two tests.

Answer .......................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [1]
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/M/J/11


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
* 4 0 8 4 4 0 0 1 6 3 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 October/November 2011
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
For Examiner’s Use

This document consists of 20 printed pages.

DC (NH/DJ) 35497/3
© UCLES 2011 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks] Do not


write in this
Answer all the questions in this section. margin

1
ABC is a triangle in which AB̂ C = 90°, BÂC = 40° A
and BC = 10 cm.
P is the point on AB such that PĈB = 20°. 40°

20°
B 10 C

Calculate

(a) PB,

Answer .................................. cm [2]

(b) AP,

Answer .................................. cm [2]

(c) the perimeter of triangle PBC.

Answer .................................. cm [3]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11


3

2 (a) Solve 5t(3t + 7) = 0 . Do not


write in this
margin

Answer t = .................... or .................... [2]

(b) Solve the simultaneous equations.


3x + 4y = 1
5x – 8y = 9

Answer x = ..................................

y = .................................. [3]

(c) Express as a single fraction 5 – 4 .


p–2 2p + 3

Answer ........................................ [3]


q2 – 1
(d) Simplify .
2q2 – 3q + 1

Answer ........................................ [3]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11 [Turn over


4

3 P, Q, R and S are four points on level ground. Do not


PQ is parallel to RS and QP̂S = 60°. Q write in this
PS and RQ intersect at T. North margin
P 60°

(a) Write down the value of PŜR. Give a reason for your answer.

Answer PŜR = .................... because .......................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) The bearing of Q from P is 070°.


Find the bearing of

(i) S from P,

Answer ........................................ [1]

(ii) P from S,

Answer ........................................ [1]

(iii) R from S.

Answer ........................................ [1]

(c) (i) Explain why triangles PQT and SRT are similar.

Answer ...............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Given that PT = 54 m, TS = 36 m and RQ = 85 m, find TQ.

Answer .................................... m [3]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11


5

4 A fair five-sided spinner is numbered 1, 3, 5, 7 and 9. Do not


1 write in this
3 margin
(a) Maria spins it once. Find the probability that the number obtained is

5
9
7
(i) 7,

Answer ........................................ [1]

(ii) an odd number.

Answer ........................................ [1]

(b) Pedro spins it twice and adds the two numbers obtained.
Some of the results are shown in the possibility diagram below.

+ 1 3 5 7 9
1 2 4
3 12
5
7 14
9

(i) Complete the possibility diagram. [2]

(ii) Find the probability that the sum of the two numbers is

(a) odd,

Answer ........................................ [1]

(b) 14 or more.

Answer ........................................ [1]

(c) Katrina spins it three times.

Calculate the probability that the three numbers obtained are the same.
Express your answer as a fraction in its lowest terms.

Answer ........................................ [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11 [Turn over


6

5 Do not
O write in this
margin

60°

A D

6 E 6

B C

In the diagram, OBC is the sector of a circle, centre O, and BÔC = 60°.
A and D are the midpoints of OB and OC respectively, and AB = DC = 6 cm.
AED is a semicircle with AD as diameter.

(a) Show that AD = 6 cm.

[1]

(b) The length of the arc BC is n π centimetres.

(i) Find n.

Answer ........................................ [1]

(ii) Find the length of the arc AED .


the length of the arc BC

Answer ........................................ [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11


7

(c) (i) Find the area of the sector BOC. Do not


write in this
margin

Answer ................................. cm2 [2]

(ii) Hence find the area of the shaded region.

Answer ................................. cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11 [Turn over


8

6 (a) Ada and Bill own a company. Do not


In 2008 Ada invests $22 500 in the company and Bill invests $37 500. write in this
margin

(i) Express 22 500 : 37 500 in the form m : n, where m and n are the smallest
possible integers.

Answer ................... : ................... [1]

(ii) The profit made by the company in 2008 is shared in the ratio of the amounts invested.

Given that Ada’s share of the profit is $3 600, calculate the total profit made by the
company.

Answer $ ...................................... [1]

(iii) Ada’s investment in 2008 is 1212% more than the amount she invested in 2007.

Calculate the amount that Ada invested in 2007.

Answer $ ...................................... [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11


9

(b) Do not
write in this
margin
LAWNMOWER Plan A: Deposit $595 and
12 monthly payments of $171.04
$2395
Plan B: Deposit $395 and
24 monthly payments of $

(i) Rashid buys one of these lawnmowers for $2395.


Sayeed buys one of these lawnmowers using Plan A.

In total, how much more than Rashid will Sayeed pay?

Answer $ ...................................... [1]

(ii) When one of these lawnmowers is bought using Plan B, the total cost is $3054.20.

Calculate the monthly payment.

Answer $ ...................................... [2]

(iii) In a sale, the price of the lawnmower is reduced from $2395 to $1595.

Calculate the percentage discount.

Answer .................................... % [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11 [Turn over


10

Section B [48 marks] Do not


write in this
Answer four questions in this section. margin

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

7 (a)
A

B C
Q

In the diagram, ABC is an equilateral triangle.


The points P, Q and R lie on AB, BC and CA respectively, such that AP = BQ = CR.

(i) Show that triangles APR, BQP and CRQ are congruent.

[3]

(ii) It is given that AB = 5 cm and PQ = 4 cm .

(a) Find Area of triangle PQR .


Area of triangle ABC

Answer ......................................... [1]

(b) Find Area of triangle APR .


Area of triangle ABC

Answer ......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11


11

(b) In the diagram, ABCD is a square. Do not


The point P lies on the circle through A B write in this
A, B, C and D. margin

D C

(i) Explain why AP̂C = 90°.

Answer .......................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Explain why AP̂B = BP̂C.

Answer .......................................................................................................................... [2]

(iii) Hence find

(a) AP̂B,

Answer ......................................... [1]

(b) AP̂D.

Answer ......................................... [1]

(iv) PC and AD intersect at R.

Given that AR̂C = 127°, find PD̂C. A B

P
127°
R

D C

Answer ................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11 [Turn over


12

8 The variables x and y are connected by the equation y = 2x – 5 . Do not


2x write in this
margin
The table below shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y.
The values of y are correct to 1 decimal place where appropriate.

x 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2


y –9.5 –4 –1.8 –0.5 0.5 1.3 2.1 2.8

(a) On the grid, plot the points given in the table and join them with a smooth curve.
y
10

–2 –1 0 1 2 x

–2

–4

–6

–8

–10
[2]
© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11
13

(b) By drawing a tangent, find the gradient of the curve at the point (0.75, –1.8). Do not
write in this
margin

Answer ........................................ [2]


5
(c) The line y = 2 – x intersects the curve y = 2x – at the point P.
2x
(i) On the grid, draw the graph of the straight line y = 2 – x.

[2]

(ii) Write down the x coordinate of P.

Answer ........................................ [1]

(iii) This value of x is a solution of the equation 6x2 – Bx – C = 0 .

Find B and C.

Answer B = .................................

C = ................................. [3]
5
(d) Let f (x) = 2x – .
2x
(i) Given that f (a) = b, show that f (–a) = –b.

[1]
5
(ii) Hence, using the table on the previous page, draw the graph of y = 2x –
2x
for –2 ⭐ x ⭐ – 0.25.

[1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11 [Turn over


14

9 (a) B Do not
write in this
5.5 margin

C
25° 11
A

In the diagram, AC = 11 cm, BC = 5.5 cm and BÂC = 25°.


It is given that AB̂C is an obtuse angle.

Calculate AB̂C.

Answer ........................................ [4]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11


15

(b) Do not
E
write in this
5+x margin
x 120°

D F
12

In the diagram, DF = 12 cm, DE = x centimetres and EF = (5 + x) centimetres.

(i) Form an equation in x and show that it reduces to 3x2 + 15x – 119 = 0 .

[3]

(ii) Solve the equation 3x2 + 15x – 119 = 0, giving each answer correct to 3 decimal
places.

Answer x = .................... or .................... [4]

(iii) Find the length of EF in millimetres, correct to the nearest millimetre.

Answer ................................. mm [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11 [Turn over


16

10 The distribution of the masses of 140 eggs is given in the table below. Do not
write in this
margin
Mass
35 < m ⭐ 40 40 < m ⭐ 45 45 < m ⭐ 50 50 < m ⭐ 55 55 < m ⭐ 60 60 < m ⭐ 70
(m grams)
Number of
15 20 30 35 28 12
eggs

(a) Using a scale of 1 cm to represent 5 grams, draw a horizontal axis for 30 ⭐ m ⭐ 70.
Using a scale of 1 cm to 1 unit, draw a vertical axis to represent frequency density.

Draw a histogram to represent the information in the table.

[3]

(b) (i) Complete the cumulative frequency table below.

Mass
m ⭐ 35 m ⭐ 40 m ⭐ 45 m ⭐ 50 m ⭐ 55 m ⭐ 60 m ⭐ 70
(m grams)
Cumulative
0 15 140
frequency
[1]

(ii) On the grid on the next page, draw a smooth cumulative frequency curve to represent
this information.

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11


17

Do not
140 write in this
margin

120

100

80
Cumulative
frequency

60

40

20

0
30 40 50 60 70
Mass (m grams) [3]

(c) Use your graph to find

(i) the median mass of the eggs,

Answer ..................................... g [1]

(ii) the interquartile range.

Answer ..................................... g [2]

(d) The 12 eggs with the greatest mass are classed as extra large.
The 30 eggs with the least mass are classed as small.

Use your graph to find an estimate of the smallest difference in mass between an extra large
egg and a small egg.

Answer ..................................... g [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11 [Turn over


18

11 (a) Some transformations of the plane are given in the following table. Do not
write in this
margin
Mx Reflection in the x-axis
My Reflection in the y-axis
Md Reflection in the line y = –x
R90 Rotation of 90°, anti-clockwise, centre the origin
R180 Rotation of 180°, centre the origin
R270 Rotation of 270°, anti-clockwise, centre the origin.

You may use the grid on the next page to help answer the following questions.

(i) The point A has coordinates (2, 3).

(a) Find the coordinates of My(A).

Answer (........... , ...........) [1]

(b) Find the coordinates of Md My(A).

Answer (........... , ...........) [1]

(c) The inverse of R90 maps B onto A.

Find the coordinates of B.

Answer (........... , ...........) [2]

(ii) (a) Write down the matrix which represents Mx.

Answer ( ) [1]

(b) Which single transformation given in the table is equivalent to R180Mx?

Answer ........................................ [1]


© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11
19

Do not
write in this
margin

Turn over for the rest of this question.

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11 [Turn over


20

(b) The points P and Q have coordinates (4, 0) and (9, 0) respectively. Do not
The points P´ and Q´ have coordinates (4, 4) and (7, 8) respectively. write in this
margin

(i) Write down the length of PQ.

Answer PQ = ..................... units [1]

(ii) Calculate the length of P´Q´.

Answer P´Q´ = .................... units [2]

(iii) PQ is mapped onto P´Q´ by a single rotation.


By using the grid below,

(a) find, by drawing, the coordinates of the centre of this rotation,

Answer (........... , ...........) [2]

(b) measure the clockwise angle of rotation.

Answer ........................................ [1]


y
8

–2 0 2 4 6 8 10 x

–2

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
* 0 7 1 8 3 9 5 1 7 5 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 October/November 2011
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
For Examiner’s Use

This document consists of 24 printed pages.

DC (CW/DJ) 35498/3
© UCLES 2011 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks] Do not


write in this
Answer all questions in this section. margin

1 (a) A = h(4m + h)

Express m in terms of A and h.

Answer ....................................... [3]

(b) Factorise completely 3ax + 5bx – 6ay –10by .

Answer ....................................... [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11


3

5x – 1 9
(c) Solve the equation = . Do not
9 5x – 1 write in this
margin

Answer x = .................... or .................... [3]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11 [Turn over


4

2 Do not
Q write in this
margin
5.32
North
A 25°
3.73 P

5.47

The diagram shows four points, A, B, P and Q, at sea.


B is due South of A and P is due East of A.
AP = 3.73 km, BP = 5.47 km, AQ = 5.32 km and PÂQ = 25°.

(a) Calculate A B̂P.

Answer ....................................... [2]

(b) Calculate PQ.

Answer .................................km [4]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11


5

(c) A boat sailed in a straight line from Q to A. Do not


write in this
(i) Find the bearing of A from Q. margin

Answer ...................................... [1]

(ii) A lighthouse is situated at A.


The top of the lighthouse is 30 m above sea level.
Calculate the angle of depression of the boat from the top of the lighthouse when the
boat is 100 m from A.

Answer ...................................... [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11 [Turn over


6

3 (a) Do not
write in this
margin

Diagram I

Diagram I shows one large circle and five identical small circles.
Each of the five radii shown is a tangent to two of the small circles.

(i) Describe the symmetry of the diagram.

Answer ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) The radius of the large circle is R centimetres and the radius of each small circle
is r centimetres.
Each small circle is equal in area to the shaded region.

Find R2 : r2.

Answer ................... : ...................[3]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11


7

(b) Do not
write in this
margin

r B
C
Diagram II
A O

Diagram II shows the same large circle and arcs of the same small circles as in Diagram I.
C is the centre of one of the small circles.
This circle touches the adjacent circles at A and B.
O is the centre of the large circle.

(i) Show that reflex AĈB = 252°.

[2]

(ii) The perimeter of the shaded region is kπr centimetres.

Calculate the value of k.

Answer ...................................... [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11 [Turn over


8

4 (a) A shopkeeper buys some plates from a manufacturer for $10 each. Do not
write in this
(i) (a) The shopkeeper sells a plate for $12. margin

Calculate the percentage profit.

Answer ...................................% [1]

(b) The shopkeeper buys 240 plates and sells 180 at $12 each.
The rest were sold to a café for a total of $540.

Calculate the percentage discount given to the café.

Answer ...................................% [2]

(ii) The manufacturer made a profit of 60% when he sold each plate for $10.

Calculate the cost of manufacturing each plate.

Answer $ .................................... [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11


9

(b) Another shopkeeper bought 100 pans at $5 each. Do not


He sold 63 at $6 each and x at $4 each. write in this
He did not sell all the pans nor enough to make an overall profit. margin

(i) Form an inequality in x.

Answer ...................................... [1]

(ii) Hence find the greatest possible number of pans that were sold.

Answer ...................................... [2]

(c) One day, the rate of exchange between American dollars ($) and British pounds (£)
was $1.45 = £1.

(i) Alan changed £300 into dollars.

Calculate how many dollars he received.

Answer $ .................................... [1]

(ii) On the same day, the rate of exchange between South African rands (R) and pounds
was R10.44 = £1.

Calculate the number of rands received in exchange for one dollar.

Answer R ................................... [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11 [Turn over


10

x Do not

 3 –1 0
  
11 = 4 . write in this
5 (a) margin
1 –0 1 y 9
Find x and y.

Answer x = ................................ [2]

y = ................................ [2]

(b) (i) The transformation A is represented by the matrix


a
c
b
d.

Find, in terms of a, b, c and d as appropriate,

(a) the image of (1, 0) under the transformation A,

Answer (........... , ...........) [1]

(b) the image of (0, 1) under the transformation A.

Answer (........... , ...........) [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11


11

(ii) The transformation B maps (1, 0) onto (1, 3) and (0, 1) onto (–3, –2). Do not
write in this
Write down the matrix that represents transformation B. margin

Answer
  [1]

(iii) Describe fully the transformation given by the matrix


10 –10 .

Answer ...............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11 [Turn over


12

6 You may use the graph paper on the next page to help answer this question. Do not
write in this
The point A is (0, 7), and the point B is (6, 9). margin


(a) Express AB as a column vector.

Answer ...................................... [1]

(b) Find the gradient of AB.

Answer ...................................... [1]

(c) The equation of the line AB is x + Py + Q = 0 .

Find P and Q.

Answer P = ............................... [2]

Q = ............................... [2]

(d) The point C is (12, 2).

(i) Given that C is the midpoint of BM, find the coordinates of M.

Answer (........... , ...........) [1]

(ii) Calculate AC.

Answer .............................. units [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11


13

(iii) The point D lies on the line AB. Do not


The line CD is parallel to the y-axis. write in this
margin

(a) Find the coordinates of D.

Answer (........... , ...........) [2]


→ →
(b) Express AD in terms of AB .


Answer AD = ........................... [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11 [Turn over


14

Section B [48 marks] Do not


write in this
Answer four questions in this section. margin

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

7
B

Diagram I
8 E

A D C

In Diagram I, ABC is an equilateral triangle of side 8 cm.


D and E are the midpoints of AC and BC respectively.
BD and AE intersect at F.

(a) (i) Find the area of triangle ABC.

Answer ................................cm2 [2]

(ii) Show that AF̂ B = 120°.

Answer ..............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) Calculate AF.

Answer ................................. cm [2]


© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11
15

1
(b) [The volume of a pyramid = 3 × base area × height] Do not
write in this
margin
V

8 Diagram II
B

A F E
D
C

The equilateral triangle of side 8 cm in Diagram I forms the base of the triangular pyramid
VABC in Diagram II.
The vertex V is vertically above F.
VA = VB = VC = 8 cm.

(i) Calculate the surface area of the pyramid.

Answer ................................cm2 [1]

(ii) Calculate the volume of the pyramid.

Answer ................................cm3 [3]


1
(c) A pyramid P is geometrically similar to VABC and its volume is 64 of the volume of VABC.

(i) Find the length of an edge of P.

Answer ................................. cm [2]

(ii) A pyramid that is identical to P is removed from each of the four vertices of VABC.

State the number of faces of the new solid.

Answer ...................................... [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11 [Turn over


16

8 Two companies, A and B, were started 10 years ago. Do not


Initial investments of $25 or multiples of $25 could be made when Company A started business. write in this
margin

(a) The table shows the value of an initial investment of $25 at the end of each of the
next 10 years.

Number of years (x) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10


Value in dollars (y) 25 28 31 35 39 44 49 55 62 69 78

(i) Calculate the value of an initial investment of $500 after 8 years.

Answer $ .................................... [1]

(ii) On the grid, plot the points given in the table and join them with a smooth curve.

y
80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
0 2 4 6 8 10 x
[2]
© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11
17

(iii) Using your graph, find x when the value of an initial investment of $100 had Do not
increased to $168. write in this
margin

Answer ...................................... [1]

(b) An initial investment of $25 was made when company B started business.
The value, y dollars, after x years, is given by the equation y = 3.75x + 25 .

(i) Calculate the value of an initial investment of $500 after 8 years.

Answer $ .................................... [1]

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = 3.75x + 25 . [2]

(c) Using your graphs, find the value of x when an initial investment of $25 had increased to
the same value in each company.

Answer ...................................... [1]

(d) (i) By drawing a tangent to the graph representing an investment in company A, find the
rate of increase of this investment when x = 7.

Answer ...................................... [2]

(ii) State the rate of increase of an investment in company B.

Answer ...................................... [1]

(iii) By drawing another tangent to the graph representing an investment in company A,


find the value of x when the rates of increase of investments in each company were
the same.
Answer ...................................... [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11 [Turn over


18

9 Do not
A P D write in this
margin

Diagram I Q

B C

In Diagram I, ABCD is a square.


P and Q are the midpoints of AD and AB respectively.

(a) Show that triangles APB and BQC are congruent.

Answer ......................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [3]

(b)
A P D

Diagram II Q M

B C

In Diagram II, QC and PB intersect at M.

Show that BM̂C = 90°.


State your reasons clearly.

Answer ..............................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11


19

(c) Do not
A P D write in this
margin

Diagram III Q M

B C

In Diagram III, the circle centre Q has diameter AB.


The circle intersects BP at N.

(i) State the reason why AN̂B = 90°.

Answer ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Triangle BMQ is mapped onto triangle BNA by an enlargement.


Write down the centre and scale factor of the enlargement.

Answer ...................................... [2]

...................................... [1]

(iii) Given that QM = 3 cm,

(a) find AN,

Answer ................................. cm [1]

(b) show that MN = 6 cm,

Answer ......................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [1]

(c) find MC,

Answer ................................. cm [1]

(d) find the area of triangle APB.

Answer ................................cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11 [Turn over


20

10 Do not
write in this
x margin

A piece of wire, 28 cm in length, is cut into two parts.


One part is used to make a rectangle and the other a square.

The length of the rectangle is three times its width.


The width of the rectangle is x centimetres.

(a) (i) Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the length of the rectangle.

Answer ................................. cm [1]

(ii) Find, and simplify, an expression, in terms of x, for the length of a side of the square.

Answer ................................. cm [2]

(b) It is given that the area of the rectangle is equal to the area of the square.

(i) Form an equation in x and show that it reduces to x2 – 28x + 49 = 0 .

[2]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11


21

(ii) Solve the equation x2 – 28x + 49 = 0 , giving each solution correct to 3 significant Do not
figures. write in this
margin

Answer x = .................... or .................... [4]

(iii) Which solution represents the width of the rectangle?


Give a reason for your answer.

Answer The width of the rectangle is ...............cm because ...........................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(iv) Calculate the area of the square.

Answer ................................cm2 [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11 [Turn over


22

11 (a) A sports club has 120 members. Do not


The cumulative frequency table for their ages is shown below. write in this
margin

Age
x⭐ 5 x⭐ 15 x⭐ 25 x⭐ 35 x⭐ 45 x⭐ 55 x⭐ 65
(x years)
Cumulative
0 12 30 60 96 114 120
frequency

(i) On the grid on the next page


draw a horizontal x-axis for 0 ⭐ x ⭐ 70, using a scale of 2 cm to represent 10 years
and a vertical axis from 0 to 120, using a scale of 2 cm to represent 20 members.

On your axes draw a smooth cumulative frequency curve to illustrate the information
in the table. [3]

(ii) Find the upper quartile age.

Answer ..............................years [1]

(iii) Find the interquartile range of the ages.

Answer ..............................years [1]

(iv) Members who are not more than 15, and members who are over 50, pay reduced fees.
Use your graph to find an estimate of the number of members who pay reduced fees.

Answer ...................................... [1]

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11


23

Do not
write in this
margin

Turn over for the rest of this question.

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11 [Turn over


24

(b) A bag contains 12 discs. Do not


There are 8 blue and 4 red discs. write in this
margin

A disc is picked out at random and not replaced.


A second disc is then picked out at random and not replaced.

The tree diagram below shows the possible outcomes and one of their probabilities.

First disc Second disc

Blue
........

........ Blue

........ Red

........ Blue

........ Red
3
Red
11

(i) Complete the tree diagram. [2]

(ii) Expressing each of your answers as a fraction in its lowest terms, calculate the
probability that

(a) both discs are red,

Answer ...................................... [1]

(b) at least one disc is blue.

Answer ...................................... [2]

(iii) A third disc is picked out at random.


Calculate the probability that all three discs are red.

Answer ...................................... [1]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
* 1 4 4 4 9 1 0 8 4 4 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 May/June 2012
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
For Examiner’s Use

This document consists of 24 printed pages.

DC (LEO/SW) 49518/3
© UCLES 2012 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks] Do not


write in this
Answer all questions in this section. margin

1 (a) The sets A, B and C are shown in the Venn diagram.


A B

Ᏹ = { x : x is an integer, 1 ⭐ x ⭐ 18 }
A = { x : x is an even number }
B = { x : x is a multiple of 5 }

(i) Find n(A B).

Answer ......................................... [1]

(ii) (a) Given that A B⬘ C⬘ = {2, 6, 14, 18}, list the members of C.

Answer ......................................... [1]

(b) Describe the set C in words.

Answer C = { x : x is ..................................................................................... } [1]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12


3

(b) A school offers piano lessons and flute lessons to a group of 50 children. Do not
write in this
Of these children, 28 attend piano lessons margin

17 attend flute lessons


12 attend neither piano lessons nor flute lessons.

By drawing a Venn diagram, or otherwise, find the number of children who attend only the
piano lessons.

Answer ........................................ [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12 [Turn over


4

2 (a) Sunil needs to hire a digger from Monday to Thursday one week and on Monday and Do not
Tuesday the following week. write in this
The Hire company charges $48 each time the digger is hired plus $13 per day. margin

He has two options.

Option 1: Hire the digger for four days, return it and then hire it again for two days.

Option 2: Hire it continuously from the first Monday to the second Tuesday.

Which is the cheaper option and by how much?

Answer Option ............ is cheaper by $ ........................ [2]

(b) Tina invests some money in an account that earns simple interest at 3% per year.
At the end of one year the investment is worth $2781.

How much money did she invest?

Answer $ ....................................... [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12


5

3 (a) Factorise 9x2 – 64y2. Do not


write in this
margin

Answer ......................................... [1]

(b) The product of three numbers 4, x and (x + 3) is 55.

Form an equation in x and solve it to find the possible values of x.

Answer x = ............... or ...............[3]


5
(c) (i) Given that x – 1 – =1 show that x2 – 2x – 23 = 0.
3 x+2

[2]

(ii) Solve x2 – 2x – 23 = 0.
Give your answers correct to one decimal place.

Answer x = ............... or ...............[3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12 [Turn over


6

4 The entrance to a zoo has this sign above it. Do not


write in this
margin

B
A

H G

10

C D

F E

(a) The letter Z has rotational symmetry order 2 and DE is perpendicular to FE and CD.
CD = 35 cm, FE = 50 cm, DE = 10 cm and BC = 81 cm.
The perpendicular distance between BC and GF is 10 cm.

Calculate the area of the letter Z.

Answer ................................. cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12


7

(b) The shaded area of one letter O is 1206 cm2. Do not


The radius of the unshaded inner circle is 15 cm. write in this
margin

Calculate the radius of the outer circle.

Answer .................................. cm [3]

(c) The sign above the exit of the zoo is geometrically similar to the one above the entrance.
The radius of the inner circle of the letter O on the sign above the exit is 10 cm.

(i) The length of the base of the letter Z on the sign above the entrance is 50 cm.

Calculate the length of the base of the letter Z on the sign above the exit.

Answer .................................. cm [1]

(ii) The area of the sign above the entrance is A cm2.


The area of the sign above the exit is kA cm2.

Write down the value of k as a fraction in its simplest form.

Answer ......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12 [Turn over


8

5 Do not
B write in this
margin

E 86°

D
58°

A, B, C and D are points on the circumference of a circle, centre O.


EF is the tangent to the circle at D and is parallel to BC.
AB̂ C = 86° and CD̂ F = 58°.

(a) Find OD̂ C.

Answer ......................................... [1]

(b) Explain why OĈ B = 26°.

Answer ......................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12


9

(c) Find Do not


write in this
(i) AD̂ C, margin

Answer ......................................... [1]

(ii) AD̂ E,

Answer ......................................... [1]

(iii) AÔ D,

Answer ......................................... [1]

(iv) BÂ O.

Answer ......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12 [Turn over


10

6 Do not
y write in this
margin
6

–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
R
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

Triangle R has vertices (–2, –1), (2, 1) and (4, –1).

(a) The gradients of the sides of triangle R are 0, –1 and k.

Find k.

Answer ......................................... [1]

(b) One of the inequalities that defines the shaded region is x + y ⭐ 3.

Write down the other two inequalities that define this region.

Answer ..............................................

......................................... [2]
© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12
11

(c) Triangle R is mapped onto triangle P by a reflection in the line y = –2. Do not
write in this
Draw and label triangle P. [2] margin

(d) Triangle R is mapped onto triangle Q by a stretch where the invariant line is the y-axis.
This transformation maps the vertex (2, 1) onto (4, 1).

(i) For this stretch, state the scale factor.

Answer ......................................... [1]

(ii) Find the coordinates of the vertex (4, –1) when it is transformed by this stretch.

Answer (........... , ...........) [1]

(iii) Find the area of triangle Q.

Answer .............................. units2 [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12 [Turn over


12

7 ABCDEF is a regular hexagon with centre O. Do not


write in this
A B margin

F C
O

E D

(a) (i) Find AÔ B.

Answer ......................................... [1]

(ii) Explain why AO = BC.

Answer ......................................................................................................................... [1]

→ →
(b) OA = a and OB = b.

G is the point on AB such that AG : GB is 1 : 3.


H is the midpoint of BC.

A G B

H
a b
F C
O

E D

Express, as simply as possible, in terms of a and b,



(i) AB ,

Answer ......................................... [1]



(ii) FB ,

Answer ......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12


13

→ Do not
(iii) OG , write in this
margin

Answer ......................................... [2]



(iv) OH ,

Answer ......................................... [1]



(v) GH .

Answer ......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12 [Turn over


14

Section B [48 marks] Do not


write in this
Answer four questions in this section. margin

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

8 (a) Three towns, A, B and C, are located such that AB = 90 km, BC = 100 km and AC = 85 km.
The bearing of B from A is 127o.

(i) Write down the bearing of A from B.

Answer ......................................... [1]

(ii) Of the three towns, A is the furthest north.

Using a scale of 1 cm to 10 km, construct a scale drawing to show the positions of the
three towns.

North

[3]

(iii) Measure the bearing of B from C.

Answer ......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12


15

(b) JKLM is a quadrilateral with KL = 7 cm and KL̂ M = 72°. Do not


N is the point on LM such that KLN is a sector of a circle, centre L. write in this
margin

J
K

72°
M N L

(i) Calculate the area of the sector KLN.

Answer ..................................cm2 [2]

(ii) Calculate the perimeter of the sector KLN.

Answer ................................... cm [2]

(iii) On the diagram, construct the locus of points inside the quadrilateral JKLM which are

I 5 cm from JM,
II equidistant from JK and KL. [2]

(iv) The point P is inside JKLM,


less than 5 cm from JM,
nearer to KL than JK,
less than 7 cm from L.

Shade the region containing the possible positions of P. [1]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12 [Turn over


16

9 A group of 80 music students recorded the time each spent practising last week. Do not
The results are summarised in this table. write in this
margin

Time
0 ⬍ m ⭐ 20 20 ⬍ m ⭐ 40 40 ⬍ m ⭐ 60 60 ⬍ m ⭐ 80 80 ⬍ m ⭐ 100 100 ⬍ m ⭐ 120
(m minutes)
Frequency 6 15 29 18 9 3

(a) Calculate an estimate of the mean.

Answer .......................... minutes [3]

(b) Complete the cumulative frequency table below.

Time (m minutes) m=0 m ⭐ 20 m ⭐ 40 m ⭐ 60 m ⭐ 80 m ⭐ 100 m ⭐ 120


Cumulative frequency 0 6 21 80
[1]

(c) For this part of the question use the graph paper opposite.

Using a scale of 1 cm to represent 10 minutes, draw a horizontal m-axis for 0 ⭐ m ⭐ 120.


Using a scale of 2 cm to represent 10 students, draw a vertical axis for cumulative frequency
from 0 to 80.
Using your axes draw a smooth cumulative frequency curve to illustrate the information.
[3]

(d) Use your graph to estimate

(i) the median,

Answer ........................... minutes [1]

(ii) the interquartile range,

Answer ........................... minutes [2]

(iii) the probability that a student, chosen at random, practised for more than 75 minutes.

Answer ......................................... [2]


© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12
17

Do not
write in this
margin

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12 [Turn over


18

10 Do not
write in this
margin

A cuboid has a square cross-section, shown shaded in the diagram.


The length of the cuboid is x cm.
The sum of the length of the cuboid and one of the sides of the square is 10 cm.

(a) Show that the volume of the cuboid, y cm3, is given by y = x3 – 20x2 + 100x.

[2]

(b) The table shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y for

y = x3 – 20x2 + 100x.

x 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
y 81 128 147 144 125 96 9

(i) Complete the table. [1]

(ii) On the grid opposite, plot the graph of y = x3 – 20x2 + 100x for 1 ⭐ x ⭐ 9. [3]

(c) Use your graph to find

(i) the maximum volume of the cuboid,

Answer ................................. cm3 [1]

(ii) the possible values of x when the volume of the cuboid is 120 cm3.

Answer x = ............... or ...............[2]


© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12
19

y Do not
write in this
150 margin

140

130

120

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 x

4
(d) [The volume of a sphere = π r 3]
3
For this part of the question take π as 3.

A sphere has a radius of 1 x cm.


2
By drawing a suitable graph on the grid, estimate the value of x when the sphere and the
cuboid have the same volume.

Answer x = ................................... [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12 [Turn over


20

11 Do not
A write in this
margin

15
B E
11

60.5

50

D C

A vertical mast, AB, is 15 m tall and is attached to the top of a building at B.


The top of the mast is attached to the roof of the building at E using a wire.
AB̂ E = 90o and BE = 11 m.

(a) (i) Calculate AE.

Answer .....................................m [2]

(ii) D is a point on the ground such that AD = 60.5 m and BD = 50 m.

Calculate AD̂ B.

Answer ......................................... [4]


© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12
21

(b) Do not
A write in this
margin

15

11
B E
75° 55°

The top of the mast is also attached to the roof of the building at F using a wire.
FB̂ E = 75°, BÊ F = 55° and AB̂ F = 90°.

(i) Calculate BF̂ E.

Answer ......................................... [1]

(ii) Calculate FB.

Answer .....................................m [3]

(iii) Calculate the angle of depression of F from the top of the mast.

Answer ......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12 [Turn over


22

12 (a) A = 冢–3–2 62冣 B= 冢–11 –20冣 Do not


write in this
margin

Find

(i) A + 2B,

(ii) A–1.
Answer
冢 冣 [1]

Answer
冢 冣 [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12


23

(b) Mark and Luke spend three days training for a cycling event. Do not
Mark cycles at an average speed of 24 km/h on the first two days and 26 km/h on the third write in this
day. margin

Luke cycles at an average speed of 25 km/h on the first day, 24 km/h on the second day and
27 km/h on the third day.
They each cycle for 1 hour on the first day and increase their cycling time by 1 hour each day.
2
This information is represented by the matrices P and Q below.

冢冣
1
P= 冢 24 24 26
25 24 27 冣 Q= m
n
(i) Find m and n.

Answer m = .............. n = .............[1]

(ii) Find PQ.

Answer [2]

(iii) Calculate the difference between the numbers in the matrix PQ and explain what this
number represents.

Answer Difference is ................ and this number represents ........................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

Please turn over for the rest of this question

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12 [Turn over


24

(c) Do not
write in this
70 margin
football stadium
60

50

Distance 40
(km)
30

20

10

home 0
13 00 14 00 15 00 16 00 17 00 18 00 19 00
Time of day

The travel graph represents Sahid’s journey to and from a football match.
He travels from home straight to the football stadium and watches the match.
On his way home he stops at a café.

(i) How many minutes does Sahid spend at the football stadium?

Answer ........................... minutes [1]

(ii) What is his speed, in kilometres per hour, on his journey to the football stadium?

Answer ................................km/h [1]

(iii) What is the distance between the football stadium and the café?

Answer ...................................km [1]

(iv) Between which two places does he travel the fastest?

Answer ....................................................... and .......................................................[1]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been
made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at
the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
* 3 3 3 9 6 5 2 2 8 0 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 May/June 2012
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
For Examiner’s Use

This document consists of 19 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (NF/SW) 49519/4
© UCLES 2012 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks] Do not


write in this
Answer all questions in this section. margin

1
y
8

2
R
1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x

The diagram shows a shaded region R.

(a) Write down the name of the shaded polygon.

Answer ........................................ [1]

(b) Three of the inequalities that define the region R are x 艌 0, y 艌 0 and y 艋 x + 2.

Write down the other two inequalities that define this region.

Answer ..............................................

........................................ [2]

(c) On the diagram draw the line that is parallel to y = x + 2 and passes through the
point (5, 0). [1]

(d) Find the gradient of the line that is perpendicular to y = x + 2.

Answer ........................................ [1]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12


3

7x + 1 x
2 (a) Solve the equation – = 1. Do not
4 2 write in this
margin

Answer x = .................................. [2]

(b) Solve the equation y2 – 81 = 0.

Answer y = .............. or .............. [1]

(c)

The length of the base of a parallelogram is 6 cm more than its perpendicular height, h cm.
The area of this parallelogram is 33.25 cm2.

(i) Show that h satisfies the equation 4h2 + 24h – 133 = 0.

[2]

(ii) Solve the equation 4h2 + 24h – 133 = 0.

Answer h = .............. or .............. [3]

(iii) Find the length of the base of the parallelogram.

Answer ................................. cm [1]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12 [Turn over


4

3 Simon walks from his house to Juan’s house. Do not


He stays there for a short while before they walk together to the cinema. write in this
The graph represents the journey from Simon’s house to the cinema. margin

cinema 4

Distance
(km) 2

Simon’s house 0
16 00 17 00 18 00 19 00 20 00 21 00 22 00
Time of day

(a) For how many minutes does Simon stay at Juan’s house?

Answer ......................... minutes [1]

(b) At what speed does Simon walk to Juan’s house?

Answer ............................. km / h [1]

(c) Simon has a 15% discount voucher for his cinema ticket but Juan pays the full price.
Simon pays $4.42 for his ticket.

How much does Juan pay?

Answer $ ...................................... [2]

(d) They stay at the cinema for 2 hours before they each walk home at 3 km / h.

Complete the graph to show this information. [2]

(e) At what time do they arrive at Juan’s house?

Answer ........................................ [1]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12


5

4 The scale diagram shows the position of two hotels, W and X, drawn to a scale of 1 cm to 5 km. Do not
write in this
margin

North

North
W

(a) Find, by measurement, the bearing of W from X.

Answer ........................................ [1]

(b) Hotel Y is 40 km from W and 37 km from X.

Given that Y is the furthest south, construct the position of Y on the diagram. [2]

(c) The bearing of hotel Z from W is 072° and Z is due North of X.

By making an accurate drawing, mark the position of Z on the diagram.


Find the actual distance, in kilometres, between Z and X.

Answer ................................. km [3]


© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12 [Turn over
6

5 (a) The cumulative frequency graph shows the distribution of the lengths of 60 leaves. Do not
write in this
margin
60

55

50

45

40

Cumulative 35
frequency
30

25

20

15

10

0
5 6 7 8 9 10
Length (cm)

(i) Complete the table to show the distribution of the lengths of the leaves.

Length (l cm) 5⬍l艋6 6⬍l艋7 7⬍l艋8 8⬍l艋9 9 ⬍ l 艋 10


Frequency 6 18 2
[1]

(ii) Use the graph to estimate the median.

Answer .................................. cm [1]

(iii) Use the graph to estimate the interquartile range.

Answer ................................. cm [2]

(iv) One of these leaves is chosen at random.

Estimate the probability that it has a length of more than 7.5 cm.

Answer ........................................ [2]


© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12
7

(b) The distribution of the widths of these leaves is shown in the table below. Do not
write in this
margin
Width (w cm) 3⬍w艋4 4⬍w艋5 5⬍w艋6 6⬍w艋7 7⬍w艋8 8⬍w艋9
Frequency 4 15 20 13 5 3

(i) Calculate an estimate of the mean width.

Answer ................................. cm [3]

(ii) Calculate the percentage of leaves with a width of more than 6 cm.

Answer ....................................% [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12 [Turn over


8

6 (a) Ᏹ = { x : x is an integer, 2 艋 x 艋 14} Do not


A = { x : x is a prime number } write in this
B = { x : x is a multiple of 3 } margin

(i) List the members of (A B)⬘.

Answer ........................................ [1]

(ii) Find n(A B).

Answer ........................................ [1]

(iii) Given that C ⊂ A, n(C) = 3 and B C = ∅, list the members of a possible set C.

Answer ........................................ [1]

(b) On the Venn diagram, shade the set (P R) Q⬘.


P Q

[1]

(c) A group of 80 people attended a recreation centre on one day.


Of these people, 48 used the gym
31 used the swimming pool
17 used neither the gym nor the swimming pool.

By drawing a Venn diagram, or otherwise, find the number of people who used both the
gym and the swimming pool.

Answer ........................................ [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12


9

7 OAB is a triangle and OBDC is a rectangle where OD and BC intersect at E. Do not


3
F is the point on CD such that CF = 4 CD. write in this
margin
OA = a, OB = b and OC = c.
A
a

b
O B

c
E

C F D

(a) Express, as simply as possible, in terms of one or more of the vectors a, b and c,

(i) AB ,

Answer ........................................ [1]

(ii) OE ,

Answer ........................................ [1]

(iii) EF .

Answer ........................................ [2]


3 2
(b) G is the point on AB such that OG = 5 a + 5 b.

(i) Express AG in terms of a and b.


Give your answer as simply as possible.

Answer ........................................ [1]

(ii) Find AG : GB.

Answer .................. : ................. [1]

(iii) Express FG in terms of a, b and c.


Give your answer as simply as possible.

Answer ........................................ [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12 [Turn over


10

Section B [48 marks] Do not


write in this
Answer four questions in this section. margin

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

8
A

20
21.3

B
2
D C

A kite is attached at A to a 20 m length of string and the other end of the string is held at B so that
the string is a straight line.
B is 2 m above the ground at C and AC = 21.3 m.
D is the point at ground level directly below A such that AD̂ C = BĈD = 90°.

(a) Calculate

(i) AB̂ C,

Answer ........................................ [3]

(ii) AD.

Answer ................................... m [3]


© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12
11

(b) B Do not
write in this
2 margin
D C
33°

8.6
118°
E

E is another point on the level ground such that DE = 8.6 m, ED̂ C = 33° and CÊD = 118°.

Calculate

(i) DĈE

Answer ........................................ [1]

(ii) CE,

Answer ................................... m [3]

(iii) the angle of elevation of B from E.

Answer ........................................ [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12 [Turn over


12

9 (a) A = 冢–31 02冣 B= 冢–23 –11冣 Do not


write in this
margin

(i) Find A – 2B.

(ii) Find A–1.


Answer
冢 冣 [1]

Answer
冢 冣 [2]

(b) Zara is going to put carpet and underlay in three rooms, A, B and C, of her house.
The cost per square metre for the carpet in A is $18, in B is $22 and in C is $25.
The cost per square metre for the underlay is $6 in A and $8 in the other two rooms.
This information is represented by matrix P below.

P= 冢186 22
8
25
8 冣
The amount of carpet and underlay required for A, B and C is 8 m2, 15 m2 and 20 m2
respectively.
This information is represented by matrix Q below.

冢冣
8
Q = 15
20

(i) Find PQ.

Answer [2]

(ii) Explain what the matrix PQ represents.

Answer ..............................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12


13

(c) Do not
y write in this
margin
4

2
E
1

–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x
–1

–2

–3

–4

(i) Triangle E is mapped onto triangle F by a reflection in the line y = – x.


Draw and label triangle F. [2]

(ii) The transformation that maps triangle E onto triangle G is represented by the
matrix
2
0 冢 0
1
. 冣
Draw and label triangle G. [2]

(iii) Triangle E is mapped onto triangle H by a stretch with the x-axis as the invariant line.
The area of triangle H is 12 units2.

(a) For this stretch, state the scale factor.

Answer ........................................ [1]

(b) The vertex (1, 1) of triangle E is mapped onto the vertex (m , n) of triangle H .

Find m and n.

Answer m = .......................................

n = ................................. [1]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12 [Turn over


14

10 The diagram shows a major segment of a circle with centre O and radius 15 cm. Do not
A and B are two points on the circumference such that AÔB = 60°. write in this
margin

60° 15

A B

(a) Calculate

(i) the area of the major segment,

Answer ................................ cm2 [4]

(ii) the perimeter of the major segment.

Answer ................................. cm [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12


15

(b) Shape I is formed by joining this segment Do not


to a trapezium, ABCD, along AB. write in this
AB is parallel to DC, DC = 25 cm and the margin
perpendicular height of the trapezium is h cm.
The area of the trapezium is 248 cm2.
60° 15
Calculate h.
A B
h
D C
25
Shape I

Answer ........................................ [2]

(c) Shape II is geometrically similar to Shape I.


The longest side of the trapezium in Shape II is 5 cm.
r

5
Shape II

(i) Find the radius, r, of the segment in Shape II.

Answer ................................. cm [1]

(ii) Find the total area of Shape II.

Answer ................................ cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12 [Turn over


16

11 (a) A Do not
write in this
margin

28°

D
O

E
20°

B
C

A, B, C and D are points on the circumference of a circle, centre O.


CÂB = 28°, AĈO = 20° and CD is parallel to BA.
EF is a tangent to the circle at C and OBF is a straight line.

Find

(i) CÔB,

Answer ........................................ [1]

(ii) OF̂ C,

Answer ........................................ [1]

(iii) OĈB,

Answer ........................................ [1]

(iv) DĈE,

Answer ........................................ [2]

(v) AD̂ C.

Answer ........................................ [2]


© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12
17

(b) Do not
P Q write in this
margin
32°

S T R

PQRS is a parallelogram.
QT is the bisector of PQ̂ R and PQ̂ T = 32°.

(i) Giving a reason for your answer, find

(a) QT̂ R,

Answer QT̂ R = ................ because ............................................................................

............................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) SP̂ Q.

Answer SP̂ Q = ................ because ............................................................................

............................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) On the diagram, construct the locus of points inside the parallelogram PQRS which are

I 4 cm from PS,
II 5 cm from R. [2]

(iii) The point V is inside PQRS,


less than 4 cm from PS,
less than 5 cm from R,
nearer to QR than PQ.

Shade the region containing the possible positions of V. [1]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12 [Turn over


18

12 [The volume of a sphere = 43 π r3] Do not


write in this
margin

x
x

A solid consists of a sphere on top of a square-based cuboid.


The diameter of the sphere is x cm.
The base of the cuboid has sides of length x cm.
The sum of the height of the cuboid and one of the sides of the base is 8 cm.

(a) By considering the height of the cuboid, explain why it is not possible for this sphere to
have a radius of 5 cm.

Answer ......................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) By taking the value of π as 3, show that the approximate volume, y cm3, of the solid is given by
x3
y = 8x 2 – .
2

[2]

(c) The table below shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y for
x3
y = 8x 2 – .
2

x 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
y 7.5 28 96 137.5 180 220.5

(i) Complete the table. [1]


x3
(ii) On the grid opposite, plot the graph of y = 8x 2 – for 1 艋 x 艋 7. [3]
2
(iii) Use your graph to find the height of the cuboid when the volume of the solid is 120 cm3.

Answer ................................. cm [2]


© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12
19

y Do not
write in this
240 margin

220

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x

(d) A cylinder has radius 3 cm and length x cm.


By drawing a suitable graph on the grid, estimate the value of x when the solid and the
cylinder have the same volume.
Take the value of π as 3.

Answer ........................................ [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12


20

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/M/J/12


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
* 1 6 3 2 7 7 5 9 2 8 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 October/November 2012
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
For Examiner’s Use

This document consists of 23 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (LEO/CGW) 51682/3
© UCLES 2012 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks] Do not


write in this
Answer all questions in this section. margin

1 (a) In triangle PQR, RP̂Q = 18°, PQ̂R = 90° and PR = 4.5 m.


P
Find PQ.
18°
4.5

R Q

Answer ................................ m [2]

(b) In triangle ABC, AB = 10.2 m, AC = 6 m and AĈB = 90°.


A
(i) Find AB̂C.

10.2
6

B C

Answer ..................................... [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12


3

(ii) Do not
D write in this
margin

14.3 A

10.2 6

B C

D is the point on CA produced such that BD = 14.3 m.

Find AD.

Answer ................................ m [4]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12 [Turn over


4

2 (a) (i) Simplify 5p – (1 – 5p) + 2. Do not


write in this
margin

Answer ..................................... [2]

(ii) Solve the inequality 3 – 2x > 5.

Answer ..................................... [2]


A + 2x
(b) y = x .
(i) Find y when x = A.

Answer y = ............................... [1]

(ii) Rearrange the formula to make x the subject.

Answer x = ............................... [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12


5

(c) Ada is x years old and Bill is y years old. Do not


Last year, Bill was 6 times as old as Ada. write in this
margin

(i) Form an equation in x and y and show that it simplifies to y = 6x – 5.

[1]

(ii) In 19 years time, Bill will be twice as old as Ada.

Form another equation in x and y and show that it simplifies to y = 2x + 19.

[1]

(iii) Hence find the present ages of Ada and Bill.

Answer Ada’s age ................................. years

Bill’s age .................................. years [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12 [Turn over


6

3 Matthew makes pieces of furniture and sends them to a shop where they are sold. Do not
When a piece is sold, the shopkeeper receives 15% of the selling price, and Matthew receives write in this
the rest. margin

(a) A table is sold for $200.

(i) Calculate the amount the shopkeeper receives.

Answer $ ................................. [1]

(ii) The cost of making this table was $131.80.

Calculate the percentage profit that Matthew makes when this table is sold.

Answer ................................ % [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12


7

(b) Matthew made a bookcase. Do not


The cost of making the bookcase was $647.50. write in this
After the bookcase is sold and the shopkeeper has received 15% of the selling price, margin

Matthew makes a profit of $160.

Calculate the selling price of the bookcase.

Answer $ .................................. [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12 [Turn over


8

4 (a) AB and CD are parallel. E Do not


EGHF is a straight line. write in this
GK bisects AĜH and margin

HK bisects CĤG. A G 40° B


EĜB = 40°.

D
C
H

F
(i) Find KĜH.

Answer .................................... [1]

(ii) Find GĤK.

Answer ................................... [1]

(iii) The bisectors of HĜB and DĤG intersect at L.


E

A G 40° B

K
L

D
C
H

State the name of the special quadrilateral HKGL and give your reasons.

Answer HKGL is a ............................................................................................................

because .............................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12


9

(b) AOB and COD are straight lines. Do not


write in this
margin
B

3
C
1.5

2
2.25
A
D

(i) Show that triangles OCA and ODB are similar.

Answer ..............................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Given that BD = 2.7 cm, find AC.

Answer .............................. cm [1]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12 [Turn over


10

5 Do not
write in this
B margin
A
A
10 Diagram I
B

In Diagram I, four semicircles are drawn inside a square of side 10 cm.


Each semicircle has a side of the square as its diameter.
Two regions, A and B, are shown.

(a) Calculate the perimeter of region A.

Answer ............................... cm [1]

(b) Calculate the perimeter of region B.

Answer ............................... cm [1]

(c)

Diagram II

For Diagram II,

(i) draw all the lines of symmetry, [1]

(ii) state the order of rotational symmetry.

Answer ..................................... [1]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12


11

(d) Diagram III shows the combined regions A and B shaded. Do not
write in this
margin

Diagram III

(i) Calculate the area of this shaded region.

Answer ..............................cm2 [1]

(ii) Hence calculate the area of region A shown in Diagram I.

Answer ..............................cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12 [Turn over


12

6 The journey times of 80 drivers are summarised in the table. Do not


write in this
margin
Time
60 < t ⭐ 80 80 < t ⭐ 90 90 < t ⭐ 95 95 < t ⭐ 100 100 < t ⭐ 110 110 < t ⭐ 130
(t minutes)
Number
4 10 14 20 24 8
of drivers

(a) Calculate an estimate of the mean journey time.

Answer ...................... minutes [3]

(b) (i) A driver is chosen at random.

Find the probability that the journey time for this driver is 95 minutes or less.

Answer .................................... [1]

(ii) Two drivers are chosen at random without replacement.

Calculate the probability that both their journey times are more than 100 minutes.

Answer ..................................... [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12


13

(c) Complete the histogram to represent the information in the table. Do not
write in this
margin
4

Frequency
density 2

0
60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130
Time (t minutes)
[3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12 [Turn over


14

Section B [48 marks] Do not


write in this
Answer four questions in this section. margin

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

7 (a) Tuna chunks are sold in cylindrical tins.


The 130 g tin costs $1.00 and the 185 g tin costs $1.50.

Which one is the better value for money?


Show all your working.

Answer ..................................... [2]

(b) A closed cylindrical tin is 11 cm high and the base has a diameter of 7 cm.

11

(i) Calculate the volume of this tin.

Answer ............................. cm3 [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12


15

(ii) Calculate the total external surface area of this tin. Do not
write in this
margin

Answer ..............................cm2 [3]

(iii) In addition to the surface area, a closed tin requires an extra 30 cm2 of metal to allow
the top, bottom and side to be joined together.

Calculate the area of metal required for 30 000 closed tins.


Give your answer in square metres.

Answer .............................. m2 [2]

(c) Two geometrically similar jugs have


volumes of 1000 cm3 and 512 cm3.
They have circular bases.
The diameter of the base of the larger jug
is 9 cm.

Calculate the diameter of the base of the


smaller jug.

Answer .............................. cm [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12 [Turn over


16

8 The variables x and y are connected by the equation Do not


write in this
y = x3 – 2x2 + 1. margin

The table below shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y, correct to 1 decimal
place where appropriate.

x –1 – 0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5


y –2 0.4 1 0.6 0 –0.1 1 p

(a) Calculate p. Give your answer correct to 1 decimal place.

Answer p = .............................. [1]

(b) On the graph paper opposite, using a scale of 2 cm to represent 1 unit on both axes,
draw a horizontal x-axis for –2 ⭐ x ⭐ 3 and
draw a vertical y-axis for –3 ⭐ y ⭐ 5.
On your axes, plot the points given in the table and join them with a smooth curve. [3]

(c) Use your graph to find all the solutions of x3 – 2x2 + 1 = 0.

Answer x = .................................................. [2]

(d) By drawing a tangent, find the gradient of the curve at the point where x = – 0.3.

Answer ..................................... [2]

(e) The equation x3 – 2x2 – x + 2 = 0 can be solved by finding the intersection of the graphs
of y = x3 – 2x2 + 1 and the straight line y = x + a.

(i) Find the value of a.

Answer a = .............................. [1]

(ii) Hence solve the equation x3 – 2x2 – x + 2 = 0.

Answer x = .................................................. [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12


17

Do not
write in this
margin

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12 [Turn over


18

9 Do not
A write in this
margin

48°

65

84 60°
C D B

A, B, C and D are four points on horizontal ground.


CDB is a straight line.
AD = 65 m and CD = 84 m.
DÂB = 48° and AD̂B = 60°.

(a) Calculate AB.

Answer .................................m [3]

(b) Calculate the area of triangle ACD.

Answer .............................. m2 [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12


19

(c) Calculate AC. Do not


write in this
margin

Answer .................................m [4]

(d) A vertical tree of height 35 m stands at A.

P is the point on the line BC such that the angle of elevation from the line BC to the top of
the tree is greatest.

Calculate this angle of elevation.

Answer .................................... [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12 [Turn over


20

10 London is 320 km from York. Do not


A train travels from York to London at an average speed of x kilometres per hour. write in this
margin

(a) Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the time taken, in hours, for this train to travel
from York to London.

Answer ................................. h [1]

(b) A car travels from York to London.


The average speed of the car is 80 km/h slower than the average speed of the train.

Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the time taken, in hours, for the car to travel
from York to London.

Answer .................................. h [2]

(c) The car took 2 12 hours longer than the train.

Form an equation in x and show that it simplifies to x2 – 80x – 10 240 = 0.

[3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12


21

(d) Solve this equation, giving each solution correct to 1 decimal place. Do not
write in this
margin

Answer x = ............... or ............... [4]

(e) Hence find the time taken by the train to travel from York to London.
Give your answer in hours and minutes, correct to the nearest minute.

Answer ........ hours ........ minutes [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12 [Turn over


22

11 (a) E, F, G and H are the midpoints of Do not


AB, BC, CD and DA respectively. C write in this

AB = p, AD = q and BC = r. r margin

F
B G

p
E
H D
q
A
(i) Find, in terms of p, q and r as appropriate

(a) EF ,

Answer ..................................... [1]

(b) DC ,

Answer ..................................... [1]

(c) HG , expressing the vector as simply as possible.

Answer ..................................... [2]

(ii) What conclusions can be drawn about the lines EF and HG?

Answer ..............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12


23

(b) Do not
y write in this
margin
8

7
L
6

3
A
2

í5 í4 í3 í2 í1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
í1

í2

The grid shows triangle A and line L.

(i) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle B by a reflection in line L.

Draw and label triangle B. [2]

(ii) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by a clockwise rotation of 90°, centre (0, 3).

Draw and label triangle C. [2]

(iii) Triangle C is mapped onto triangle D by a reflection in line L.

Describe the single transformation that maps triangle B onto triangle D.

Answer ..............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12


24

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been
made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at
the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2012 4024/21/O/N/12


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
* 2 5 6 0 9 6 7 3 1 9 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 October/November 2012
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
For Examiner’s Use

This document consists of 23 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (LEO/CGW) 51683/3
© UCLES 2012 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks] Do not


write in this
Answer all questions in this section. margin

1
A

10

B C
6.5

In triangle ABC, AB = 10 m, BC = 6.5 m and AB̂ C = 90°.

(a) Find AĈB.

Answer ..................................... [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12


3

(b) Do not
D write in this
margin

16.4

10

B C
6.5

D is the point on BA produced such that CD = 16.4 m.

(i) Find AD.


Give your answer in metres and centimetres, correct to the nearest centimetre.

Answer ............ m ............ cm [3]

(ii) Find DĈB.

Answer ..................................... [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12 [Turn over


4

2 (a) Factorise 4x2 – 1. Do not


write in this
margin

Answer ..................................... [1]


2Q + R
(b) P =
R
(i) Find P when R = Q.

Answer P = ............................. [1]

(ii) Rearrange the formula to make R the subject.

Answer R = .............................. [3]

(c) Solve the simultaneous equations.


3x + 4y = 17
2x – 5y = 19

Answer x = ..............................

y = ............................... [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12


5

(d) A shopkeeper sells cartons of milk and bottles of water. Do not


Each carton of milk costs $2.40, and each bottle of water costs $0.80. write in this
One day he sells x cartons of milk. margin

On the same day, he sells 20 more bottles of water than cartons of milk.

(i) Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the number of dollars he receives from the
sale of these cartons and bottles.
Simplify your answer.

Answer ..................................... [2]

(ii) The total amount he receives that day from the sale of these cartons and bottles is
greater than $250.

Form an inequality in x and solve it.

Answer ..................................... [2]

(iii) Hence write down the least number of cartons of milk that he sells that day.

Answer ..................................... [1]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12 [Turn over


6

3 (a) In 2009 the cost of posting a letter was 36 cents. Do not


write in this
(i) A company posted 3000 letters and was given a discount of 4%. margin

Calculate the total discount given.


Give your answer in dollars.

Answer $ ..................................... [1]

(ii) In 2010, the cost of posting a letter was increased from 36 cents to 45 cents.

Calculate the percentage increase.

Answer .................................% [2]

(iii) After the price increase to 45 cents, the cost to the company of posting 3000 letters was
$1302.75.

Calculate the new percentage discount given.

Answer .................................% [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12


7

(b) In 2010, it cost $5.40 to post a parcel. Do not


This was an increase of 12 12 % on the cost of posting the parcel in 2009. write in this
margin

Calculate the increase in the cost of posting this type of parcel in 2010 compared to 2009.

Answer $ ................................ [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12 [Turn over


8

4 (a) Do not
B D write in this
margin

E F
G H 32°
46°
A C

AB and CD are parallel.


EGHF is a straight line.
HĈF = 46° and HF̂ C = 32°.

(i) Find CĤF.

Answer ..................................... [1]

(ii) Find GĤD.

Answer .................................... [1]

(iii) Find HĜB.

Answer .................................... [1]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12


9

(b) A, B, D and E are points on a circle. Do not


write in this
margin

B
D
C
E

AD and BE intersect at C.

(i) Show that triangles ABC and EDC are similar.


Give your reasons.

Answer ..............................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii)

B
5.5 D
C
2 E
5

Given that AC = 5 cm, BC = 5.5 cm and CE = 2 cm, find the length of the chord AD.

Answer ............................... cm [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12 [Turn over


10

5 Do not
O write in this
20 margin
25 A 150° D
B C
A

AD and BC are arcs of circles with centre O.


A is a point on OB, and D is a point on OC.
OA = 20 cm and AB = 25 cm.
AÔD = 150°.

(a) Calculate the perimeter of the shaded shape ABCD.

Answer .............................. cm [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12


11

(b) Calculate the area of the shaded shape ABCD. Do not


write in this
margin

Answer ............................. cm2 [3]

(c) The shape ABCD is used to make a lampshade by joining AB and DC.

A,D r

B,C

Calculate the radius, r cm, of the circular top of the lampshade.

Answer ............................. cm [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12 [Turn over


12

6 The heights of 150 children are measured. Do not


The results are summarised in the table. write in this
margin

Height
130 < h  140 140 < h  150 150 < h  155 155 < h  160 160 < h  170 170 < h  190
(h cm)
Frequency 10 30 20 30 35 25

(a) Calculate an estimate of the mean height.

Answer ............................... cm [3]

(b) (i) One child is chosen at random.

Find the probability that this child has a height greater than 160 cm.

Answer ..................................... [1]

(ii) Two children are chosen at random without replacement.

Find the probability that the height of one child is greater than 160 cm and the height of
the other is 150 cm or less.

Answer ..................................... [2]


© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12
13

(c) Complete the histogram to represent the information in the table. Do not
write in this
margin
6

4
Frequency
3
density

0
130 140 150 160 170 180 190
Height (h cm)
[3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12 [Turn over


14

Section B [48 marks] Do not


write in this
Answer four questions in this section. margin

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

7 A cylindrical, open container has a


diameter of 21 cm and height of 8 cm.
21
(a) (i) Calculate the total external surface area 8
of this container.

Answer ............................. cm2 [3]

(ii) A manufacturer receives an order for 30 000 containers.


He needs an extra 150 cm2 of material for each container to cover wastage.

Calculate the area of material needed to make these containers.


Give your answer in square metres.

Answer .............................. m2 [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12


15

4
[The Surface area of a sphere is 4πr2] [The Volume of a sphere is πr3] Do not
3 write in this
margin
(b) A circular top that can hold 4 hemispherical bowls can be placed on the container.

7 7
21 8

Container and Top Top Cross-section

The top is a circle of diameter 21 cm with four circular holes of diameter 7 cm.
A hemispherical bowl of diameter 7 cm fits into each hole.
The cross-section shows two of these bowls.

(i) Calculate the inside curved surface area of one of these hemispherical bowls.

Answer ............................. cm2 [1]

(ii) Calculate the total surface area of the top of the container, including the inside curved
surface area of each bowl.

Answer ............................. cm2 [3]

(iii) With the top and the 4 bowls in place, calculate the volume of water required to fill the
container.

Answer ..............................cm3 [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12 [Turn over


16

8 The variables x and y are connected by the equation Do not


write in this
y = 1 + 2x2 – x3. margin

The table below shows some values of x, and the corresponding values of y, correct to 1 decimal
place where appropriate.

x –1 – 0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5

y 4 1.6 1 1.4 2 2.1 1 p

(a) Calculate p.
Give your answer correct to 1 decimal place.

Answer p = .............................. [1]

(b) On the graph paper opposite, using a scale of 2 cm to represent 1 unit on both axes,
draw a horizontal x-axis for –2  x  3, and
draw a vertical y-axis for –3  y  5.
On your axes, plot the points given in the table and join them with a smooth curve. [3]

(c) Use your graph to find all the solutions of 1 + 2x2 – x3 = 2.

Answer x = .................................................................... [2]

(d) By drawing a tangent, find the gradient of the curve at the point where x = – 0.5.

Answer .................................... [2]

(e) By drawing an appropriate straight line on the grid, solve the equation 1 + 2x2 – x3 = x.

Answer x = ............................... [2]

(f) Find the range of values of k such that 1 + 2x2 – x3 = k has 3 solutions.

Answer .................................... [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12


17

Do not
write in this
margin

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12 [Turn over


18

9 Do not
A write in this
margin

30

37° 58° 64
B C
D

A, B, C and D are four points on level ground.


BDC is a straight line.
AD = 30 m and DC = 64 m.
AB̂ D = 37° and AD̂ B = 58°.

(a) Calculate AB.

Answer ................................ m [3]

(b) Calculate AC.

Answer ................................ m [4]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12


19

(c) Calculate the area of triangle ADC. Do not


write in this
margin

Answer .............................. m2 [2]

(d) A vertical tower stands at A.


P is the point on the line BC such that the angle of depression from the top of the tower to
the line BC is greatest.

Given that this angle of depression is 34°, calculate the height of the tower.

Answer ................................ m [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12 [Turn over


20

10 Do not
A P B write in this
margin

D R C

ABCD is a square.
AP = BQ = CR = DS.

(a) Giving reasons, show that triangles PAS and QBP are congruent.

Answer ......................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [3]

(b) The length of a side of the square ABCD is 40 cm and AP = x cm.

(i) Write down an expression for PB in terms of x.

Answer .............................. cm [1]

(ii) Show that the area, y cm2, of PQRS is given by y = 1600 – 80x + 2x2.

[2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12


21

(c) (i) When y = 1100, show that x2 – 40x + 250 = 0. Do not


write in this
margin

[1]

(ii) Solve the equation x2 – 40x + 250 = 0.


Give each answer correct to 1 decimal place.

Answer x = ................ or ............... [3]

(d) Two outlines of ABCD are drawn to scale in the answer space below.
The scale is 1 : 10.

Draw accurately the quadrilateral PQRS corresponding to each value of x found above.

Answer

A B A B

D C D C
[2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12 [Turn over


22

11 (a) Do not
D write in this
margin

B
q C

O A
E p

B is the midpoint of OD and E is the midpoint of OA.


C is the point on AB such that AC : CB = 2 : 1.
OA = p and OB = q.

(i) Find, in terms of p and q,

(a) AB ,

Answer .................................... [1]

(b) CD ,

Answer .................................... [1]

(c) ED .

Answer .................................... [1]

(ii) Use your answers to parts (i)(b) and (i)(c) to make two statements about the points E, C
and D.

Answer ..............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12


23

(b) Do not
y write in this
margin
8

3
A
2

í5 í4 í3 í2 í1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
í1
L
í2

The diagram shows triangle A and line L.

(i) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle B by a reflection in line L.

Draw and label triangle B. [2]

(ii) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by an anticlockwise rotation of 90°, centre (0, 3).

Draw and label triangle C. [2]

(iii) Triangle C is mapped onto triangle D by a reflection in line L.

Describe the single transformation that maps triangle B onto triangle D.

Answer ..............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12


24

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2012 4024/22/O/N/12


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
* 0 5 1 0 3 4 8 7 8 5 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 May/June 2013
 2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 24 printed pages.

DC (KN/SW) 64205/3
© UCLES 2013 [Turn over
2

Section A [52marks] For


Examiner’s
     Answerallquestionsinthissection. Use

1 (a) Solve4(x–2)=7–x.

Answer x=......................................... [2]

(b) Solvethesimultaneousequations.
  
    2x+y=7
    4x–3y=19

Answer  x=......................................... 

 y=......................................... [3]

(c) (i) Writedowntheintegervaluesthatsatisfy–1<n <2.

Answer  ............................................... [1]

(ii) Solve2–3y<8.

Answer  ............................................... [2]



©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
3

2 (a) Theinteriorangleofaregularpolygonis165o. For


Examiner’s
Howmanysideshasthepolygon? Use

Answer  ............................................... [2]

(b) B

p° q°
F A E C G

FAECG andADBarestraightlines.DEisparalleltoBC.

t =p°and AED
(i) FAD t =q°.
Findanexpressionintermsofpand/orqfor

t ,
(a) BCG

Answer  ............................................... [1]

t .
(b) DBC

Answer  ............................................... [1]

(ii) AE=7cm,EC=3cm,DE=5.6cmandDB=2.1cm.

(a) FindBC.

Answer  ......................................... cm[1]

(b) FindAD.

Answer  ......................................... cm[1]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13 [Turn over


4

3 (a) Thediagramsshowparallelogramsmadefromsmalltriangles. For


Examiner’s
Use

Parallelogram 1 2 3 4 5

(i) Completethetablebelow.

Parallelogramm 1 2 3 4 5 6
Numberofsmalltriangles 2 4 6 8 [1]

(ii) Find an expression, in terms of m, for the number of small triangles used to make
Parallelogramm.

Answer  ............................................... [1]

(b) Thediagramsshowtrianglesmadefromthesamesmalltriangles.

Triangle 1 2 3 4 5

(i) Completethetablebelow.

Trianglen 1 2 3 4 5 6
Numberofsmalltriangles 1 4 9 16 [1]

(ii) Find an expression, in terms of n, for the number of small triangles used to make
Trianglen.

Answer  ............................................... [1]

(iii) Triangleqismadefrom324smalltriangles.
Findq.

Answer  ............................................... [1]


©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
5

(c) Thediagramsshowtrapeziumsmadefromthesamesmalltriangles. For


Examiner’s
Use

Trapezium 1 2 3

Trapezium 4 5

(i) Bycomparingthediagramswiththoseinparts(a)and(b),findanexpression,interms
oft,forthenumberofsmalltrianglesusedtomakeTrapeziumt.

Answer  ............................................... [1]

(ii) HowmanysmalltrianglesareusedtomakeTrapezium25?

Answer  ............................................... [1]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13 [Turn over


6

4 (a) Aboxofchocolatescontains10milkchocolatesand2plainchocolates. For


Sachaeats3chocolateschosenatrandomfromthebox. Examiner’s
Thetreediagramshowsthepossibleoutcomesandtheirprobabilities. Use

First chocolate Second chocolate Third chocolate

8 milk
10
9 milk
11
2
plain
10
milk
9 milk
10 10
12 2
11 plain

1 plain
10

milk
........

2 milk
12 ........
........ plain
plain
milk
........
plain
........

........ plain

(i) Completethetreediagram. [2]

(ii) Expressingeachanswerasafractioninitslowestterms,findtheprobabilitythatSacha

(a) eats3milkchocolates,

Answer  ............................................... [1]

(b) eats2milkchocolatesand1plainchocolateinanyorder.

Answer  ............................................... [2]


©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
7

(b) Thefrequencydiagramshowsthedistributionofthenumberoflettersreceivedbyafamily For


eachdayovera31dayperiod. Examiner’s
Use

Number 5
of days
4

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of letters

Forthisdistribution,find

(i) themode,

Answer  ............................................... [1]

(ii) themedian.

Answer  ............................................... [1]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13 [Turn over


8

5 (a) (i) For


Examiner’s
Use

Exchangerate
$1=€0.72

EddietravelsfromtheUSAtoGermany.
Hechanges$300intoeuros(€).

Howmanyeurosdoeshereceive?

Answer  €............................................. [1]

(ii) WhenEddiereturnstotheUSAhehas€51leftthatheexchangesfor$75.

Whatexchangeratehasbeenusedinthiscase?

Answer  $1=€.................................... [1]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
9

(b) Gregbuys60gardenplantsatacostpriceof$2.00eachtosellinhisshop. For


Hesells25ofthemataprofitof75%and18ofthemataprofitof35%. Examiner’s
Hesellstherestoftheplantsfor 45 ofthecostprice. Use

(i) Calculatetheprofitorlosshemakesfromsellingthese60plants,statingifitisaprofit
orloss.

Answer  Gregmakesa...........................of$.....................[3]

(ii) Findthepercentageprofitorloss.

Answer  ...........................................%[1]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13 [Turn over


10

6 (a) ABCDisatrapeziumwithBCparalleltoAD. For


Examiner’s
Use
B 9 C

18

55°
A D
7 E

EisthepointonADsuchthatBEisperpendiculartoAD.
t =55°,AE=7cm,BE=18cmandBC =9cm.
BDA

Calculate

t ,
(i) BAE

Answer  ............................................... [2]

(ii) theareaofthetrapeziumABCD.

Answer  .........................................cm2[4]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
11

(b) For
Examiner’s
Use
P Q
112°

41°
S R

PQRSisanothertrapezium.
t =112°and PRS
PQR t =41°,eachmeasuredcorrecttothenearestdegree.

t .
Findthesmallestpossiblevalueof QRP

Answer  ............................................... [2]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13 [Turn over


12

7 (a) InanathleticsmatchBenwonthe100mracein9.98sandCalvinwonthe200mracein For


19.94s. Examiner’s
Use

Whatisthedifferenceintheiraveragespeeds?
Giveyouranswerinmetrespersecond,correcttotwodecimalplaces.

Answer  ......................................... m/s[2]

(b) Twocarseachcompleteajourneyof120km.
Thefirstcarisdrivenatanaveragespeedofx km/h.
Thesecondcarisdrivenatanaveragespeed3km/hfasterthanthefirstcar.
Thefirstcartakes6minuteslongertocompletethejourney.

(i) Writedownanequationinxandshowthatitsimplifiestox2+3x–3600=0.

 [3]
©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
13

(ii) Solvetheequationx2+3x–3600=0,givingeachanswercorrectto For


onedecimalplace. Examiner’s
Use

Answer x=..................or..................[3]

(iii) Howmanyminutesdoesthefirstcartaketotravelthe120km?

Answer  ................................. minutes[2]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13 [Turn over


14

     Section B[48marks] For


Examiner’s
     Answerfourquestionsinthissection. Use

     Eachquestioninthissectioncarries12marks.

4x - 3
8 (a)     f (x) =
2
Find

(i) f(–2),

Answer f(–2)=................................. [1]

(ii) f–1(x),

Answer f–1(x)=................................ [2]

(iii) thevalueofgsuchthatf(2g)=g.

Answer  g=........................................ [2]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
15

(b) For
B Examiner’s
Use
C
A

BADandCAEarestraightlinesandBCisparalleltoED.
1 12
BA = c m, ED = c m and BA = 1 BD .
-2 -3 4
(i) DescribefullythesingletransformationthatmapstriangleABContotriangleADE.

Answer..............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Calculate BA .

Answer  ............................................... [1]

(iii) FindCD.

(iv) FisthemidpointofBD.
Answer
  [2]

Find EF .

Answer
  [2]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13 [Turn over


16

9 (a) Shape Iisacylinderwithradius4cmandheighthcm. For


ThevolumeofShape Iis1500cm3. 4 Examiner’s
Use

(i) Findh.

Shape I

Answer  ............................................... [2]

(ii) Shape Iismadebypouringliquidintoamouldatarateof0.9litresperminute.


Findthenumberofsecondsittakestopourthisliquidintothemould.

Answer  ................................. seconds[1]

(b) Shape IIisaprismoflength8cmwithatriangularcross-section,


shownshaded.
Twosidesoftheshadedtriangleareatrightanglestoeachotherand
havelengths5xcmand12xcm.
12x
GiventhatShape IIalsohasavolumeof1500cm3,findx.

5x 8

Shape II

Answer  ............................................... [2]


©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
17

(c) Shape IIIisalsoaprismoflength8cmwithatriangularcross-section, For


shownshaded. Examiner’s
Twosidesoftheshadedtriangleareatrightanglestoeachotherand 13y
Use

havelengths5ycmand12ycm.Thethirdsideisoflength13y cm.
12y
y satisfiestheequation4y2+16y–33=0.

(i) Factorise4y2+16y–33.
5y 8

Shape III

Answer  ............................................... [1]

(ii) Hencesolvetheequation4y2+16y–33=0.

Answer  y=..................or..................[1]

(iii) Findtheareaoftheshadedtriangle.

Answer  ........................................cm2[1]

(iv) FindthetotalsurfaceareaofShape III.

Answer  ........................................cm2[3]
Volume of Shape III
(d) Find asafractioninitssimplestform.
Volume of Shape II

Answer  ............................................... [1]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13 [Turn over


18

6.
10 (a) Thetableshowssomevaluesofxandthecorrespondingvaluesofyfor y = For
x2 Examiner’s
Use
x –3 –2.5 –2 –1.5 –1 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
y 0.96 1.5 2.67 6 6 2.67 1.5 0.96

(i) Completethetable. [1]


6
(ii) Onthegriddrawthegraphof y = for–3GxG3.
x2
y
8

–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 x

 [2]

(iii) Useyourgraphtofindthevaluesofxwheny=2.

Answer x=..................or..................[1]

(iv) Bydrawingatangent,findthegradientofthecurvewhenx=1.5.

Answer  ............................................... [2]


6
(v) Bydrawingasuitablelineonthegrid,solvetheequation = 2 - x.
x2

Answer  x=......................................... [2]


©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
19

(b) Thegraphshowsasketchofy=5a x. For


Examiner’s
Use
y
(4, b)

(2, 45)

P
O x

Twopointsonthecurveare(2,45)and(4,b).

(i) Findthevaluesofaandb.

Answer  a=......................................... 

 b=......................................... [2]

(ii) Findthecoordinatesofthepoint,P,wherethegraphcrossesthey-axis.

Answer (.....................,.....................) [1]

(iii) FindthegradientofthestraightlinejoiningthepointsPand(2,45).

Answer  ............................................... [1]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13 [Turn over


20

11 (a) Thescalediagramshowsthepositions,AandB,oftwoboats. For


Examiner’s
Use
North

B Scale: 1 cm to 50 m

(i) Findtheactualdistancebetweenthetwoboats.

Answer  ............................................m[1]

(ii) AthirdboatispositionedatC,suchthatAC=350mandBC=300m.
CiseastofthelineAB.

UserulerandcompassestofindC. [2]

(iii) MeasurethebearingofCfromA.

Answer  ............................................... [1]

(iv) AfourthboatispositionedatD,suchthatACisthelineofsymmetryofthe
quadrilateralABCD.

CompletethequadrilateralABCD. [2]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
21

(b) Thediagramshowsthepositions,P,QandR,ofthreebuoys. For


ThebearingofQfromPis054o,PQ=250m,QR=340mandPR=160m. Examiner’s
Use

North 250

54°
P

340

160

(i) CalculatethebearingofRfromP.

Answer  ............................................... [4]

(ii) CalculatetheareaoftrianglePQR.

Answer  .......................................... m2[2]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13 [Turn over


22

12 (a) Thedistributionoftheweightsofluggagefor140passengersisshowninthetable. For


Examiner’s
Use
Weightof
luggage 01wG6 61wG10 101wG14 141wG16 161wG18 181wG22 221wG30
(wkg)
Frequency 15 14 20 24 31 24 12

(i) Calculateanestimateofthemeanweightofluggage.

Answer  ........................................... kg[3]

(ii) Onthegridopposite,drawahistogramtorepresentthisdata. [3]

(iii) Estimatetheprobabilitythatapassenger,chosenatrandom,hasluggageweighingless
than13kg.

Answer  ............................................... [2]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
23

For
Examiner’s
Use

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 w
Weight of luggage (kg)

TURN OVER FOR THE REST OF THE QUESTION

©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13 [Turn over


24

(b) Thepiechartrepresentsthedistributionofthebirthplacesofagroupof60students. Do not


write in this
margin

Singapore

South Africa
48°
126°
Pakistan
54° 42°

Australia United
Kingdom

(i) FindthenumberofstudentsinthegroupwhowereborninAustralia.

Answer  ............................................... [1]

(ii) CalculatethepercentageofstudentsinthegroupwhowereborninSouthAfrica.

Answer  ............................................%[1]

(iii) Fourmorestudentsjointhegroup.
Ofthese,twostudentswereborninPakistan,oneinSingaporeandoneinChina.
Anewpiechartistobedrawnusingtheinformationaboutthewhole groupofstudents.

Forthenewpiechart,calculatetheangleofthesectorthatrepresentsthestudentsborn
inPakistan.
Giveyouranswercorrecttothenearestdegree.

Answer  ............................................... [2]

Permissiontoreproduceitemswherethird-partyownedmaterialprotectedbycopyrightisincludedhasbeensoughtandclearedwherepossible.Everyreasonableefforthasbeen
madebythepublisher(UCLES)totracecopyrightholders,butifanyitemsrequiringclearancehaveunwittinglybeenincluded,thepublisherwillbepleasedtomakeamendsat
theearliestpossibleopportunity.

UniversityofCambridgeInternationalExaminationsispartoftheCambridgeAssessmentGroup.CambridgeAssessmentisthebrandnameofUniversityofCambridgeLocal
ExaminationsSyndicate(UCLES),whichisitselfadepartmentoftheUniversityofCambridge.

©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
* 8 4 6 1 5 4 2 5 0 3 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 May/June 2013
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 23 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (CW/CGW) 64204/3
© UCLES 2013 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks] For


Examiner’s
Answer all questions in this section. Use

1 (a) (i)

Exchange rate
£1 = $2.06
£1 = 72 rupees

Manraj changes 25 200 rupees into dollars ($).

Calculate how many dollars he receives.

Answer $.............................................. [2]

(ii) Misja changes 380 euros into dollars ($).


He receives $551.

How many dollars does he receive for each euro?

Answer 1 euro = $ ............................... [1]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13


3

(b) For
Examiner’s
Account Simple interest per year Use

Super Saver 3.4%

Extra Saver 3.5%

On 31 March 2011, Lydia and Simone each had $8000 in an account.


Lydia’s money is in a Super Saver Account. Simone’s money is in an Extra Saver Account.

(i) How much money did Lydia have in her account on 31 March 2012 after the interest
had been added?

Answer $.............................................. [2]

(ii) On 31 March 2012, Lydia transferred this money to an Extra Saver Account.
How much money did she have in this account on 31 March 2013 after the interest had
been added?

Answer $.............................................. [1]

(iii) Simone kept her money for the two years in the Extra Saver Account, which earned
simple interest of 3.5% per year.
After all interest had been added, who had more money in their account on
31 March 2013 and by how much?

Answer ................................... had $ ................................... more [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13 [Turn over


4

2 Small triangles are formed by placing rods between dots as shown in the diagrams. For
Examiner’s
Use

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4

(a) Complete the table.

Diagram n 1 2 3 4 5

Number of small triangles (T  ) 1 4 9 16

Number of dots (D) 3 6 10 15

Number of rods (R) 3 9 18 30


[2]

(b) Find an expression, in terms of n, for the number of small triangles (T  ) formed in Diagram n.

Answer ................................................ [1]

(c) Given that R = D + T – 1, find the value of n when D = 561 and R = 1584.

Answer n = ......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13


5

(d) 1, 3, 6, 10, 15, .... For


Examiner’s
1
The nth term of the above sequence is n (n + 1) . Use
2
Hence find an expression for R in terms of n.

Answer ................................................ [1]

(e) How many rods are there in Diagram 15?

Answer ................................................ [1]

(f) Find an expression for D in terms of n.

Answer ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13 [Turn over


6

3 (a) Solve 3(x – 5) = 5x – 7. For


Examiner’s
Use

Answer x = .......................................... [2]


4y - 3
(b) (i) Solve G 7.
2

Answer ................................................ [2]


4y - 3
(ii) State the integers that satisfy both G 7 and y 2 2 .
2

Answer ................................................ [1]

(c) Solve the simultaneous equations.

2x – y = 6
4x + 3y = –3

Answer x = ..........................................

y = .......................................... [3]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13


7

4 ABCDEF is a hexagon with BE as its only line of symmetry. For


Examiner’s
A B Use

C
F
6
G
6 16
D
E

AF is parallel to CD and DF intersects BE at G.


BE = 16 cm and DG = GF = 6 cm.
The area of the hexagon ABCDEF is 138 cm2.

(a) Calculate AF.

Answer .......................................... cm [2]

(b) The area of the hexagon ABCDEF is four times the area of the triangle DEF.

(i) Find EG.

Answer .......................................... cm [2]

(ii) Find EG : GB, giving your answer in the form m : n where m and n are integers.

Answer ......................  : ...................... [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13 [Turn over


8

5 For
Examiner’s
Use

15 180

Mr Chan wants a fence along the side of his garden which is 8 metres long.
He buys 4 fence panels and 5 posts.
Each fence panel is 180 cm wide, correct to the nearest centimetre.
Each post is 15 cm wide, correct to the nearest centimetre.

(a) If there are no gaps between the panels and the posts, is it possible for the fence to be longer
than 8 metres?
Show your working.

[2]

(b) A shop buys the posts from a manufacturer and sells them at a profit of 30%.
The shop sells each post for $35.10.

(i) How much does each post cost from the manufacturer?

Answer $............................................. [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13


9

(ii) For
Examiner’s
Fence panels $50.70 each Use
Posts $35.10 each

Mr Chan buys 4 fence panels and 5 posts.


He hires a builder to put up the fence.
The builder charges 220% of the total cost of the fence panels and posts to do the work.

What is the total amount Mr Chan pays for his fence?

Answer $.............................................. [3]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13 [Turn over


10

6 The diagram shows the positions, P, Q, R and S, of four hotels. For


Examiner’s
S Use

North

335

Q
210°
North
500

65°

The bearing of Q from P is 065° and the bearing of R from Q is 210°.


PQ = 500 m, SQ = 335 m and PQS t = 90°.

t .
(a) Calculate PQR

Answer ................................................ [1]

(b) Calculate the shortest distance from P to QR.

Answer ............................................ m [2]


© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13
11

(c) Calculate the bearing of S from P. For


Examiner’s
Use

Answer ................................................ [3]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13 [Turn over


12

7 (a) The distribution of the times spent by 200 customers at a restaurant one evening is shown in For
the table. Examiner’s
Use

Time (t minutes) 30 G t < 60 60 G t < 80 80 G t < 90 90 G t < 100 100 G t < 120
Frequency 24 p q 58 28

The diagram shows part of the histogram that represents this data.

Frequency
3
density

0
30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Time (t minutes)

(i) Complete the histogram. [1]

(ii) Find p and q.

Answer p = .........................................

q = ......................................... [2]

(iii) Estimate the probability that a customer, chosen at random, spent more than 95 minutes
in the restaurant.

Answer ................................................ [1]


© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13
13

(b) The table below shows the distribution of the ages of these customers. For
Examiner’s
Use
Age (y years) 0 < y G 20 20 < y G 40 40 < y G 60 60 < y G 80
Frequency 34 57 85 24

(i) State the modal class.

Answer ................................................ [1]

(ii) Calculate an estimate of the mean age of these customers.

Answer ...................................... years [3]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13 [Turn over


14

Section B [48 marks] For


Examiner’s
Answer four questions in this section. Use

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

8 The scale diagram shows the positions, A and B, of two buoys.


B is due South of A and AB = 1500 m.

(a) Write down the scale of the diagram.

Answer 1 cm to ...............................m [1]

(b) A third buoy is positioned at C which is due East of B and 1800 m from A.

Mark the position of C on the diagram. [2]

(c) Calculate the actual distance BC.


Give your answer correct to the nearest metre.

Answer ............................................ m [2]


© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13
15

(d) A boat travels from C to A at an average speed of x m/s. For


A second boat travels from B to A at an average speed 1 m/s faster than the first boat. Examiner’s
It takes the first boat 1 minute longer to reach A than the second boat. Use

Write down an equation in x and show that it simplifies to x2 – 4x – 30 = 0.

[3]

(e) Solve x2 – 4x – 30 = 0, giving each answer correct to two decimal places.

Answer x = ................... or ..................[3]

(f) How long did it take the first boat to reach A?


Give your answer in seconds.

Answer .................................. seconds [1]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13 [Turn over


16

9 (a) ABCD is a parallelogram. For


Examiner’s
Use

J- 4N J1N
AB = K O and BC = K O .
L 2P L4P
(i) Find BD.

(ii) Calculate AC .
Answer
  [1]

Answer ................................................ [2]

(iii) The parallelogram ABCD is mapped onto the parallelogram PBQR.


J- 12N J 3N
PB = K O and BQ = K O .
L 6P L12P
(a) Describe fully the single transformation that maps the parallelogram ABCD onto
the parallelogram PBQR.

Answer ......................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13
17

(b) S is the midpoint of PQ. For


Examiner’s
Find SR. Use

Answer
  [2]

3x + 2
(b) f (x) =
5
Find

(i) f (–4),

Answer f (–4) = .................................. [1]

(ii) the value of g such that f(g) = 7,

Answer g = ......................................... [2]

(iii) f –1 (x).

Answer f –1 (x) = ................................. [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13 [Turn over


18

10 (a) A bag contains red and blue pegs. For


Altogether there are 25 pegs of which n are red. Examiner’s
Rashid picks two pegs without replacement. Use

The tree diagram shows the possible outcomes and their probabilities.

First peg Second peg

n–1 red
24

red
25 – n
n 24
25
blue

25 – n
25 red

blue

blue

(i) Complete the tree diagram. [2]

(ii) (a) Write an expression, as a single fraction in terms of n, for the probability that
Rashid picks a red peg then a blue peg in that order.

Answer ................................................ [1]


1
(b) The probability that Rashid picks a red peg then a blue peg in that order is .
p
Given that the number of red pegs, n, satisfies the equation n2 – 25n + 150 = 0,
find p.

Answer p = ......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13


19

(iii) Solve n2 – 25n + 150 = 0 to find the possible values of n. For


Examiner’s
Use

Answer n = .................. or ..................[2]

(iv) Given that at the start there are more blue pegs than red pegs in the bag, find the
probability that Rashid picks two red pegs.

Answer ................................................ [2]

(b) Each member of a group of children


was asked their favourite colour.
The pie chart represents the results.
red
yellow

108°
54°
30° 78°
green pink

blue

(i) The number of children whose favourite colour is red is 75.


Find the number of children in the group.

Answer ................................................ [1]

(ii) Find, in its simplest form, the fraction of children whose favourite colour is green.

Answer ................................................ [1]

(iii) How many more children answered yellow than answered blue?

Answer ................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13 [Turn over


20

11 (a) The table shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y for y = 2x3 – 3x2 + 5. For
Examiner’s
Use
x –1.5 –1 –0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2

y 0 4 5 4.5 4 5 9

(i) Complete the table. [1]

(ii) Using a scale of 4 cm to represent 1 unit, draw a horizontal x-axis for - 1.5 G x G 2 .
Using a scale of 2 cm to represent 5 units, draw a vertical y-axis for - 10 G y G 10 .

Draw the graph of y = 2x3 – 3x2 + 5 for - 1.5 G x G 2 . [3]

(iii) Use your graph to estimate the gradient of the curve when x = 1.5.

Answer ................................................ [2]

(iv) By drawing a suitable line on your graph, find the solution of the equation
2x3 – 3x2 + 4 = 0.

Answer x = .......................................... [2]


© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13
21

(b) For
y Examiner’s
Use

(q , 2.4)

(3 , 0.4)
x
O
p
The graph shows a sketch of the curve y = .
x
Two points on the curve are (3, 0.4) and (q, 2.4).

(i) Find p and q.

Answer p = .........................................

q = ......................................... [2]

(ii) Calculate the gradient of the straight line joining the points (3, 0.4) and (q, 2.4).

Answer ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13 [Turn over


22

12 (a) For
Examiner’s
r Use

46

A cylindrical tank of height 46 cm and radius r cm has a capacity of 70 litres.

Find the radius correct to the nearest centimetre.

Answer .......................................... cm [3]

(b)

x
4
125° 20
11

A triangular prism has length 20 cm.


The sides of the shaded cross-section are 4 cm, 11 cm and x cm.
The angle between the sides of length 4 cm and 11 cm is 125°.

(i) Calculate the area of the shaded cross-section.

Answer .........................................cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13


23

(ii) Calculate the volume of the prism. For


Examiner’s
Use

Answer .........................................cm3 [1]

(iii) Calculate x.

Answer x = .......................................... [4]

(iv) Calculate the surface area of the prism.

Answer .........................................cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13


24

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
* 6 3 1 7 7 7 6 4 0 6 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 October/November 2013
 2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 24 printed pages.

DC (LEG/CGW) 84304/2 R
© UCLES 2013 [Turn over
2

Section A [52marks] For


Examiner’s
     Answerallquestionsinthissection. Use

1 (a) Therateofexchangebetweendollars($)andpounds(£)is$1.56=£1.
Therateofexchangebetweeneuros(€)andpoundsis€1.10=£1.

(i) Amychanges£300intodollars.

   CalculatehowmanydollarsAmyreceives.

Answer $............................................. [1]

(ii) Benchanges€770intopounds.

CalculatehowmanypoundsBenreceives.

Answer £............................................. [1]

(iii) Chrischanges$780intoeuros.

CalculatehowmanyeurosChrisreceives.

Answer € ............................................ [2]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
3

(b) DebbiechangedsomedollarsintoJapaneseyen. For


Therateofexchangewas81dollars=1yen. Examiner’s
Use

Emmachangedthesamenumberofdollarsintoyen.
TherateofexchangeforEmmawas82dollars=1yen.

Emmareceived3feweryenthanDebbie.

Giventhatthenumberofdollarschangedeachtimeisx,findx.

Answer ............................................... [3]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13 [Turn over


4

2 t =40˚andAC=8cm.
(a) ConstructthetriangleABCinwhich BAC For
Examiner’s
Use
CisabovethelineAB,whichisdrawnforyou.

A B

 [2]

(b) Constructthelocusofallthepointsoutsidethetrianglethatare2cmfromtheperimeterof
thetriangle. [2]

(c) FindandlabelthepointP, insidethetriangle,thatis6.5cmfromAand


equidistantfromBandC. [2]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
5

3 ThelineAB joinsthepointA(–2,1)tothepointB(6,5). For


Examiner’s
(a) FindthecoordinatesofthemidpointofAB. Use

Answer (..............,..............) [1]

(b) FindthegradientofAB.

Answer ............................................... [1]

(c) AB intersectsthey-axisatthepoint(0,c).

  Findc.

Answer ............................................... [2]

 (d) Express ABasacolumnvector.

Answer [1]

(e) Cisthepoint(5,2)andDisthepoint(h,k).
ThelinesAB andCD areequalinlengthandparallel.

FindthecoordinatesofeachofthepossiblepointsD.

Answer (..............,..............)and(..............,..............)[3]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13 [Turn over


6

4 Thetableshowsthedistributionofthemassesof100babiesatbirth. For
Examiner’s
Use
Mass
1.5<xG2 2<xG2.5 2.5<xG3 3<xG3.5 3.5<xG4 4<xG4.5 4.5<xG5
(xkg)
Number
3 12 20 24 25 14 2
ofbabies

(a) Writedownthemodalclass.

Answer ............................................... [1]

(b) Forthispartofthequestionusethegridbelow.
  Usingascaleof4cmtorepresent1kg,drawahorizontalx-axisfor1 G x G 5.
  Usingascaleof2cmtorepresent5babies,drawaverticalaxisforfrequencyfrom0to30.

  Usingyouraxes,drawafrequencypolygontorepresenttheseresults.

 [2]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
7

(c) (i) Completethecumulativefrequencytablebelow. For


Examiner’s
Use
Mass(xkg) xG2 x G 2.5 xG3 x G 3.5 xG4 x G 4.5 xG5
Cumulativefrequency 3 15 100
 [1]

(ii) Onthegridbelowdrawasmoothcumulativefrequencycurvetorepresenttheseresults.

100

90

80

70

60

Cumulative
50
frequency

40

30

20

10

0
1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 x
Mass (kg)
 [2]

(d) Useyourcurvetoestimate

(i) themedianmass,
Answer .......................................... kg[1]

(ii) the10thpercentile.

Answer .......................................... kg[1]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13 [Turn over


8

2
5 (a) Solve = 1. For
3- x Examiner’s
Use

Answer  ............................................... [1]

(b) Factorise

(i) 5x + 5y ,

Answer  ............................................... [1]

(ii) 9x 2 - 16 .

Answer  ............................................... [1]

(c) (i) Factorise 2x 2 + 5x - 12 .

Answer  ............................................... [1]

(ii) Useyouranswertopart (c)(i)tosolvetheequation 2x 2 + 5x - 12 = 0 .

Answer x=.................or.................[1]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
9

(d) Asourceoflightisobservedfromadistanceofdmetres. For


Theamountoflightreceived, Lunits,isinverselyproportionaltothesquareofthedistance. Examiner’s
Use

GiventhatL=9whend=2,findthevalueofLwhend=3.

Answer ............................................... [2]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13 [Turn over


10

6 (a) For
A Examiner’s
Use

50° B
C
31

t = 90c, ACB
InthetriangleABC, ABC t = 50candBC = 31m.
t = 90c.
DisthepointonAC suchthat BDA

(i) ShowthatCD=19.93m,correctto2decimalplaces.

[2]

(ii) CalculateAD.

Answer ...........................................m[3]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
11

(b) For
S Examiner’s
Use

10° 55°
52

P Q R

  TwoboatsareatthepointsPandQ.
  RSisaverticalcliffofheight52m.
  t = 10cand QStR = 55c.
PSQ

(i) StatetheangleofdepressionofP fromS.

Answer ............................................... [1]

(ii) Calculatethedistance,PQ,betweentheboats.

Answer  ...........................................m[3]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13 [Turn over


12

7 (a) For
A Examiner’s
Use

E
C
D

t and
IntriangleABC,Disthepoint onBC suchthatAD bisects BAC
E isthepointonABsuchthatAE = AC.

(i) ShowthattrianglesAEDandACD arecongruent.

 [3]

t = xc, EDB
(ii) Giventhat ABD t = zc,
t = ycand ACB
findxintermsofyandz.

Answer x=......................................... [2]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
13

(b) For
P Examiner’s
Use

t andRSbisects PRQ
IntrianglePQR,QSbisects PQR t .
t t
PQR = 42cand PRQ = 54c.

FindreflexangleQSR.

Answer ............................................... [2]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13 [Turn over


14

Section B [48marks] For


Examiner’s
     Answerfourquestionsinthissection. Use

     Eachquestioninthissectioncarries12marks.

8 (a)
B

14

A 10
O

Inthediagram,thecircleseachhavecentreO.
ABisachordofthelargercircleandalsoatangenttothesmallercircle.
AB =14cmandtheradiusofthelargercircleis10cm.

Findtheradiusofthesmallercircle.

Answer  ......................................... cm[3]

(b)
S Q

Inthediagram,PQ andRSarechordsofacirclethatintersectatT.

(i) ShowthattrianglesPST andRQTaresimilar.

 [3]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
15

(ii) For
S Q
Examiner’s
Use
x
5
T
11
R

ST =5 cm,TR=11cmandTQ=xcm.

GiventhatPQ = 18 cm,showthatxsatisfiestheequation

x 2 - 18x + 55 = 0 .

 [2]

(iii) Solvetheequation x 2 - 18x + 55 = 0 .


Giveeachsolutioncorrectto1decimalplace.

Answer x=.................or.................[3]

(iv) FindthedifferencebetweenthelengthsofPTandTQ.

Answer  ......................................... cm[1]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13 [Turn over


16

9 Thenumberofbacteriainacolonytrebles everyhour. For


 Thecolonystartswith50bacteria. Examiner’s
 Thetablebelowshowsthenumberofbacteria(y)inthecolonyaftert hours. Use

Time
0 1 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
(t hours)
Numberof
50 150 450 780 1350 2340
bacteria(y)

(a) Completethetable. [1]

(b) Onthegridontheoppositepageplotthepointsinthetable,andjointhemwitha
smoothcurve. [3]

(c) Useyourgraphtofindthenumberofbacteriainthecolonywhent=3.2.

Answer ............................................... [1]

(d) (i) Bydrawingatangent,estimatethegradientofthecurvewhent=2.5.

Answer  ............................................... [2]

(ii) Whatdoesthisgradientrepresent?

Answer........................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) Giventhattheequationofthegraphis y = ka t , findkanda.

Answer k=..................a=.................[1]

(f) Thenumberofbacteriainanothercolonyisgivenbytheequation y = 500 + 500t .

(i) Onthesameaxes,drawagraphtorepresentthenumberofbacteriainthiscolony.

 [2]

(ii) Statethevalueoftwhenthenumberofbacteriaineachcolonyisthesame.

Answer ............................................... [1]


©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
17

y For
Examiner’s
5000 Use

4500

4000

3500

3000
Number
of bacteria

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

0
1 2 3 4 t
Time (t hours)

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13 [Turn over


18

10 Afueltankerdeliversfuelinacylindricalcontaineroflength9.5mandradius0.8m. For
Examiner’s
(a) Afterseveraldeliveries,thefuelremaininginthecontainerisshowninthediagram. Use

9.5

O
0.8
A
B

t = 90c.
AB ishorizontal,Oisthecentreofthecircularcross-sectionand AOB

(i) Calculatethecurvedsurfaceareaofthecontainerthatisincontactwiththefuel.

Answer ......................................... m2[2]

(ii) Calculatethevolumeoffuelremaininginthecontainer.

Answer ......................................... m3[4]

(iii) Calculatethisvolumeremainingasapercentageofthevolumeofthewholecontainer.

Answer  ...........................................%[2]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
19

(b) Thefuelispumpedthroughacylindricalpipeofradius4.5cmatarateof300cm/s. For


Examiner’s
(i) Calculatethevolumepumpedin1second. Use

Answer  ....................................... cm3[1]

(ii) Calculatethetimetaken,inminutes,topump25000litresoffuel.
Giveyouranswercorrecttothenearestminute.

Answer  ................................. minutes[3]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13 [Turn over


20

11 ThediagramshowstrianglesAandB. For
Examiner’s
Use
y
10

A B
2

0 x
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26

(a) (i) DescribefullythesingletransformationthatmapstriangleA ontotriangleB.

Answer .........................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Findthematrixthatrepresentsthistransformation.

Answer  f p [2]

 (b) TriangleB ismappedontotriangleCbythetransformationrepresentedbythe


2 0
  matrix c m.
0 1

(i) Onthegridabove,drawandlabeltriangleC. [2]

(ii) Givethenameofthistransformation.

Answer  ............................................... [1]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
21

(iii) Find the matrix that represents the inverse transformation that maps triangle C onto For
triangleB. Examiner’s
Use

Answer  f p [2]

(iv) FindtheratioareaoftriangleC :areaoftriangleB.

Answer .....................:.....................[1]

(c) FindthematrixthatrepresentsthesingletransformationthatmapstriangleA
ontotriangleC.

Answer f p [2]

_________________________________________________________________________________

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13 [Turn over


22

12 (a) For
A Examiner’s
Use

65°

45°
B

IntriangleABC, ABC t = 65c.


t = 45cand BAC
AC is5cmshorterthanBC.
5 sin 65
(i) Showthat BC = .
sin 65 - sin 45

 [3]

(ii) FindthelengthofBC.

Answer  ......................................... cm[1]

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
23

(b) For
P Examiner’s
Use

13
10

Q 6 R S

IntrianglePQR,PQ=13cm,QR=6cmandRP=10cm.
QRisproducedtoS.

t ,givingyouranswerasafractioninitslowestterms.
(i) Findthevalueofcos PRQ

Answer ............................................... [3]

t .
(ii) Hencewritedownthevalueofcos PRS

Answer ............................................... [1]

Turn over for The reST of ThiS queSTion

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13 [Turn over


24

(c) For
F Examiner’s
Use

E D

TriangleDEGhasthesameareaastriangleDEF,butisnotcongruenttotriangleDEF.
ThepointG islowerthanDEandGE=EF.

DrawthetriangleDEGinthediagramabove. [1]

t = 30candML=2MN.
(d) IntriangleLMN, LMN

  WhentheareaoftriangleLMNis18cm2,calculateMN.

Answer  ......................................... cm[3]

Permissiontoreproduceitemswherethird-partyownedmaterialprotectedbycopyrightisincludedhasbeensoughtandclearedwherepossible.Everyreasonableefforthasbeen
madebythepublisher(UCLES)totracecopyrightholders,butifanyitemsrequiringclearancehaveunwittinglybeenincluded,thepublisherwillbepleasedtomakeamendsat
theearliestpossibleopportunity.

UniversityofCambridgeInternationalExaminationsispartoftheCambridgeAssessmentGroup.CambridgeAssessmentisthebrandnameofUniversityofCambridgeLocal
ExaminationsSyndicate(UCLES),whichisitselfadepartmentoftheUniversityofCambridge.

©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
* 8 0 9 4 8 7 4 2 7 1 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 October/November 2013
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 24 printed pages.

DC (LEG/SW) 67172/1
© UCLES 2013 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks] For


Examiner’s
Answer all questions in this section. Use

1
C

58
40

A 34 F 38 E 42 D

ABCD is a level field.


F and E are points on AD such that BF and CE are perpendicular to AD.
BF = 40 m and CE = 58 m.
AF = 34 m, FE = 38 m and ED = 42 m.

(a) Calculate the area of the field.

Answer .......................................... m2 [3]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13


3

(b) Calculate the length of BC. For


Examiner’s
Use

Answer ........................................... m [2]

t .
(c) Calculate CDE

Answer ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13 [Turn over


4

2 (a) The results of a survey of the number of cars owned by 50 families are given in the table below. For
Examiner’s
Use
Number of cars 0 1 2 3
Number of families 4 35 6 5

(i) Calculate the mean number of cars per family.

Answer ................................................ [2]

(ii) When the same 50 families were surveyed at a later date, the results were as follows.

Number of cars 0 1 2 3
Number of families x 37 y 5

The mean number of cars per family stayed the same as before.

Find x and y.

Answer x = .........................................

y = .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13


5

(b) A service station sells diesel, unleaded and super unleaded fuel. For
During one week, 13 500 litres of diesel and 36 000 litres of unleaded were sold. Examiner’s
The total number of litres of fuel sold that week was 54 000. Use

(i) What fraction of the total number of litres sold was super unleaded?
Give your answer in its lowest terms.

Answer ................................................ [1]

(ii) Complete the pie chart to represent the amounts of fuel sold.

Answer

Diesel

[3]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13 [Turn over


6

a + a2 + b2 For
3 (a) Find the value of when a = - 4 and b = - 3. Examiner’s
a 2 - 2ab Use
Give your answer as a fraction.

Answer ................................................ [2]

(b) Expand the brackets and simplify ^3x 2 - 1h^2x + 3h - x ^9x - 2h.

Answer ................................................ [2]

(c) (i) Factorise 9x 2 + 5x - 4 .

Answer ................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13


7

(ii) Use your answer to part (c)(i) to solve the equation 9x 2 + 5x - 4 = 0 . For
Examiner’s
Use

Answer x = .................. or ................. [1]

(d) The sum of three consecutive integers is 84.

Find these three integers.

Answer ............. , ............. , ............. [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13 [Turn over


8

4 (a) AB and BC are chords of a circle centre O. C For


D is the midpoint of AB and E is the midpoint of BC. B Examiner’s
t = 108c. E
ABC 108° Use


t giving your reasons.
Find DOE

D
O

t = .......................... because ..........................................................................


Answer DOE

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(b)

P
Q

A circle centre P and a circle centre Q intersect at R and S.

(i) Show that triangle PRQ is congruent to triangle PSQ.

[3]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13


9

(ii) For
Examiner’s
Use

P T
Q

RS and PQ intersect at T.

(a) State the name of the special quadrilateral PRQS.

Answer ................................................ [1]


t .
(b) Find PTR

Answer ................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13 [Turn over


10

5 (a)  = {x : x is an integer and 2 G x G 12 } For


M = {x : x is a multiple of 3} Examiner’s
Use
P = {x : x is a prime number}

(i) a ! M P

Find a.

Answer ................................................ [1]

(ii) Find (M P)l .

Answer ................................................ [1]

(b) In a survey, 90 people were asked “Do you own a car?” and “Do you own a bicycle?”.
A total of 27 people said they owned a bicycle.
Of these, 13 owned only a bicycle.
11 people owned neither a car nor a bicycle.

By drawing a Venn diagram, or otherwise, find how many people said that they owned a car.

Answer ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13


11

(c) The Venn diagrams show a Universal set, , and subsets A, B and C. For
Examiner’s
(i) Shade the set (A C)l B. Use


B

[1]

(ii) Express in set notation the subset shaded in this diagram.


B

Answer ................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13 [Turn over


12

6 (a) (i) The cost price of bicycle A is $620. For


The shopkeeper sells it and makes a profit of 45%. Examiner’s
Use
Calculate the selling price.

Answer $ .............................................. [1]

(ii) In a sale, the price of bicycle B is reduced from $2400 to $1596.

Calculate the percentage reduction given.

Answer ............................................% [2]

(iii) Tax on the original price of bicycle C is charged at 20% of the original price.
After tax has been included, Matthew pays $1080 for this bicycle.

Calculate the original price.

Answer $ .............................................. [2]

(b) Ada invests $600 in an account that earns simple interest.


At the end of 3 years, the investment is worth $681.

Calculate the rate of simple interest per year.

Answer ............................................% [3]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13


13

2 1
5 f - 1 p - 4 f - 3 p.
For
7 (a) Express as a single matrix Examiner’s
Use
3 0

Answer [2]

1
m f 0 p.
7 -1 3
(b) Express as a single matrix c
2 0 4
2

Answer [2]
1 0
(c) A = c m
-2 4

(i) Find A - 1 .

Answer f p [2]

(ii) B + 3I = A where I is the 2 # 2 identity matrix.

Find B.

Answer f p [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13 [Turn over


14

Section B [48 marks] For


Examiner’s
Answer four questions in this section. Use

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

A 6
310°
O
B

The diagram shows a sector AOB of a circle with centre O and radius 6 cm.
The angle of the sector is 310c.

(a) Calculate the total perimeter of the sector.

Answer .......................................... cm [3]

(b) Calculate the area of the sector.

Answer .........................................cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13


15

(c) This sector is cut from a rectangular piece of card of height 12 cm and width w cm. For
Examiner’s
Use

A 6
310°
O 12
B

One edge of the rectangular piece of card passes through A and B.


The other edges are tangents to the circle.

(i) Calculate the value of w.

Answer ................................................ [3]

(ii) When the sector is cut out, the triangle AOB is retained.
The rest of the rectangular piece of card, shown shaded, is discarded as waste.

Calculate the percentage of the rectangular piece of card that is discarded as waste.

Answer ...........................................% [4]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13 [Turn over


16

1
9 The variables x and y are connected by the equation y = x+ . For
x Examiner’s
The table below shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y. Use
The values of y are correct to 2 decimal places where appropriate.

x 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2


y 4.25 2.5 2.08 2 2.05 2.17 2.32 2.5

(a) On the grid, plot the points given in the table and join them with a smooth curve.
y
5

–2 –1 0 1 2 x

–1

–2

–3

–4

–5 [2]
© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13
17

(b) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve when x = 0.75. For
Examiner’s
Use

Answer ................................................ [2]


1
(c) Let f (x) = x + .
x
(i) Given that f (a) = b , find f (- a) in terms of b.

Answer ................................................ [1]


1
(ii) Hence, or otherwise, complete the table below for y = x + .
x

x –2 –1.75 –1.5 –1.25 –1 –0.75 –0.5 –0.25


y –2
[1]
1
(iii) On the grid opposite, draw the graph of y = x + for - 2 G x G - 0.25. [1]
x
(iv) Write down an estimate for the gradient of the curve when x =- 0.75.

Answer ................................................ [1]

(d) (i) On the grid opposite, draw the graph of the straight line y = 4 - x . [1]

(ii) Write down the x-coordinate of each of the points where the graphs of y = 4 - x and
1
y = x+ intersect.
x

Answer x = ........... and ........... [1]

(iii) Find the equation for which these x values are the solutions.
Give your equation in the form Ax 2 + Bx + C = 0 .

Answer ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13 [Turn over


18

10 (a) For
North Examiner’s
Use

6 C
A
115°

Two boats sail from A. One boat sails to B, and the other boat sails to C.
AB = 8 km, AC = 6 km and BACt = 115c.

(i) Calculate the distance, BC, between the boats.

Answer ..........................................km [4]

(ii) The bearing of B from A is 200c.

Find the bearing of A from C.

Answer ................................................ [2]


© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13
19

(b) For
P Examiner’s
Use

36°

44° 65°
S 200 Q
R

t = 65c and QSP


In triangle PQS, SQP t = 44c.
t = 36c.
R is the point on QS such that QR = 200 m and RPS
200 sin 65
(i) In triangle PQR, by using the sine rule, show that PR = .
sin 35

[2]
200 sin 65 sin 36
(ii) Hence show that SR = .
sin 35 sin 44

[2]

(iii) Hence find the length of SR.


Answer ............................................m [1]
area of triangle SPQ
(iv) Hence evaluate .
area of triangle PQR

Answer ................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13 [Turn over


20

7 4
11 (a) Express as a single fraction, in its simplest form, - . For
p + 2 2p - 3 Examiner’s
Use

Answer ................................................ [3]

(b) The distance between London and York is 320 km .


A train takes x hours to travel between London and York.

(i) Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the average speed of the train.

Answer .......................................km/h [1]

(ii) A car takes 2 21 hours longer than a train to travel between London and York.
The average speed of the train is 80 km/h greater than the average speed of the car.

Form an equation in x and show that it simplifies to 2x 2 + 5x - 20 = 0 .

[3]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13


21

(iii) Solve the equation 2x 2 + 5x - 20 = 0 , giving your answers correct to 2 decimal places. For
Examiner’s
Use

Answer x = ................. or ................. [3]

(iv) Hence find the average speed of the car correct to the nearest km/h.

Answer .......................................km/h [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13 [Turn over


22

12 (a) For
B F C Examiner’s
Use

G
E

6
(i) AD = c m
1
Calculate AD .

Answer ................................................ [1]


1
(ii) AE = c m
2
H is the midpoint of AD.

Find EH .

Answer f p [2]

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13


23

1.5 0.5
(iii) BF = c m CG = c m For
0 -1.5 Examiner’s
Use
F is the midpoint of BC.

Find FG .

Answer f p [1]

(iv) Use your answers to parts (ii) and (iii) to complete the following statement.

The lines EH and FG are ............................................. and ............................................. [1]

(v) Given that E is the midpoint of AB, show that G is the midpoint of CD.

[2]

Turn over for The reST of ThIS queSTIon


© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13 [Turn over
24

(b) y For
Examiner’s
7 Use

A
4

O 1 2 3 4 5 x
Triangle A has vertices (1, 2), (1, 5) and (3, 5).

(i) An enlargement, centre (1, 2), scale factor 1.5, maps triangle A onto triangle B.

Draw triangle B. [2]

(ii) An enlargement, centre (1, 2), scale factor - 0.5, maps triangle A onto triangle C.

Draw triangle C. [2]

(iii) Find the ratio area of triangle C : area of triangle B.

Answer .................... : .................... [1]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 9 7 0 7 7 9 1 0 5 4 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 May/June 2014
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 23 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (NF/KN) 93827/2 R
© UCLES 2014 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks]

Answer all questions in this section.

x 2
1 (a) Express as a single fraction in its simplest form 2- .
^x - 4h x-4

Answer .................................................... [2]

(b) Solve the simultaneous equations.


2x - 3y = 14
6x + 4y = 3

Answer x = ..............................................

y = .............................................. [3]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14


3

(c) Solve x ^x - 4h = 6 + x .

Answer x = .................... or ..................... [3]


y2 - 9
(d) Simplify .
2y 2 - y - 15

Answer .................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14 [Turn over


4

2 (a)  = {x: x is an integer and 5 G x G 15}

A = {x : x is a multiple of 3}

B = {x : x is a factor of 60}

C = {x : x is a prime number}

(i) Find n ^A + B + Ch.

Answer .................................................... [1]

(ii) Find ^A , Bhl .

Answer .................................................... [1]

(iii) A number, r, is chosen at random from .

Find the probability that r ! A + B .

Answer .................................................... [1]

(iv) Given that D 1 B and D 1 C , find D.

Answer .................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14


5

(b) An activity camp offers 3 sports: tennis, cricket and volleyball.


One day, 50 children took part in these sports.

19 children played tennis, 34 children played cricket and 23 children played volleyball.
2 children played all three sports.
5 children played tennis and cricket.
10 children played tennis and volleyball.

By drawing a Venn diagram, or otherwise, find the number of children who played

(i) tennis and cricket but not volleyball,

Answer .................................................... [1]

(ii) cricket and volleyball but not tennis,

Answer .................................................... [1]

(iii) cricket only.

Answer .................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14 [Turn over


6

3 (a) Zara owns a hairdressing salon.


She buys a pack of 60 bottles of shampoo from a warehouse for $240.
She plans to sell the bottles of shampoo to her customers for $5.50 each.

(i) Calculate the percentage profit Zara makes on each bottle she sells for $5.50 .

Answer .................................................... [2]

(ii) Zara sells 45 bottles at the full price then sells the rest with a 20% discount.

Calculate the total profit she makes selling all 60 bottles.

Answer $ .................................................. [2]

(iii) When the warehouse sells a pack of shampoo for $240 it makes a profit of 15%.

Calculate the price paid for the pack of shampoo by the warehouse.

Answer $ .................................................. [2]

(iv) Zara borrows $2500 from a bank to make improvements to her salon.
She is charged 4.5% per year simple interest.
She pays the money back after 3 years.

Calculate the total amount Zara must pay to the bank.

Answer $ .................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14


7

(b) The exchange rate between dollars ($) and pounds (£) is $1 = £0.64 .
The exchange rate between dollars ($) and euros (€) is $1 = €0.78 .

(i) Luke changes $250 into pounds.

Calculate how many pounds he receives.

Answer £ .................................................. [1]

(ii) Complete the statement to show the exchange rate between pounds and euros.

Exchange rate

£1 = € ..................

[2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14 [Turn over


8

A
C
24°

O
F
72°
D
E

A, B, C, D and E are points on a circle with centre O.


AD is a diameter of the circle and F is the point of intersection of AD and CE.
t = 24° and ADC
ACE t = 72°.

(a) Find

(i) t ,
ADE

Answer .................................................... [1]

(ii) t ,
CED

Answer .................................................... [1]

(iii) t ,
CFD

Answer .................................................... [1]

(iv) t .
ABC

Answer .................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14


9

(b) Given that DC = 4.5 cm, calculate

(i) the diameter of the circle,

Answer ............................................. cm [2]

(ii) DE.

Answer ............................................. cm [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14 [Turn over


10

5 (a) Here is part of a number grid.

A square can be placed anywhere on the grid outlining four numbers.

The numbers in opposite corners of the square are multiplied together and the difference
between the products is found.

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12
9 × 14 − 8 × 15 = 126 − 120
13 14 15 16 17 18 =6

19 20 21 1

(i) The grid is continued downwards.

If n represents the number of the top left of the square, complete this square with
expressions for the other numbers.

n n+1

[1]

(ii) Use your answer to part (a)(i) to prove that the difference between the products of
the opposite corners is always 6.

[2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14


11

(b) Here is part of a different number grid.


A cross can be placed anywhere on the grid outlining five numbers.
The numbers in the cross are added together.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

31 32 33 34 35 36

41 42 43

(i) Find and simplify an expression, in terms of n, for the sum of the numbers in the cross
below.

Answer .................................................... [2]

(ii) The sum of the numbers in the cross below is 330.

Complete the cross with the correct numbers.

[2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14 [Turn over


12

6 (a) A candle is in the shape of a cylinder of radius 1.6 cm and height 7.5 cm.

(i) Calculate the volume of the candle.

Answer ............................................ cm3 [2]

(ii) Six of these candles are packed into a box of height 7.5 cm as shown.

7.5

(a) Find the length and width of the box.

Answer length = ................................ cm

width = ............................... cm [1]

(b) Calculate the volume of empty space in the box.

Answer ............................................ cm3 [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14


13

(b) The length of a rectangular photo is 17.8 cm, correct to the nearest millimetre.
The width of the photo is 12.7 cm, correct to the nearest millimetre.

(i) Calculate the lower bound of the area of the photo.

Answer ............................................ cm2 [2]

(ii) Kate has a rectangular frame with length 18 cm and width 13 cm, both measured
correct to the nearest centimetre.

Will the photo definitely fit into the frame?


Explain your answer.

Answer ........................ because ................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14 [Turn over


14

Section B [48 marks]

Answer four questions in this section.

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

x3
7 The variables x and y are connected by the equation y = - 3x + 1 .
2
Some corresponding values of x and y are given in the table below.

x −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3
y 3 3.5 1 −1.5 −1

(a) Complete the table. [2]

(b) On the grid below, plot the points from the table and join them with a smooth curve.

y
6

–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 x

–2

–4
[2]
© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14
15

x3
(c) Use your graph to solve the equation - 3x + 1 = 0 .
2

Answer ........................................................................ [2]

(d) By drawing a tangent, find the gradient of the curve at the point (−2, 3).

Answer .................................................... [2]

(e) The line AB intersects the curve at point P.


The coordinates of point A are (0, 5).
The coordinates of point B are (2, −3).

(i) Find the equation of line AB.

Answer .................................................... [2]

x3
(ii) The x-coordinate of point P is a solution of the equation + Cx + D = 0 .
2
Find C and D.

Answer C = .............................................

D = ............................................. [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14 [Turn over


16

8 A group of 80 students enters a science quiz.


The table shows the distribution of their scores.

Score (s) 0 1 s G 10 10 1 s G 20 20 1 s G 30 30 1 s G 40 40 1 s G 50 50 1 s G 60
Frequency 4 12 16 23 20 5

(a) Calculate an estimate of the mean score.

Answer .................................................... [3]

(b) (i) Complete the cumulative frequency table for their scores.

Score (s) s G 10 s G 20 s G 30 s G 40 s G 50 s G 60
Cumulative
4 80
frequency
[1]
(ii) On the grid below,
draw a horizontal s-axis for 0 G s G 60 using a scale of 2 cm to represent 10 points
and a vertical axis from 0 to 80 using a scale of 2 cm to represent 20 students.

Draw a smooth cumulative frequency curve to represent this information.

[3]
© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14
17

(iii) Use your graph to estimate

(a) the median score,

Answer .................................................... [1]

(b) the interquartile range of the scores.

Answer .................................................... [2]

(c) Students who scored more than 40 points can enter the next round of the quiz.
Two of these students are selected at random.

Work out the probability that both students scored more than 50 points.

Answer .................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14 [Turn over


18

9 The diagram shows a field on horizontal ground.


The side AB is next to a straight road XY.
AB = 130 m, BC = 164 m and ABC t = 115°.

B
130 115°
A

X
164

(a) Calculate AC.

Answer ................................................ m [3]

(b) Work out the area of the field.

Answer ............................................. m2 [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14


19

(c) The field is to be sown with grass seed.


Each square metre of the field is sown with 3.25 g of seed.
The seed is only sold in 5 kg bags.

How many bags of grass seed must be bought?

Answer .................................................... [2]

(d) A bird is hovering directly above B.


The angle of elevation of the bird from A is 18.5°.

Calculate the height of the bird above B.

Answer ................................................ m [2]

(e) Calculate the shortest distance from C to the road XY.

Answer ................................................ m [3]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14 [Turn over


20

1 -2
10 (a) p = c m q =c m
-3 0

(i) Find p .

Answer .................................................... [1]

(ii) On the unit grid below, draw and label the vector p − q.

[2]

(iii) The vector r is shown on the unit grid below.

It is given that r = ap + bq .

Find the values of a and b.

Answer a = ..............................................

b = .............................................. [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14


21

(b) The diagram shows triangles A and B.

y
6

A
2

x
–6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8

B
–2

–4

(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.

Answer ......................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [3]

1 0
(ii) The transformation represented by the matrix c m maps triangle A onto triangle C.
0 2
(a) Find the coordinates of the vertices of triangle C.

Answer (............ , ............) , (............ , ............) , (............ , ............) [2]

(b) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle C.

Answer ..............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14 [Turn over


22

11 Imran drives a distance of 180 km on a business trip.


He drives the first 100 km at an average speed of x km / h.
He drives at an average speed 5 km / h slower than this for the remainder of the journey.

(a) Find, in terms of x, an expression for the time taken, in hours, for the first 100 km.

Answer ......................................... hours [1]

(b) Given that the journey takes a total of 2 hours 30 minutes, form an equation in x and
show that it simplifies to x 2 - 77x + 200 = 0 .

[4]

(c) Solve the equation x 2 - 77x + 200 = 0 , giving each answer correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer x = .................... or ..................... [4]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14


23

(d) Which of the solutions in part (c) represents the speed for the first 100 km of Imran’s trip?
Give a reason for rejecting the other solution.

Answer ………… km / h because ....................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) Find the difference between the times taken for the first and second parts of the journey.
Give your answer in minutes, correct to the nearest minute.

Answer ...................................... minutes [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14


24

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 5 2 2 0 9 3 7 1 3 2 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 May/June 2014
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 19 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (NF/KN) 81755/1
© UCLES 2014 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks]

Answer all questions in this section.

1 The scale drawing shows three airfields, A, B and C, with B due north of A.
The scale is 1 cm to 20 km.

North

(a) Find the actual distance between A and B.

Answer .............................................. km [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14


3

(b) A beacon, D, is to the west of the line AB.


It is 100 km from A and 120 km from B.

Construct the position of D on the scale drawing. [2]

(c) Measure the bearing of C from B.

Answer .................................................... [1]

(d) An aircraft is

• equidistant from A and C,

• 90 km from B.

(i) By constructing suitable loci, mark on the diagram the two possible positions, P and Q,
of the aircraft. [3]
(ii) Given that the aircraft is east of the line AB, find, by measuring, its bearing from C.

Answer .................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14 [Turn over


4

6c 2 - d
2 (a) f=
4
(i) Find f when c = 8 and d =- 4 .

Answer .................................................... [1]

(ii) Express c in terms of d and f.

Answer .................................................... [2]

(b) Solve 17 - 5x G 2x + 3 .

Answer .................................................... [2]

(c) Factorise 9 - 25x 2 .

Answer .................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14


5

(d) Factorise completely 8px + 6qy - 3qx - 16py .

Answer .................................................... [2]

(e) Solve 5x 2 + 6x - 13 = 0 .

Give your answers correct to two decimal places.

Answer x = ..................... or .................... [4]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14 [Turn over


6

3 (a) Mariam works in a shop.


She earns $5.20 per hour.
She also earns a bonus of 15% of the value of the items she sells in a week.

(i) In one week she works for 32 hours and sells items with a value of £2450.

Calculate Mariam’s total earnings for the week.

Answer $ .................................................. [2]

(ii) In another week, Mariam worked for 28 hours and earned a total of $409.60 .

Calculate the value of the items she sold that week.

Answer $ .................................................. [3]

(b) (i) Jack opens a bank account paying simple interest.


He pays in $800 and leaves it in the account for 4 years.
At the end of 4 years he closes the account and receives $920.

Calculate the percentage rate of simple interest paid per year.

Answer ................................................ % [2]

(ii) Jack uses some of the $920 to pay for a holiday and a computer.
He saves the remainder.
The money is divided between the holiday, computer and savings in the ratio 4 : 5 : 7 .

Calculate the amount he saves.

Answer $ .................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14


7

4 A bag contains six identical balls numbered 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.

(a) A ball is taken from the bag at random.

Find, as a fraction in its lowest terms, the probability that the number on the ball is

(i) a multiple of 3,

Answer .................................................... [1]

(ii) prime.

Answer .................................................... [1]

(b) All six balls are replaced in the bag.


Two balls are taken from the bag, one after the other, without replacement.
The numbers on the two balls are added together.

(i) Complete this possibility diagram to show all the outcomes.

+ 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 5 6 7 8 9
3
4
5
6
7
[1]

(ii) Find the probability that the sum of the numbers is

(a) odd,

Answer .................................................... [1]

(b) less than 8.

Answer .................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14 [Turn over


8

5
A

35°
64

125° 80 D
C

B
F 65 E

The diagram shows a framework ABCD supporting a shop sign.


The framework is fixed to a vertical wall AB with CD horizontal.
AC = 64 cm and CD = 80 cm.
t = 35° , BCA
BAC t = 90° and ACD t = 125° .

(a) Calculate AB.

Answer ............................................... cm [2]

(b) Calculate AD.

Answer ............................................... cm [3]


t .
(c) Calculate ADC

Answer .................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14


9

(d) On the sign CDEF, FE is parallel to CD and is 40 cm below it.


FE = 65 cm.

Calculate the area of the sign CDEF.

Answer ............................................ cm2 [2]

6 (a) The first five terms of a sequence are 17, 11, 5, −1, −7.

Find, in terms of n, an expression for the nth term of this sequence.

Answer .................................................... [2]

(b) The nth term, Sn , of a different sequence is found using the formula Sn = n 2 + 3n .

(i) Work out the first four terms of this sequence.

Answer ........... , ........... , ........... , ........... [2]

(ii) The nth term, Tn , of another sequence is found using the formula Tn = 5n – 12 .
S
There are two values of n for which n = 6 .
Tn

Form and solve an equation in n to find these two values.

Answer n = ................... and ................... [4]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14 [Turn over


10

Section B [48 marks]

Answer four questions in this section.

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

7 (a) The pie chart summarises the results of a local election.

Candidate D
Candidate A

144° 60°

Candidate B
Candidate C

(i) Candidate B received 1600 votes.

Work out the total number of people who voted in the election.

Answer .................................................... [2]

(ii) What fraction of the vote did candidate D receive?


Give your answer in its lowest terms.

Answer .................................................... [1]

(iii) How many more votes than candidate A did candidate C receive?

Answer .................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14


11

(b) The table summarises the ages of the members of a film club.

Age (a years) 15 G a 1 20 20 G a 1 30 30 G a 1 40 40 G a 1 60 60 G a 1 80
Frequency 12 36 45 33 24

(i) Calculate an estimate of the mean age of the members.

Answer .................................................... [3]

(ii) On the grid below, draw a histogram to represent this data.

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Age (a years)
[3]

(iii) Find an estimate for the number of members of the film club who are over 50.

Answer .................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14 [Turn over


12

8 (a) In this question you may use the grid below to help you.
J4N J 8N
The point P has position vector KK OO and the point Q has position vector KK OO .
2 -3
L P L P
(i) Find PQ.

J N
K O
Answer K O [1]
KK OO
L P
(ii) Find PQ .

Answer .................................................... [1]

(iii) Find the equation of the line PQ.

Answer .................................................... [2]

(iv) Given that Q is the midpoint of the line PR, find the coordinates of R.

Answer ( ...................... , ...................... ) [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14


13

(b)
D

B
b

O C
a A

In the diagram triangles OAB and OCD are similar.


OA = a , OB = b and BC = 4a - b .

(i) Express, as simply as possible, in terms of a and/or b

(a) AB,

Answer .................................................... [1]

(b) AC ,

Answer .................................................... [1]

(c) CD.

Answer .................................................... [2]

(ii) Find, in its simplest form, the ratio

(a) perimeter of triangle OAB : perimeter of triangle OCD,

Answer ......................... : ........................ [1]

(b) area of triangle OAB : area of trapezium ABDC.

Answer ......................... : ........................ [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14 [Turn over


14

1 2
9 [Volume of a cone = rr h ]
3
[Curved surface area of a cone = πrl]

15

The diagram shows a solid cone of height 15 cm and base radius 6 cm.

(a) Show that the slant height of the cone is 16.2 cm, correct to one decimal place.

[1]

(b) Calculate the total surface area of the cone.

Answer ............................................ cm2 [3]

(c) Calculate the volume of the cone.

Answer ............................................ cm3 [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14


15

(d) The cone is made from wood.


The mass of 1 m3 of the wood is 560 kg.

Calculate the mass of the cone in grams.

Answer ................................................. g [2]

(e) Another cone is made of the same material and is geometrically similar to the first.
The mass of the second cone is double the mass of the first.

(i) Calculate the height of the second cone.

Answer .............................................. cm [2]

(ii) Calculate the total surface area of the second cone.

Answer ............................................ cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14 [Turn over


16

10 Adil wants to fence off some land as an enclosure for his chickens.
The enclosure will be a rectangle with an area of 50 m2.

50 m2
x

(a) The enclosure is x m long.

Show that the total length of fencing, L m, required for the enclosure is given by
100
L = 2x + .
x

[2]

(b) The table below shows some values of x and the corresponding values of L, correct to one
100
decimal place where appropriate, for L = 2x + .
x

x 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

L 54 33 28.7 28.5 30 32.3 35.1 38.3

Complete the table. [2]

(c) On the grid opposite


draw a horizontal x-axis for 0 G x G 20 using a scale of 1 cm to represent 2 m
and a vertical L-axis for 0 G L G 60 using a scale of 2 cm to represent 10 m.

On the grid, plot the points given in the table and join them with a smooth curve. [3]

(d) Adil only has 40 m of fencing.

Use your graph to find the range of values of x that he can choose.

Answer ..................... G x G .................... [2]

(e) (i) Find the minimum length of fencing Adil could use for the enclosure.

Answer ................................................ m [1]

(ii) Find the length and width of the enclosure using this minimum length of fencing.
Give your answers correct to the nearest metre.

Answer Length = .................... m Width = .................... m [1]


© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14
17

(f) Suggest a suitable length and width for an enclosure of area 100 m2, that uses the minimum
possible length of fencing.

Answer Length = .................... m Width = .................... m [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14 [Turn over


18

11 (a) The diagram shows two circles with equal radii.


A, E and C are points on the circle, centre B.
B, E, D and F are points on the circle, centre C.
ABCD is a straight line.

A D
B C

(i) Show that triangles AEC and FBE are congruent.

[3]

(ii) State another triangle that is congruent to triangle AEC.

Answer Triangle ...................................... [1]

(iii) Explain why EB is parallel to DF.

Answer .......................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
t .
(iv) Work out ABE

Answer .................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14


19

(b) P and Q are points on the circle centre O with radius 4 cm.
t = 130° .
POQ

O
130°
4

(i) Calculate the area of triangle POQ.

Answer ............................................ cm2 [2]

(ii) Calculate the area of the major segment, shown unshaded in the diagram.

Answer ............................................ cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14


20

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/M/J/14


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 8 1 7 5 4 1 1 5 7 3 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 October/November 2014
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 23 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (KN/FD) 97063/3
© UCLES 2014 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks]

Answer all questions in this section.

1 (a) The table shows some of the nutritional information for a 300 g tin of soup.

Carbohydrate 18 g
Fat 20.1 g
Fibre 0.6 g
Sodium 1.38 g

(i) What percentage of the 300 g tin of soup is carbohydrate?

Answer ....................................... % [1]

(ii) What fraction of the 300 g tin of soup is fibre?


Give your answer as a fraction in its lowest terms.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iii) Of the carbohydrates, 15% are sugars.


How many grams of sugars are in one tin of soup?

Answer ........................................ g [1]

(b) I need 2500 g of soup.

How many 300 g tins of soup do I need to buy?

Answer .......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14


3

(c) During March there is a special promotion and the soup is on sale in tins containing 20% extra.

(i) These tins of soup each contain 4.2 g of protein.


How much protein was contained in each original 300 g tin of soup?

Answer ........................................ g [2]

(ii) The special promotion tins cost $0.80 .


The soup can also be bought in larger tins containing 500 g for $1.12 .
Is it better value to buy the 500 g tin or the special promotion tin?
Show your working.

[2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14 [Turn over


4

2 Hendrik travels by plane from London to Bangkok.


When it is 04 00 local time in London it is 10 00 local time in Bangkok.

(a) The flight takes 11 hours and 15 minutes.

If he leaves London at 21 50 local time, what is the local time in Bangkok when he arrives?

Answer .......................................... [2]

(b) On his return journey, Hendrik leaves Bangkok at 07 45 local time and arrives back in London on
the same day at 13 40 local time.

How long was his return flight?

Answer ................... hours ................... minutes [2]

(c) The graph opposite shows the exchange rate between British Pounds (£) and Thai Baht (THB) on
the day Hendrik arrives in Bangkok.

(i) Use the graph to estimate the cost in British Pounds of an item costing 13 000 THB.

Answer £ ....................................... [1]

(ii) The exchange rate can be written as £1 = k THB.

Find k.

Answer .......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14


5

60 000

50 000

40 000

Thai Baht
(THB)
30 000

20 000

10 000

0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
British Pounds (£)

(d) The cost of flights from London to Bangkok is shown in the table below.
For this cost, passengers are allowed to take luggage up to the weight shown.
Passengers taking more than this weight of luggage pay an excess charge at the rate shown.

Weight of luggage
Cost of flight Charge per extra 1 kg
included
Business Class £1932 30 kg £24

Economy Class £683 23 kg £24

Calculate the total cost of Hendrik flying Economy Class from London to Bangkok with luggage
weighing 29 kg.

Answer £ ....................................... [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14 [Turn over


6

3 (a) (i) Complete the table and hence draw the graph of y = x 2 - 2x - 8 .

x –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
y 7 0 –5 –8 –9 –8 –5 0 7

y
20

15

10

–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x

–5

–10

[3]

(ii) Use your graph to solve x 2 - 2x - 8 = 2 .

Answer x = ............... or ................ [2]

(iii) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve at (3, –5) .

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14


7

(b) Solve algebraically x 2 + x - 9 = 0 , giving your answers correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer x = ............... or ................ [3]

(c) The x-coordinates of the intersection of the line L and the curve y = x 2 - 2x - 8 are the
solutions of the equation x 2 + x - 9 = 0 .

Find the equation of the line L.

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14 [Turn over


8

4 (a) The histogram represents the distribution of the masses, in grams, of individual apples in a box.

5
Frequency
density
4

0
80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
Mass (g)

This information is summarised in the table below.

Mass (m g) Frequency

80 < m G 90 5

90 < m G 95 8

95 < m G 100 p

100 < m G 102.5 q

102.5 < m G 105 20

105 < m G 110 23

110 < m G 120 10

Calculate p and q.

Answer p = .............. q = .............. [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14


9

(b) The mass of each plum in a box is recorded correct to the nearest 5 grams.

Mass (to the nearest 5 g) Frequency


10 – 15 6
20 – 25 18
30 – 35 25
40 – 45 10
50 – 55 1

(i) Calculate an estimate of the mean mass of a plum.

Answer ........................................ g [3]

(ii) Calculate the upper bound for the total mass of plums in the box.

Answer ........................................ g [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14 [Turn over


10

5
B

122°
A C
14

t = 122° .
In triangle ABC, AC = 14 cm, BC = 8 cm and ACB

(a) Show that AB = 19.5 cm, correct to 3 significant figures.

[4]
t .
(b) Calculate ABC

Answer .......................................... [3]


© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14
11

(c) A rhombus, BDEC, of area 52 cm2 and sides 8 cm is placed next to triangle ABC as shown in the
diagram.

122°
A
14 C D

t is an obtuse angle, calculate the reflex angle ACE


Given that BCE t .

Answer .......................................... [4]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14 [Turn over


12

6
f(x) = 2x – 7

(a) Calculate f(3) .

Answer f(3) = ................................ [1]

(b) Find f - 1 (x) .

Answer f - 1 (x) = ........................... [2]

(c) Find the value of g given that f(3g) = g + 4 .

Answer g = .................................... [3]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14


13

BLANK PAGE

SECTION B STARTS ON THE NEXT PAGE

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14 [Turn over


14

Section B [48 marks]

Answer four questions in this section.

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

7 (a) Solve
4x
(i) =1,
3

Answer x = ..................................... [1]

(ii) 4y - 3 (2y + 1) = 5 .

Answer y = .................................... [2]


15w - 30w
2
(b) Simplify .
5w 2 - 20

Answer .......................................... [3]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14


15

(c)

The diagram shows the plan of a patio made from rectangular paving slabs.
The width of each paving slab is p cm.
The length of each paving slab is 20 cm longer than its width.

(i) Find an expression, in terms of p, for the area, in cm2, of one paving slab.

Answer ....................................cm2 [1]

(ii) Given that the area of the patio is 12.25 m2, show that p satisfies the equation

p 2 + 20p - 3500 = 0 .

[2]

(iii) (a) Solve by factorisation p 2 + 20p - 3500 = 0 .

Answer p = ............... or ................ [2]

(b) Hence state the length of each paving slab.

Answer ..................................... cm [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14 [Turn over


16

8 (a)

North

The scale drawing shows two coastal towns, A and B.


The scale of the drawing is 2 cm to 1 km.

(i) Measure the bearing of B from A.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) Draw the locus of points equidistant from A and B. [1]

(iii) A rock, C, is known to be less than 4 km from B and nearer to A than B.

(a) Construct and shade the region in which C must lie. [2]

(b) Find the shortest possible distance between A and C.

Answer ..................................... km [1]

(iv) A boat, D, starts at the point 3.5 km due south of A and sails on a bearing of 075°.

Draw the path of D and state, with a reason, whether it is possible that D collides with C.

Answer ................................................................................................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14


17

(b)
P

37°
Q S 5 R

The diagram shows a triangle PQR with PQR t = 37° .


t = 90° , PS = 8 cm and SR = 5 cm.
S is the point on QR such that PSR

Calculate

(i) PR,

Answer ..................................... cm [2]

(ii) the shortest distance from S to PQ.

Answer ..................................... cm [3]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14 [Turn over


18

9
y
6

2
A
1

–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x
–1

–2
B
–3

–4

–5

–6

The diagram shows triangle A and octagon B.

(a) Find the gradient of the line of symmetry of triangle A.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by a reflection in the line y = x .

Draw and label triangle C. [2]

(c) Write down the equation of the line of symmetry of octagon B that is parallel to the y-axis.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(d) State the order of rotational symmetry of octagon B.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(e) Octagon B is mapped onto octagon D by an enlargement, scale factor 2 and centre (–3, –3).

Draw and label octagon D. [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14


19

(f) A mat is made from six identical octagons, each similar to octagon B, and two squares, as shown
in the sketch below.

The lengths of the short sides of the octagons are each 15 cm.

(i) Calculate the area of one of these octagons.

Answer ....................................cm2 [2]

(ii) Find the length of a diagonal of one of the squares.

Answer ..................................... cm [1]

(iii) Calculate the total area of the mat.

Answer ....................................cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14 [Turn over


20

10 (a)

2x°

A
O
E
C

A, B, C and D are points on the circumference of a circle, centre O.


The diameter AC intersects BD at E.
t = 2x° .
BDC

(i) Find an expression, in terms of x, for


t ,
(a) BAC

Answer .......................................... [1]


t ,
(b) BOC

Answer .......................................... [1]


t .
(c) OCB

Answer .......................................... [1]


t = x° and DEC
(ii) Calculate x when OBE t = 123° .

Answer x = .................................... [3]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14


21

(b)

20
40°
8

The cross-section of a prism is a sector of a circle, radius 8 cm and angle 40°.


The prism is 20 cm long.

Calculate

(i) the area of the cross-section,

Answer ....................................cm2 [2]

(ii) the total surface area of the prism.

Answer .................................... cm2 [4]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14 [Turn over


22

11 (a) One day, two brothers, Zac and Tom, leave their home at different times.
They meet at the library before going to the swimming pool.
The travel graph represents Zac’s journey to the swimming pool.

Swimming
pool
5

Library

3
Distance
from home
(km)
2

0
12 00 13 00 14 00 15 00 16 00
Time of day

(i) How much time does Zac spend at the library?

Answer ............................. minutes [1]

(ii) Tom leaves their home at 12 30 and cycles to the library at 14 km/h.
Calculate the time Tom arrives at the library.

Answer .......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14


23

(iii) How far is the swimming pool from the library?

Answer .................................... km [1]

(iv) Zac stays at the swimming pool for an hour and a quarter.
He then walks home at a constant speed, arriving at 15 39 .

(a) Complete his travel graph. [2]

(b) Calculate Zac’s speed, in kilometres per hour, as he walks home.

Answer .................................. km/h [1]

The rest of this question is on the next page.

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14 [Turn over


24

(b) A bag contains 5 red counters, 6 blue counters and 1 green counter.

(i) Complete the pie chart to represent this data.

Red

[2]

(ii) Ahmed takes a counter at random from the bag.


Find the probability that the counter is red.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iii) Simeon takes two counters at random from the bag of twelve counters.
He places them next to each other on a table.

Find the probability that the two counters are different colours.

Answer .......................................... [3]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2014 4024/21/O/N/14


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 5 9 6 5 4 2 2 3 9 3 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 October/November 2014
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 23 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (CW/JG) 83229/2
© UCLES 2014 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks]

Answer all questions in this section.

1 (a) In 2013, Mary worked for Company A.


Her salary for the year was $18 750.

(i) $5625 of her salary was not taxed.

What percentage of her salary was not taxed?

Answer ....................................... % [2]

(ii) The remaining $13 125 of Mary’s salary was taxed.


22% of this amount was deducted for tax.
Mary’s take-home pay was the amount remaining from $18 750 after tax had been deducted.
She received this in 52 equal amounts as a weekly wage.

Calculate Mary’s weekly wage.

Answer $ ......................................... [3]

(iii) In 2012 Mary had worked for Company B.


When she moved from Company B to Company A, her salary increased by 25% to $18 750.

Calculate her salary when she worked for Company B.

Answer $ .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14


3

(b) The rate of exchange between pounds (£) and Indian rupees (R) is £1 = R87.21.
The rate of exchange between pounds (£) and Swiss francs (F) is £1 = F1.53.

(i) Mavis changed £750 into Indian rupees. How many rupees did she receive?

Answer ................................. rupees [1]

(ii) David changed F450 into pounds. How many pounds did he receive?

Answer £ .......................................... [1]

(iii) Brian changed R50 000 into Swiss francs. How many Swiss francs did he receive?

Answer ..................................francs [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14 [Turn over


4

2 (a)

A C

67°

A, B, C and D are points on the circumference of the circle and AC is a diameter.


AFBE and DCE are straight lines.
DF is perpendicular to AE and CDF t = 67°.

t .
(i) Find AED

Answer t = ................................ [1]


AED
t , giving a reason for your answer.
(ii) Find CBE

Answer t = ...................... because ..................................................................................


CBE

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) Explain why DF is parallel to CB.

Answer ........................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14


5

(b)
P

X Y
Z

Q
R

In the triangle PQR, the bisectors of PQRt and PRQ


t intersect at Y.
The straight line XYZ is parallel to QR.

Prove that the perimeter of triangle PXZ = PQ + PR.

[3]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14 [Turn over


6

3
p 4
11 3
5 –4 –1
7

spinner X spinner Y

In a game, when it is Mary’s turn, she spins each of these fair spinners once.
Mary’s score for the turn is worked out using the formula xm + yn, where x is the number on spinner X
and y is the number on spinner Y.
The possibility space diagram shows Mary’s possible scores.

x (number on spinner X )

5 7 11 p
y (number on spinner Y )

–4 37 47 67 97

–1 28 38 58 88

3 16 26 46 76

4 13 23 43 73

(a) Find the probability that Mary’s score is less than 15.

Answer ............................................ [1]

(b) Calculate the probability that on two consecutive turns, Mary scores less than 40 on one and more
than 75 on the other.

Answer ............................................ [3]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14


7

(c) The diagram shows 7 on spinner X and –1 on spinner Y.


Using the formula, the score for this turn is 7m – n = 38.

(i) Using the table, find 7m + 3n.

Answer ............................................ [1]

(ii) Hence find m and n.

Answer m = ..........................................

n = ..................................... [2]

(d) Find p.

Answer p = ...................................... [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14 [Turn over


8

4 (a)
7

10

The diagram shows a solid triangular prism. The dimensions are in metres.

(i) Calculate the volume of the prism.

Answer .......................................m3 [2]

(ii) Calculate the total surface area of the prism.

Answer .......................................m2 [4]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14


9

(b)

0.6
y B
A 2 A
0.6 h
y B 25° 25°

The diagrams show the cross-sections of a ramp A and a triangular prism B.


The triangular prism B can move up and down the ramp A.
The ramp is inclined at 25° to the horizontal.

(i) When the prism has moved 2 m up the ramp, it has risen h metres vertically.

Calculate h.

Answer h = ....................................... [2]

(ii) As it moves, the uppermost face of the prism B remains horizontal.


The length of the horizontal edge of the face is 0.6 m.
The length of the vertical edge of the prism is y metres.

Calculate y.

Answer y = ....................................... [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14 [Turn over


10

5
100

The diagram shows the perimeter of a 400 m running track.


It consists of a rectangle measuring 100 m by d metres and two semicircles of diameter d metres.
The length of each semicircular arc is 100 m.

(a) Calculate d.

Answer d = ....................................... [2]

(b) Calculate the total area of the region inside the running track.

Answer .......................................m2 [3]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14


11

(c)
T
A
3
S

S is the starting point and finishing point for the 400 m race for a runner in the inside lane.
A runner in an outer lane is always 3 m from the inner perimeter.
The runner in the outer lane starts at A, runs 400 m and finishes at T.
TS = 3 m.

(i) Calculate the length of the arc TA.

Answer ........................................ m [3]

(ii) O is the centre of a semi-circular part of the track.


t .
Calculate AOT

Answer t = ................................ [2]


AOT

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14 [Turn over


12

6 ABCD is a field in the shape of a trapezium.


t = 56°, BAD
ABC t = 104° and the distance between the parallel sides of the field is 90 m.

(a) Using a scale of 1 cm to 20 m, draw a plan of the field.


AB has been drawn for you.

A B
[4]

(b) Find the actual distance CD.

Answer CD = ............................... m [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14


13

Section B [48 marks]

Answer four questions in this section.

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

7 (a)
B

A b E C

In the triangle ABC, D divides AB in the ratio 3 : 2, and E divides AC in the ratio 3 : 2 .
AD = a and AE = b.

(i) Show, using vectors, that DE is parallel to BC.

[3]

(ii) Find the ratio Area of triangle ADE : Area of triangle ABC.

Answer .................... : ....................[2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14 [Turn over


14

(b)
y

2
A

0 x
2 4 6 8 10

Triangle A has vertices (3, 1), (5, 1) and (5, 4).


2 0
The transformation S1 is represented by the matrix c m.
0 1
S1 maps triangle A onto triangle B.

(i) Draw and label triangle B. [2]

(ii) What type of transformation is S1?

Answer ............................................ [1]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14


15

1 0
(iii) The transformation S2 is represented by the matrix c m.
1 1
Find the matrix that represents the combined transformation S2S1.

Answer f p [2]

(iv) The combined transformation S2S1 maps triangle A onto triangle C.

Find the matrix which represents the transformation that maps triangle C onto triangle A.

Answer f p [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14 [Turn over


16

h
8 (a) T = 2π
g
(i) Find T when h = 125 and g = 981.

Answer T = ....................................... [1]

(ii) Make h the subject of the formula.

Answer h = ....................................... [3]

(b) Solve the equation 45 – ( p + 3) = 2p.

Answer p = ....................................... [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14


17

2x - 3 5 - x
(c) Solve the equation + = 0.
4 3

Answer x = ....................................... [3]

(d) Solve the equation 3y2 + 11y + 4 = 0 .


Give your answers correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer y = ................ or ................ [3]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14 [Turn over


18

9 (a)
A

67°
B C
6

t = 67°.
In triangle ABC, AB = 4 m, BC = 6 m and ABC

(i) Show that the area of triangle ABC is 11.05 m2 correct to 2 decimal places.

[1]

(ii)
P

Q R
7

In triangle PQR, PQ = 5 m and QR = 7 m.


Area of triangle PQR = Area of triangle ABC.

Find the acute angle PQR.

Answer ............................................ [2]

(iii)
W 8 X
2
Z Y

In the parallelogram WXYZ, WX = 8 m and WZ = 2 m.


Area of parallelogram WXYZ = Area of triangle ABC.

Find the obtuse angle ZWX.

Answer ............................................ [3]


© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14
19

(b) AB, AC and CD are three rods. They can be fixed together in different positions.

(i) AC = 9 cm and M is a fixed point on AB such that AM = 12 cm.

12 M
A B
30°

9
C

t = 30°, calculate CM.


When CAM

Answer CM = ..............................cm [3]


(ii)

12 M
A B
D

9 12.5

In another position, the end D of the rod CD is fixed at the point M.


CD = 12.5 cm.
t .
Calculate the increase in CAM

Answer ............................................ [3]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14 [Turn over


20

10 The table below is for y = x 2 - 4x - 1.

x –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
y 4 –1 –4 –5 –4 –1 4

(a) Complete the table. [1]

(b) Using a scale of 2 cm to 1 unit, draw a horizontal x-axis for - 2 G x G 6 .


Using a scale of 2 cm to 5 units, draw a vertical y-axis for - 10 G y G 15.
Plot the points from the table and join them with a smooth curve.

[3]

(c) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve at x = 3.

Answer ............................................ [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14


21

(d) (i) Find the least value of y.

Answer ............................................ [1]

(ii) y G 4 for a G x G b .

Find the least possible value of a and the greatest possible value of b.

Answer a .............................................

b ........................................ [2]

(e) Use your graph to solve the equation x 2 - 4x + 2 = 0 .


Show your working to explain how you used your graph.

Answer ............................................ [3]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14 [Turn over


22

11 (a) 100 students were each asked how long they spent talking on their mobile phone during one day.
The results are summarised in the table.

Time
0 1 t G 10 10 1 t G 20 20 1 t G 40 40 1 t G 60 60 1 t G 80 80 1 t G 100
(t minutes)
Frequency 10 30 12 16 20 12

On the axes below, draw a histogram to represent these results.

2
Frequency
density

0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Time (t minutes)
[3]

(b) The masses, in grams, of 240 potatoes were found.


The cumulative frequency table for these results is shown below.

Mass
m G 50 m G 100 m G 150 m G 200 m G 250 m G 300 m G 350
(m grams)
Cumulative
0 4 54 132 204 236 240
frequency

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14


23

(i) Draw a smooth cumulative frequency curve to illustrate this information.

250

200

Cumulative
frequency
150

100

50

0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Mass (m grams)
[2]
(ii) (a) Find the median.

Answer ............................................ [1]

(b) Find the inter-quartile range.

Answer ............................................ [2]

(iii) Complete the frequency table below.

Mass
50 1 m G 100 100 1 m G 150 150 1 m G 200 200 1 m G 250 250 1 m G 300 300 1 m G 350
(m grams)
Frequency 4
[1]
(iv) A potato with a mass greater than 250 grams is classed as extra large.

(a) How many of these potatoes are extra large?

Answer ............................................ [1]

(b) Which percentile of the distribution can be used to find this number?

Answer ............................................ [2]

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14


24

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2014 4024/22/O/N/14


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 9 9 9 2 7 9 5 5 0 8 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 May/June 2015
 2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 23 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (NH/CGW) 100477/2
© UCLES 2015 [Turn over
2

Section A [52marks]

Answerallquestionsinthissection.

1 (a) Afurnituresalesmanearned$36200lastyear.

(i) Hehadtopay22%ofthisamountastax.

   Howmuchwasleftafterpayingtax?

 Answer $ .......................................... [2]

(ii) Hisearningsof$36200weremadeupof$25000basicsalaryplus8%ofthevalueofthe
furniturethathesold.

Calculatethevalueofthefurniturethathesold.

Answer $.......................................... [3]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15


3

(iii) Heboughtabookcasefromtheshopwhereheworked.
Itsmarkedpricewas$1080butbecauseheworkedthere,heonlypaid$756.

Calculatethepercentagediscountonthemarkedpricethathehadbeengiven.

Answer ........................................ %[2]

(b) George opened an account and invested a sum of money at 4.5% simple interest per year
for3years.Attheendofthe3yearsheclosedtheaccount,withdrawingatotalof$681.

CalculatetheamountthatGeorgeinvested.

Answer $......................................... [3]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15 [Turn over


4

Qisthepoint(–1,2),Risthepoint(3,10)andSisthepoint(–4,2).

(a) Calculatethelengthof QR.

Answer ....................................units [2]


t .
(b) Calculatethevalueof cosSQR

Answer ............................................ [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15


5

(c) ApointP(x, y)issuchthat PQ=PR.

(i) Showthat x +2y = 13.

 [2]

(ii) P isontheline y=7.

FindthecoordinatesofP.

Answer (...................,...................)[1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15 [Turn over


6

3 (a) (i)
D C

A B

IntrapeziumABCD,ABisparalleltoDC.DBandACarestraightlines.

Explainwhy theareaoftriangle ACB=theareaoftriangle ADB.

 [1]

(ii)
G
H

E K
F

Thediagramshowsthequadrilateral EHGK.
HF isparalleltoGKandEFK isastraightline.

(a) Nameatriangleequalinareatotriangle HFK.

Answer ............................................ [1]

(b) Henceshowthat theareaoftriangleHEK = theareaofquadrilateralHEFG.

 [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15


7

(b)
S
P L
x° Q

R

TwocirclesintersectatLandM.
R and P are on the circumference of one circle. S and Q are on the circumference of the other
circle.
PLQ andRLSarestraightlines.
t =x°andMLQ
PLR t = y°.

t =x°.
(i) Completetheproofthat SMQ

Statement Reason
t =SLQ
x°= PLR t  .............................................................................................
t =SMQ
SLQ t =x° .............................................................................................  [2]
t =y°.
(ii) Provethat PRM

Statement Reason

 [2]

(iii) Completethefollowingstatement,givingyourreasons.

ThetrianglesPRM andQSM are.............................................

Reasons......................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15 [Turn over


8

1 2 4
4 [The volume of a cone = πr h] [The volume of a sphere = πr3]
3 3

7.6

4.5

Asolidisformedbyjoiningaconeofradius4.5cmandheight7.6cmtoahemisphereofradius4.5cm
asshown.

(a) Calculatetheareaofthecirclewheretheyarejoined.

Answer .....................................cm2[2]

(b) Calculatethetotalvolumeofthesolid.

Answer .....................................cm3[2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15


9

(c) Another solid of the same type is made by joining a cone of radius 5cm and height h cm to a
hemisphereofradius5cm.
Theconeandhemispherehaveequalvolumes.

Calculatetheheightofthecone.

Answer ...................................... cm[2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15 [Turn over


10

5 C D
B

4 y° x°

A
7
11

F 4 E

 IntheframeworkABCDEF,BCDisastraightline,andCAisparalleltoDF.
 t , BDE
ABD t and DEF
t arerightangles.
AB=4m,DE=11mandEF=4m.
t =x°.
(a) FDE

Showthat x=20.0 correctto3significantfigures.

 [2]
t = y°.
(b) BAC

Statingyourreasons,explainwhy y=x.

 [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15


11

(c) CalculateAC.

Answer ........................................ m[3]

(d) TheperpendiculardistancebetweentheparallellinesCA andDFis7m.

CalculatetheareaofACDF.

Answer .......................................m2[4]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15 [Turn over


12

6 (a) Expandthebracketsandsimplify  (x–1)(x2+x+1).

Answer ............................................ [2]


3x 4
(b) Solvetheequation  - = 3.
x+2 x-2

Answer ............................................ [3]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15


13

(c) Solvethesesimultaneousequations.
4x–3y=4
4y–3x=–6.5

Answer x = ......................................

  y=...................................... [4]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15 [Turn over


14

Section B[48marks]

Answerfourquestionsinthissection.

Eachquestioninthissectioncarries12marks.

8 sin 54°
7 (a) (i) Evaluate .
sin 18°
Answer ............................................ [1]

(ii) Evaluate 4.73 2 - 1.65 sin 43° .

Answer ............................................ [1]

(b)
B
x

A 60°

16

2x + 3

 t =60°.
InthetriangleABC,BC = 16cm and BAC
AB =xcm and AC=2x+3cm.

(i) Formanequationinxandshowthatitsimplifiesto 3x 2 + 9x - 247 = 0 .

 [4]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15


15

(ii) Solvetheequation   3x 2 + 9x - 247 = 0 ,   givingyouranswerscorrectto2decimalplaces.

Answer x=.............................or.............................[3]

(iii) HencewritedownthelengthsofABandAC.

Answer AB =....................cmAC = ....................cm[1]

(iv) FindtheareaoftriangleABC.

Answer .....................................cm2[2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15 [Turn over


16

8 ThediagramshowsasectorAOBofacirclewithcentreOandradius9.3cm.
Theangleofthesectoris260°.
A B
(a) (i) CalculatethelengthofthemajorarcAB.
9.3
O

260°

Answer ...................................... cm[2]

(ii) CalculatetheareaofthemajorsectorAOB.

Answer .....................................cm2[2]

(b) Asectorofradius0.8cm,centreO,isremovedfromthesectorAOB asshowninDiagramI.


Theshadedshapeisusedtomakepartofaconicalfunnel.
AD isjoinedtoBC as showninDiagramII.

A B

D C A,B

Diagram I 0.8
O

D,C
Diagram II

ThecircumferenceofthetopoftheconicalfunnelisthemajorarcAB,andthecircumferenceof
thebottomoftheconicalfunnelisthemajorarcCD.

(i) Calculatetheexternalsurfaceareaofthispartofthefunnel.

Answer .................................... cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15


17

(ii) Thefunneliscompletedbyattachinganopencylinderofheight5cm
tothebottomoftheconicalpart.

(a) Showthattheradiusofthecylinderis0.578cm,
 correctto3significantfigures.


[2]

(b) Calculatetheexternalcurvedsurfaceareaofthiscylinder.

Answer .....................................cm2[2]

(c) Calculatethevolumeofthiscylinder.

Answer .....................................cm3[2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15 [Turn over


18

9  f(x)= x 3

 (a) Completethefollowingtable.

x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
f(x)
 [1]

(b) Usingascaleof2cmtorepresent1unit,drawahorizontalx-axisfor –3 G x G 3.


  Usingascaleof2cmtorepresent10units,drawaverticaly-axisfor –30 G y G 30 .
  Usingyouraxes,plotthepointsinthetableandjointhemwithasmoothcurve.

Answer

 [2]

(c) (i) Useyourgraphtosolve f(x)=–15.

Answer ............................................ [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15


19

(ii) Useyourgraphtofindasuchthat f - 1 ^ah = 1.7 .

Answer ............................................ [1]

(iii) Giventhat f - 1 ^ t h = u ,expresstintermsofu.

Answer t =....................................... [1]

(iv) Bydrawingatangentto y = f ^xh, estimatethegradientofthecurvewhenx=2.

Answer ............................................ [2]

(d) (i) Usingthesameaxesdrawthelinethatrepresentsthefunction g ^xh = 5x + 3.

 [2]

(ii) Hencefindthethreesolutionsoftheequation f ^xh = g ^xh.

Answer x =............or............or............[2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15 [Turn over


20

10 Onedayafarmercollected300eggsfromhischickens.
Thetablebelowshowsthedistributionofthemassesoftheeggs.

Mass
42<m G 46 46<m G 48 48<m G 50 50<m G 54 54<m G 58 58<m G 66
(m grams)
Frequency 60 40 48 72 56 24

(a) (i) Aneggischosenatrandom.

Calculatetheprobabilitythatthemassofthiseggisnotgreaterthan48grams.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(ii) Aneggischosenatrandomfromthe300eggs.
Anothereggischosenatrandomfromthosethatremain.

Calculatetheprobabilitythatthemassofoneeggisatmost46grams,andthemassofthe
otherismorethan58grams.

Answer ............................................ [2]

(b) Calculateanestimateofthemeanmassofanegg.

Answer ......................................... g[3]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15


21

(c) (i) Completethecumulativefrequencytable.

Mass
m G 42 m G 46 m G 48 m G 50 m G 54 m G 58 m G 66
(m grams)
Cumulative
0 60 300
Frequency
 [1]

(ii) Onthegrid,drawasmoothcumulativefrequencycurvetoillustratethisinformation.

300

250

200

Cumulative
frequency
150

100

50

0
40 45 50 55 60 65 70
Mass (m grams)
 [2]

(d) (i) Useyourgraphtofindthemedianmassoftheeggs.

Answer ......................................... g[1]

(ii) Useyourgraphtofindtheinterquartilerange.

Answer ......................................... g[2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15 [Turn over


22

11 (a) ABCDE isapentagon. B c G C


AFB,AHEandBGC arestraightlines.
FisthemidpointofAB.
HisthemidpointofAE.
G dividesBCintheratio1:2.
  AH = a, AF = a - b, BG = ED = c .
F

a-b
E c D
H
a
 A

(i) Find FH .

Answer ............................................ [1]

(ii) Usingvectors,showthatGD isparalleltoFH.

 [2]
4 1
(iii) Itisgiventhat c = a + b .
5 5
(a) Express DC intermsofaandb.

 Answer ............................................ [2]

(b) Find AF : DC .


 Answer ..................... :.....................[1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15


23

(b) y

A

4
B A

–4 C 0 B 4 8 x

C

–4

(i) ThetransformationTmapstriangleABC ontotriangle AlBlC l .

(a) DescribefullythetransformationT.

  Answer........................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) ThematrixMrepresentsthetransformationT.

 FindthematrixM.

J N
K O
Answer K OO  [2]
K
L P
(ii) Triangle AlBlC l ismappedontotriangle AmB mC m byareflectioninthey-axis.

Drawandlabeltriangle AmB mC m . [1]

(iii) TriangleABCismappedontotriangle AmB mC m byananticlockwiserotationabouttheorigin.

Statetheangleofrotation.

Answer ............................................ [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15


24

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/M/J/15


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 5 4 5 9 2 0 9 1 8 5 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 May/June 2015
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 23 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (CW/FD) 97070/2
© UCLES 2015 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks]

Answer all questions in this section.

4x - 1 3x + 5
1 (a) Simplify + .
3 2

Answer ............................................ [2]

(b)
y
10

6 J

2
K
1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x

(i) Find the gradient of line J.

Answer ............................................ [1]

(ii) Write down the equation of line K.

Answer ............................................ [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15


3

(iii) Draw a line, L, through (6, 1) such that the area enclosed between J, K and L is 6 cm2.

[1]

(iv) Find the equation of line L.

Answer ............................................ [2]

(v) The line N is perpendicular to line J at (2, 2) .

Find the coordinates of the point where line N crosses the y-axis.

Answer ............................................ [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15 [Turn over


4

2 The diagram is a speed-time graph of a train’s journey between two stations.

30

25

20

Speed (m/s) 15

10

0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Time (seconds)

(a) What was the maximum speed of the train?

Answer ......................................m/s [1]

(b) Circle the statement that describes the train’s motion 350 seconds after it left the first station.

Accelerating Decelerating Constant speed Stopped at a station [1]

(c) Calculate the acceleration of the train during the first 150 seconds of its journey.

Answer .................................... m/s2 [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15


5

(d) What was the speed of the train 20 seconds before it completed its journey?

Answer ......................................m/s [1]

(e) How far did the train travel during the first 200 seconds?

Answer ........................................ m [2]

(f) Calculate the average speed of the train in kilometres per hour during the first 200 seconds.

Answer ................................... km/h [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15 [Turn over


6

3 (a) In a survey, 50 students were asked how long they spent exercising during one particular week.
The results are summarised in the table.

Time (t minutes) Frequency


0 G t 1 30 10
30 G t 1 60 15
60 G t 1 90 11
90 G t 1 120 7
120 G t 1 150 5
150 G t 1 180 2

(i) Calculate an estimate of the mean time each student spent exercising that week.

Answer .............................. minutes [3]

(ii) During that week, the time Simon spent exercising is shown below.

Tuesday 12.37 p.m. until 1.24 p.m.


Thursday 8.57 a.m. until 9.42 a.m.

Which interval is his time recorded in?

Answer ............................................ [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15


7

(b) A gym has four different types of machines.


Carol is going to draw a pie chart to show how many times the machines are used in one day.
She has started to make a table.

Machine Frequency Angle of sector


Running 90 120°
Rowing 75
Cycling 57
Weights 64°

(i) Complete the table. [2]

(ii) Complete the pie chart.

Weights

Running

[1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15 [Turn over


8

4 (a)
A

72°
B

25°

C
E

A, B, C, D and E are five points on the circumference of a circle.


EB is parallel to DC, EAC t = 72° and AEBt = 25° .
X is the intersection of AC and EB.

Find

(i) t ,
EBC

Answer ............................................ [1]

(ii) t ,
CXB

Answer ............................................ [1]

(iii) t ,
EDC

Answer ............................................ [1]

(iv) t .
ACD

Answer ............................................ [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15


9

(b)

40°

The angle of a sector of a circle, radius 6 cm, is 40°.

(i) The area of the sector is kπ cm2.

Find the value of k.

Answer ............................................ [2]

(ii) Find an expression, in terms of π, for the perimeter of the sector.


Give your answer in the form (a + bπ) centimetres.

Answer ...................................... cm [2]

(iii) A geometrically similar sector has perimeter (72 + nπ) centimetres.

Find the value of n.

Answer ............................................ [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15 [Turn over


10

5 In the diagram, AB = 8 cm, AC = 11 cm and DC = 6.5 cm. B


BADt = 26° and DAC t = 30° .

8
D

26° 6.5
30°
A
11 C

(a) Calculate BC.

Answer ...................................... cm [4]

(b) Calculate the obtuse angle ADC.

Answer ............................................ [3]

(c) Find the percentage of triangle ABC that has been shaded.

Answer ........................................ % [4]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15


11

6 (a) Yuvraj and Sachin travel to England.


Yuvraj exchanges 20 500 rupees and receives £250 .
Sachin exchanges 26 650 rupees into pounds (£) at the same exchange rate.

How many pounds does Sachin receive?

Answer £ .......................................... [2]

(b) Dan goes to a bank to exchange some pounds (£) for euros (€).
He has £400 which he wants to exchange.
The bank only gives euros in multiples of 5 euros.
The exchange rate is £1 = €1.17 .

Find the number of euros he receives and his change from £400 .

Answer Dan receives € .....................

His change is £ .................... [3]

(c) Kristianne buys a fridge and a freezer in a sale.


The sale offers 15% off everything and she pays a total of $357 .
Before the sale, the freezer cost $250 .

What was the cost of the fridge before the sale?

Answer $ .......................................... [3]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15 [Turn over


12

Section B [48 marks]

Answer four questions in this section.

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

7 (a)
2x + 7
f (x) =
3
(i) Find f -1(x) .

Answer f -1(x) = ............................. [2]


m
(ii) Given that f (m) = , find m.
2

Answer ............................................ [2]

(b) (i) Complete the table of values for y = 6 + x - x 2 , and hence draw the graph of
y = 6 + x - x 2 on the grid opposite.

x -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4
y -6 0 6 6 0 -6

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15


13

y
7

–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 x

–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

–7 [3]

(ii) Use your graph to estimate the maximum value of 6 + x - x 2 .


Answer ............................................ [1]

(iii) By drawing the line x + y = 4 , find the approximate solutions to the equation
2 + 2x - x 2 = 0 .

Answer x = ................. or ................. [2]

(iv) The equation x - x 2 = k has a solution x = 3.5 .

By drawing a suitable line on the grid, find the other solution.


Label your line with the letter L.

Answer ............................................ [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15 [Turn over


14

8 Two ports, A and B, are 15 km apart and B is due south of A.


A boat sails from A on a bearing of 141°.

North

141°
A

15

(a) State the bearing of A from the boat.

Answer ............................................ [1]

(b) Calculate the shortest distance between the boat and B.

Answer ...................................... km [2]

(c) When the boat is due east of B, calculate its distance from A.

Answer ...................................... km [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15


15

(d) The scale drawing, drawn to a scale of 1 cm to 2 km, shows A, B and a third port, C.

North

(i) When the boat has travelled 24 km, it stops at the point X.

Mark and label X on the diagram. [2]

(ii) A second boat is located

I less than 12 km from A


II nearer to BC than to BA.

Shade the region in which this second boat must lie. [3]

(iii) The point Y is the position of the second boat when it is as far as possible from X.

Mark and label Y on the diagram and hence find the maximum possible distance between the
two boats.

Answer ...................................... km [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15 [Turn over


16

9 (a) Factorise completely

(i) 4x 3 - 10xy ,

Answer ............................................ [1]

(ii) 9a 2 - b 2 .

Answer ............................................ [1]


7
(b) Solve = 4.
3 - 2m

Answer ............................................ [2]

(c)

23
h

A right-angled triangle has a base that is 7 cm longer than its height, h cm.
The hypotenuse of the triangle is 23 cm.

(i) Show that h satisfies the equation h 2 + 7h - 240 = 0 .

[2]
© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15
17

(ii) Write down an expression, in terms of h, for the area of the triangle.

Answer ..................................... cm2 [1]

(iii) Hence state the exact area of the triangle.

Answer ..................................... cm2 [1]

(iv) Solve h 2 + 7h - 240 = 0 , giving your answers correct to 1 decimal place.

Answer h = ................. or ................. [3]

(v) Calculate the perimeter of the triangle.

Answer ...................................... cm [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15 [Turn over


18

10 (a)

y
6

5
A
4

3
B
2

–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.

Answer .......................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]
J- 2N
(ii) Triangle B is mapped onto triangle C by a translation, vector K O .
L- 3P
Draw and label triangle C. [2]

(iii) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle D by a reflection in the line y = x .

Draw and label triangle D. [2]

(iv) Triangle E is geometrically similar to triangle A and its longest side is 12 cm.

Calculate the area of triangle E.

Answer ..................................... cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15


19

(b)

State the number of lines of symmetry of the octagon above.

Answer ............................................ [1]

(c) The cross-section of a prism is an equilateral triangle.

State the number of planes of symmetry of the prism.

Answer ............................................ [1]

(d) Name two special quadrilaterals that have exactly 2 lines of symmetry and also rotational
symmetry of order 2.

Answer ............................. and ............................. [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15 [Turn over


20

11 (a) Some people were asked which continent they visited on their last holiday.
The results are shown in the table below.

Continent Number of people


North America (NA) 7
Europe (E) 15
Asia (A) 8

(i) Find the probability that one of these people, chosen at random, visited North America.

Answer ............................................ [1]

(ii) Find the probability that one of these people, chosen at random, did not go to Asia.
Give your answer as a fraction in its lowest terms.

Answer ............................................ [1]

(iii) Two of these people are chosen at random.


The tree diagram opposite shows the possible outcomes and some of their probabilities.

(a) Complete the tree diagram. [2]

(b) What is the probability that the two people went to the same continent?

Answer ............................................ [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15


21

First Person Second Person

NA
.......

.......
NA E

....... A
.......

NA
.......
15
30 .......
E E

....... A

8
NA
30 .......

A .......
E

....... A

TURN OVER FOR THE REST OF THIS QUESTION

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15 [Turn over


22

(b) The table shows the distribution of the total cost per person for holidays in 2014 for another
group of people.

Total cost per


0 G c 1 250 250 G c 1 500 500 G c 1 1000 1000 G c 1 2000 2000 G c 1 3500
person ($c)

Frequency 35 20 15 8 6

(i) Draw a histogram to represent this data.

0.14

0.12

0.10

0.08
Frequency
density

0.06

0.04

0.02

0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Total cost ($)
[3]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15


23

(ii) Estimate the number of people who spent less than $700 on holidays in 2014.

Answer ............................................ [2]


2
(iii) Of the people who spent less than $250 on holidays in 2014, did not go on holiday.
7
How many people did not go on holiday in 2014?

Answer ............................................ [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15


24

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 8 3 4 8 8 5 5 3 5 6 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 October/November 2015
 2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 19 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (NH/FD) 110304/3
© UCLES 2015 [Turn over
2

Section A [52marks]

Answerallquestionsinthissection.

1 (a) Timinvests$2500inabankpayingsimpleinterestat2.3%peryear.
Whatisthetotalamountofmoneyinthebankattheendof4years?

Answer $.......................................... [2]

(b)

TABLET FINANCE OFFER


Pay15%of$750asdepositand
$750 36monthlypaymentsof$25.

Chrisbuysthetabletusingthefinanceoffer.
Howmuchmoredoeshepaythanifhehadpaid$750forit?

Answer $.......................................... [2]

(c) Lavinbuyssomesweets,pensandpaperatherlocalshop.
Theshopisoffering20%discountonallitems.
Thisisherreceipt.

Itemsandprices Cost($)
0.3kgofsweetsat$15.50perkg w
6pensat$xperpen 4.50
Paper z
Totalbeforediscount y
Totalafterdiscount 32.40

Findthemissingvaluesw,x,yandz.

Answer w=.....................................

  x=......................................

  y=......................................

  z=...................................... [5]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15


3

2 (a) ABCDEisapentagonwithonelineofsymmetry. A
BC=DE=10cm,DC=30cmand BCD t = CDE t = 90° .
TheshortestdistancebetweenA andDCis22cm.

E B

10 10

D 30 C
(i) CalculateAB.

Answer ...................................... cm[2]

(ii) Calculate ABˆ C .

Answer ............................................ [3]


t =65°.
(b) IntrianglePQR,PQ=7cm,PR=9cmand PQR
P
t .
Calculate PRQ
7 9

65°
Q R

Answer ............................................ [3]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15 [Turn over


4

(a) A= e o   B= e o


1 3 -1 2
3
-2 2 -3 2

Find

(i) 2A –B,

Answer f p [2]

(ii) B–1.

Answer f p [2]

(b) ThematrixCsatisfiesthefollowingequation.

3C+4 e o=C
-2 1
  
0 3

FindC.

Answer f p [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15


5

(c) Theresasellsraspberriesandblackcurrants.
Thefirstmatrixshowsthenumberofkilogramsofeachfruitshesellsduringthreedifferentweeks.
Thesecondmatrixshowsthepriceperkilogram,incents,ofthefruitTheresasells.

   raspberries blackcurrants price/kg

f p
  Week1 3 2 650 raspberries
f p
  Week2 1.5 3 580 blackcurrants

  Week3 2 2.5

(i) D= f 1.5 3 pc


3 2
m
650
580
2 2.5

FindD.

Answer  [2]

(ii) ExplainthemeaningoftheinformationgivenbymatrixD.

Answer.................................................................................................................................. [1]

(iii) Findthetotalamount,indollars,thatTheresagetsforthefruitshesells.

Answer $......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15 [Turn over


6

4 (a) Shadethesubset (A+B),C.

Answer
 A

B C

 [1]

 (b) Usesetnotationtodescribethesubsetshadedinthediagram.

 D

E F

Answer ............................................ [1]

(c) ={1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10}
P={x:xisanoddnumber}
Q={x:xisasquarenumber}

(i) Writethemembersof  inthecorrectregionsontheVenndiagram.

Answer

P Q

 [2]

(ii) Staten(Ql ).

Answer ............................................ [1]

(iii) Anumber,m,ischosenatrandomfrom.

Findtheprobabilitythatmisamemberof P + Q l .

Answer ............................................ [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15


7

5 (a) Factorisecompletely 6x2y3–15x3y.

Answer ............................................ [2]


4 2
(b) Solve  + = 3.
x x+2

Answer x=................ or................[3]

(c) (i) ShadeandlabeltheregionRdefinedbythesefourinequalities.

    xH1    yG4    x+yG6    yHx

Answer
y
7

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x
 [3]

(ii) ThepointMistheintersectionof x=1 and y=4.


ThepointNistheintersectionof x+y=6 and y=x.

Findthegradientof MN.

Answer ............................................ [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15 [Turn over


8

6 (a) Thediagramshowsthevectors PQandQR.


a
PQ = c m and QR = c m.
5
  Q
2 b

    
(i) Findaandb.

Answer a=............... b=...............[2]

(ii) Calculate PQ .


Answer ............................................ [2]

(b) OACBisaparallelogram. A C
OA = a, OB = b andDisthepointsuchthat2OB = BD .
EisthemidpointofCD.
a E
F

D
O b B

(i) ExpressCE ,assimplyaspossible,intermsofaandb.

Answer ............................................ [1]

(ii) Express OE ,assimplyaspossible,intermsofaandb.

Answer ............................................ [1]

(iii) FisapointonBCsuchthatOF = kOE .


Find BF:FC.

Answer .....................:....................[2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15


9

Section B [48marks]

Answerfour questionsinthissection.

Eachquestioninthissectioncarries12marks.

7 (a)

Theshadedtriangle,drawnonthegrid,ispartofaquadrilateralwithonelineofsymmetry.
Theareaofthequadrilateralistwicetheareaofthetriangle.

Giventhatthelineofsymmetryisnotvertical,completethequadrilateral. [1]

(b)

Theshadedtriangle,drawnonthegrid,ispartofashapewhoseareais4timestheshadedareaand
hasrotationalsymmetryoforder4aboutM.

Completetheshape. [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15 [Turn over


10

(c)
y
8

4
A
3

1
B
–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x

–1

–2

ThediagramshowstriangleAandtriangleB.

(i) TriangleAismappedontotriangleCbythetranslationPwithvector e o.
3
-1
DrawandlabeltriangleC. [2]

(ii) TriangleAismappedontotriangleBbyareflectionQ.

Writedowntheequationofthelineofthisreflection.

Answer ............................................ [1]

(iii) TriangleCismappedontotriangleDbyreflectionQ.

DescribefullythesingletransformationthatmapstriangleBontotriangleD.

Answer .................................................................................................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15


11

(iv) TransformationRisareflectionintheline y=0.

RQ(A)=E.

   (a) FindthecoordinatesoftheverticesoftriangleE.

Answer .......................................................................................................................... [1]

   (b) DescribefullythesingletransformationthatmapstriangleAontotriangleE.

Answer ...............................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [2]

   (c) FindthematrixwhichrepresentsthetransformationthatmapstriangleAontotriangleE.

Answer [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15 [Turn over


12

8 [Curved surface area of a cone = πrl]

l h

Thediagramshowsasolidconewithradiusrcm,heighthcmandslantheightlcm.
Sulemanmakessomesolidcones.
Theslantheightofeachofhisconesis4cmmorethanitsradius.
Use π = 3 throughout this question.

(a) Showthatthetotalsurfacearea,A cm2,ofeachofSuleman’sconesisgivenby A=6r(r+2).

 [2]

(b) Completethetablefor A=6r(r+2).

r 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
A 0 18 144 210 288

 [1]

(c) Onthegridopposite,drawthegraphof A=6r(r+2). [2]

(d) Findanexpressionforhintermsofr.

Answer h=...................................... [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15


13

300

250

200

150

100

50

0 r
1 2 3 4 5 6

(e) TheheightofoneofSuleman’sconesis12cm.
Calculateitsradius.

Answer ...................................... cm[2]

(f) AnotherofSuleman’sconeshasasurfaceareaof200cm2.

(i) Useyourgraphtofindtheradiusofthiscone.

Answer ...................................... cm[1]

(ii) Thisconeisplacedinaboxofheightpcm,wherepisaninteger.
Findthesmallestpossiblevalueofp.

Answer p=...................................... [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15 [Turn over


14

9 Thecumulativefrequencygraphforthelengthsofthe50tracksonAbi’sMP3playerisshownbelow.

50

40
Cumulative
frequency

30

20

10

0
2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00
Length of track (minutes : seconds)

(a) Usethegraphtofind

(i) themedian,

Answer ............ minutes............seconds[1]

(ii) theinterquartilerange.

Answer ............ minutes............seconds[2]

(b) Usetheinformationonthegraphtocompletethefrequencytableforthelengthofthetracks.

Length(minutes:seconds) Frequency
2:301lengthG3:00 3
3:001lengthG3:30 5
3:301lengthG4:00
4:001lengthG4:30
4:301lengthG5:00
5:001lengthG5:30
5:301lengthG6:00
 [2]
© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15
15

(c) AbiplaysthreetracksfromherMP3playerwithnobreakbetweenthem.

Giventhatnotrackisrepeated,whatisthemaximumpossiblelengthoftimetakentoplaythese
tracks?

Answer ............ minutes............seconds[2]

(d) AbitravelsonatrainfromstationAtostationF.
TheexacttimesthetrainarrivesatandleavesstationsAtoFareshownbelow.

Station A B C D E F
Arrive – 1003 1006 1011 1015 1021
Depart 0958 1004 1007 1012 1016 –

(i) Howmanyminutesdidherjourneytake?

Answer ............................................ [1]

(ii) AbistartsplayingtracksatrandomfromherMP3playerassheleavesstationA.

WhatistheprobabilitythatthefirsttrackisstillplayingwhenshearrivesatstationB?

Answer ............................................ [2]

(e) AbiplaystwodifferenttracksatrandomfromherMP3player.

Whatistheprobabilitythatneithertrackislongerthan3minutes30seconds?

Answer ............................................ [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15 [Turn over


16

10 (a)
x
A B

D C
15

ABCDisatrapeziumwithABparalleltoDC.
DC=15cmandAB=xcm.
TheperpendiculardistancebetweenABandDCis3cmlessthanthelengthofAB.
TheareaofABCDis75cm2.

(i) Showthat x2+12x–195=0.

 [2]

(ii) FindAB,givingyouranswercorrectto1decimalplace.

Answer ...................................... cm[3]

(iii) ADis0.8cmlongerthanBC.

Giventhattheperimeterofthetrapeziumis38.0cm,calculateAD.

Answer ...................................... cm[2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15


17

(b) Anothertrapezium,LMNO,hasLMparalleltoON.
ThereflexangleLMN=252°. O N
t .
(i) CalculateMNO

       L M

Answer ............................................ [2]


t : LMN
(ii) Theratiosoftheanglesinsidethetrapeziumare LON t : MNO
t = 1: 2 and OLM t = 1: k .

Findk, givingyouranswerasafractioninitssimplestform.

Answer ............................................ [3]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15 [Turn over


18

11 (a)

4
50° 20

Thediagramshowsasolidtriangularprism.
Alllengthsaregivenincentimetres.

(i) Calculatetheareaofthecross-sectionoftheprism.

Answer .....................................cm2[2]

(ii) Calculatethevolumeoftheprism.

Answer .....................................cm3[1]

(iii) Calculatethetotalsurfaceareaoftheprism.

Answer .....................................cm2[5]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15


19

(b) Acylinderhasaheightof70cmandavolumeof0.1m3.

Calculatetheradiusofthecylinder,givingyouranswerincentimetres.

        

Answer ...................................... cm[4]

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15


20

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 8 8 7 3 8 0 1 1 0 5 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 October/November 2015
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 24 printed pages.

DC (AC/FD) 100478/4
© UCLES 2015 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks]

Answer all questions in this section

1 (a) Fatima and Mohammed buy new bikes.

(i) Fatima buys a city bike costing $360.


She pays 60% of the cost then pays $15 per month for 12 months.

(a) How much does Fatima pay altogether?

Answer $ ........................................ [2]

(b) Express this amount as a percentage of the original cost.

Answer .................................... % [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15


3

(ii) Mohammed pays $569.80 for a mountain bike in a sale.


The original price had been reduced by 26%.

Calculate the original price of the mountain bike.

Answer $ ........................................ [2]

(b) The rate of exchange between pounds (£) and dollars is £1 = $1.87 .
The rate of exchange between pounds (£) and euros (€) is £1 = € x .
Rose changed $850 and received €550 .

Calculate x.

Answer x = .................................... [3]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15 [Turn over


4

2 A is the point (8, 7), B is the point (–2, 11) and C is the point (1, 7).

(a) Calculate the area of triangle ABC.

Answer ............................... units2 [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15


5

(b) Calculate the length of AB.

Answer ................................. units [2]

(c) Calculate the perimeter of triangle ABC.

Answer ................................. units [2]


t .
(d) Calculate BAC

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15 [Turn over


6

3 (a)

34° 6 C
A
O
3

E
D

AC is a diameter of the circle, centre O.


BCD and OED are straight lines.
AC = 6 cm and CD = 3 cm.
t = 34°.
BAC
t = 56°.
(i) Explain why BCA

[1]
t .
(ii) Find COD

Answer .......................................... [2]


t .
(iii) Find OCE

Answer .......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15


7

(b)

Q S R

t .
In the diagram, PS is the bisector of QPR
QPT and QSR are straight lines.
RT is parallel to SP.

(i) Explain why PT = PR.

[2]

(ii) This diagram shows part of the above diagram.


PQ = 12 cm, PR = 5 cm and QR = 8.5 cm.

12
5

Q S R
8.5

PQ QS
It is given that = .
PR SR
Find SR.

Answer .................................... cm [3]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15 [Turn over


8

4 3
4 [The volume of a sphere is rr ]
3
(a)

A spoon used for measuring in cookery consists of a hemispherical bowl and a handle.
The internal volume of the hemispherical bowl is 20 cm3.
The handle is of length 5 cm.

(i) Find the internal radius of the hemispherical bowl.

Answer .................................... cm [2]

(ii) The hemispherical bowl of a geometrically similar spoon has an internal volume of 50 cm3.

Find the length of its handle.

Answer .................................... cm [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15


9

(b) [The surface area of a sphere is 4πr2]

An open hemisphere of radius 5.5 cm is used to make a metal kitchen strainer.


50 holes are cut out of the curved surface.
Assume that the piece of metal removed to make each hole is a circle of radius 1.5 mm.

Calculate the external surface area that remains.

Answer .................................. cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15 [Turn over


10

E A G C

The diagram shows a vertical radio mast, AB.


Three of the wires that hold the mast in place are attached to it at F, H and D.
The base A of the mast, and the ends E, G and C of the wires are in a straight line on horizontal ground.

(a) The wire CD has length 65 m.


It is attached to the mast at D where AD = 40 m.

Calculate AC.

Answer ...................................... m [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15


11

(b) The wire EF makes an angle of 25° with the horizontal and is of length 30 m.

Calculate AF .

Answer ...................................... m [2]

(c) AH = 35 m.
The wire HG makes an angle of 30º with the mast AB.

Calculate HG.

Answer ...................................... m [3]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15 [Turn over


12

7 5
6 (a) (i) Solve the equation ` x + j = ! .
2 2
Give both answers correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer x = ................ or ................ [2]

7 5
(ii) The solutions of ` x + j = ! are also the solutions of x 2 + Bx + C = 0 ,
2 2
where B and C are integers.

Find B and C.

Answer B = .............. C = ............... [3]

(b) Solve the inequality 7 – 3x > 13.

Answer x ....................................... [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15


13

(c) Factorise 6x – 3yt + 18y – xt .

Answer .............................................. [2]

(d) Solve these simultaneous equations.

3a + 4b = –13
5a + 6b = –11

Answer a = ...................................

b = ................................... [4]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15 [Turn over


14

Section B [48 marks]

Answer four questions in this section.

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

7
D
12
x B

A θ°

2x – 5
C 4 E

ABD and ACE are straight lines.


BD = 12 cm and CE = 4 cm.
AB = x cm and AC = (2x – 5) cm.
Angle BAC = θ°.

area of triangle ABC AB # AC


(a) Show that = .
area of triangle ADE AD # AE

[2]

area of triangle ABC 1


(b) It is given that = .
area of triangle ADE 3
Using the result from part (a), form an equation in x and show that it simplifies to 2x 2 - 19x + 6 = 0 .

[3]
© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15
15

(c) (i) Solve the equation 2x 2 - 19x + 6 = 0 , giving your answers correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer x = .................. or .................. [3]

(ii) State, with a reason, which of these solutions does not apply to triangle ABC.

Answer ................................................................................................................................. [1]

(d) Given that θ = 25, calculate BC.

Answer .................................... cm [3]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15 [Turn over


16

8 (a) OAB is a sector of a circle, centre O, radius 6 cm.


A
t = 25°. 6
AOB
O 25°
(i) Calculate the length of the arc AB. 6
B

Answer .................................... cm [2]

(ii) Calculate the area of the sector OAB.

Answer .................................. cm2 [2]

(b) The sector OAB from part (a) is the cross-section of a slice of cheese.
O 6 A
The slice has a height of 5 cm. 25°
(i) Calculate the volume of this slice of cheese. 6
B
5

Answer .................................. cm3 [1]

(ii) Calculate the total surface area of this slice of cheese.

Answer .................................. cm2 [3]


© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15
17

(iii) Another 25° slice of cheese has 3 times the height and twice the radius.

Calculate its volume.

Answer .................................. cm3 [2]

(c) A dairy produces cylindrical cheeses, each with a volume of 800 cm3. r
The height h cm and the radius r cm can vary. h

(i) Express h in terms of r.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) What happens to the height if the radius is doubled?

Answer .................................................................................................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15 [Turn over


18

9 The distance, d metres, of a moving object from an observer after t minutes is given by
48
d = t2 + - 20 .
t

(a) Some values of t and d are given in the table.


The values of d are given to the nearest whole number where appropriate.

t 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 7

d 29 14 8 5 5 6 8 11 15 24

Complete the table. [1]

(b) On the grid, plot the points given in the table and join them with a smooth curve.

40

30
Distance
(d metres)

20

10

0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Time (t minutes)
[2]

(c) (i) By drawing a tangent, calculate the gradient of the curve when t = 4.

Answer .......................................... [2]

(ii) Explain what this gradient represents.

Answer ................................................................................................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15


19

(d) For how long is the object less than 10 metres from the observer?

Answer ............................ minutes [2]

(e) (i) Using your graph, write down the two values of t when the object is 12 metres from the
observer.
For each value of t, state whether the object is moving towards or away from the observer.

Answer When t = .................., the object is moving .................................. the observer.

When t = .................., the object is moving .................................. the observer. [2]

(ii) Write down the equation that gives the values of t when the object is 12 metres from the
observer.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iii) This equation is equivalent to t3 + At + 48 = 0.

Find A.

Answer A = .......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15 [Turn over


20

10 The length of time taken by 80 drivers to complete a particular journey is summarised in the table
below.

Time
60 1 t G 80 80 1 t G 90 90 1 t G 95 95 1 t G 100 100 1 t G 110 110 1 t G 130
(t minutes)
Number of
4 10 14 20 24 8
drivers

(a) Using a scale of 2 cm to represent 10 minutes, draw a horizontal axis for times from 60 minutes to
130 minutes.

Choose a suitable scale for the vertical axis and draw a histogram to represent this information.

[3]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15


21

(b) In which of the intervals does the median time lie?

Answer .......................................... [1]

(c) Calculate an estimate of the mean time taken to complete the journey.

Answer ............................ minutes [3]

(d) One driver is chosen at random.

Calculate the probability that this driver took 95 minutes or less for the journey.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(e) Two of the 80 drivers are chosen at random.

(i) Calculate the probability that both took more than 100 minutes for the journey.

Answer .......................................... [2]

(ii) Calculate the probability that one took 80 minutes or less and the other took more than
110 minutes.

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15 [Turn over


22

11 (a)

B G C

E D
H
A

ABCDE is a pentagon.
AFB, AHE and BGC are straight lines.

J6N
(i) AE = K O .
L1P

Calculate AE .

Answer ................................... units [1]

J 2 N
(ii) H is the midpoint of AE, and FH = K O.
L- 3.5P

Find AF .

Answer [2]

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15


23

(iii) G divides BC in the ratio 1 : 2.


J2.5N J- 1N
BG = K O and CD = K O .
L0P L- 7P

(a) Find GD.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) Explain why GD is parallel to FH.

[1]

(iv) B is the point (3, 10).

Find the coordinates of D.

Answer (................... , ...................) [1]

Question 11(b) is printed on the next page

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15 [Turn over


24

(b) y

4
A

x
–8 –4 0 4 8

–4

J- 3N
(i) Flag A is mapped onto flag T by the translation K O .
L- 6P
Draw, and label, flag T. [1]

(ii) Describe fully the enlargement that will map flag A onto flag B.

Answer ................................................................................................................................... [2]

(iii) Find the centre of the rotation that will map flag A onto flag C.

Answer (................... , ...................) [1]

(iv) Rotate flag B through 45° anticlockwise about the origin.


Label the image R. [2]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 9 6 5 3 7 3 0 2 7 7 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 May/June 2016
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 23 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (KN/SG) 115632/3
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2

Section A[52marks]

Answerallquestionsinthissection.

1 Ashopkeeperbuyssomeplatesfromamanufacturerfor$12each.

(a) Themanufacturermakesaprofitof60%.

Calculatethecostofmanufacturingeachplate.

Answer $........................................ [2]

(b) Theshopkeepersellseachplatefor$17.40.

Calculatethepercentageprofitmadebytheshopkeeper.

Answer ....................................... %[2]

(c) Inasale,eachplateisreducedfrom$17.40to$11.31.

Calculatethepercentagediscountgiven.

Answer ....................................... %[2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


3

(d) Theshopkeeperbuys100platesat$12each.
Hesells60platesat$17.40eachandxplatesat$11.31each.
Theshopkeepermakesaprofitofatleast10%.

  Findtheleastpossiblevalueofx.

Answer ........................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


4

p-1
2 (a) Solvetheequation = 5.
7-p

Answer ........................................... [2]


1
J9ab 6N2
(b) Simplify K 3 2 O .
La b P

Answer ........................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


5

q2 - q3
(c) Simplify .
3 - 3q

Answer ........................................... [2]

(d) (i) Factorise 4t 2 + 35t - 9 .

Answer ........................................... [2]

(ii) Hencesolvetheequation 4t 2 + 35t - 9 = 0 .

Answer ........................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


6

3 Thetablebelowisfor y = x 2 + x - 3.

x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2
y 3 –1 –3 –3 –1 3

(a) Usingascaleof2cmto1unitonthex-axisfor - 3 G x G 2 
andascaleof1cmto1unitonthey-axisfor - 4 G y G 4 ,
plotthepointsfromthetableandjointhemwithasmoothcurve.
y

 [2]

(b) (i) Useyourgraphtoestimatethesolutionsoftheequation x 2 + x - 3 = 0 .

Answer x=................or................ [1]

(ii) Useyourgraphtoestimatethesolutionsoftheequation x 2 + x - 5 = 0 .

Answer x=................or................ [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


7

(c) Bydrawingatangent,estimatethegradientofthecurveat^1, –1h.

Answer ........................................... [2]

(d) Theequation x 2 - x - 1 = 0 canbesolvedbydrawingastraightlineonthegraphof


y = x 2 + x - 3.

(i) Findtheequationofthisstraightline.

Answer ........................................... [2]

(ii) Drawthisstraightlineandhencesolve x 2 - x - 1 = 0 .

Answer x=................or................ [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


8

4
A

N M

B C
L

ANB,BLCandCMAarestraightlines.NMisparalleltoBCand LNisparalleltoCA.

(a) ProvethattriangleANMissimilartotriangleNBL.
Giveareasonforeachstatementyoumake.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


9

(b) AN:NB=2:3

(i) FindNM:BC.

Answer ................... :....................[2]

(ii) FindareaANM:areaNBL.

Answer ................... :....................[1]


(iii) FindareaANM:areaNMCL.

Answer ................... :....................[2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


10

5 (a)

31

C B
115

ABisverticalandCBishorizontal.
AB=31mandCB=115m.

  CalculatetheangleofdepressionofCfromA.

Answer ........................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


11

(b)
L J

354
1100

JandKaretwopositionsatsea.
ThebaseofalighthouseisatL.
JisdueEastofLandKisdueSouthofL.
KL=354mandKJ=1100m.
t .
(i) Calculate LJK

Answer ........................................... [2]

(ii) HencefindthebearingofKfromJ.

Answer ........................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


12

J4 - 1N J2 0N
6  A= K O  B = K O
L1 3 P L7 - 5P
(a) Evaluate2A–B.

J N
K O
Answer  KK OO [2]
2 L P
(b) FindA .

J N
K O
Answer  KK OO [2]
L P

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


13

(c) FindB–1.

J N
K O
Answer  KK OO [2]
L P
(d) A+Z=A

FindZ.

J N
K O
Answer  KK OO [1]
L P
(e) M+2I=B,whereIisthe2 # 2 identitymatrix.

FindM.

J N
K O
Answer  KK OO [2]
L P

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


14

Section B[48marks]

Answerfourquestionsinthissection.

Eachquestioninthissectioncarries12marks.

7 (a) ACisadiameterofthecircle,centreO,radius5cm.
t =64°.
ACB B

  Calculatethelengthoftheminorarc BC.
64°
A C
5 O

Answer ..................................... cm[4]

(b)

16.5
rim

15.5

Abakingtrayisanopencylinderofradius15.5cmwitharim.
Theouteredgeoftherimisacircleofradius16.5cm.

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


15

(i) Calculatetheareaofthetopsurfaceoftherim.

Answer ....................................cm2[2]

(ii) 44identicalcircularholesarecutoutofthebottomofthebakingtray.
Theareaofthebottomthatremainsis650cm2.

Calculatetheradiusofeachcircularhole.

Answer ..................................... cm[3]

(iii)
d mm
15.5 cm

Tomakeapizza,thebakingtrayiscompletelyfilledwithdoughtoadepthofdmm.
Theopencylinderholds500cm3ofdough.

Calculatethedepthofthedough,dmm,givingyouranswercorrecttothenearestmillimetre.

Answer .................................... mm[3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


16

8 - 5q
8 (a)  p=
q
(i) Findpwhenq=2.6.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(ii) Expressqintermsofp.

Answer ........................................... [2]

(b)
x–2

H x+3

Trapezium A h Trapezium B

x x

ThelengthsoftheparallelsidesoftrapeziumAarexcmand^x - 2hcm.
ThelengthsoftheparallelsidesoftrapeziumBarexcmand^x + 3hcm.
TheheightoftrapeziumAisHcmandtheheightoftrapeziumBishcm.
Theareaofeachtrapeziumis15cm2.
15 30
(i) Showthat H = andh = .
x-1 2x + 3

 [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


17

(ii) Findanexpressionintermsofxforthedifferenceinheight,H–h,betweentrapeziumAand
75
trapeziumB,andshowthatitsimplifiesto .
^x - 1h^2x + 3h

 [3]

(iii) Thedifferenceinheightis1.5cm.

(a) Showthat 2x 2 + x - 53 = 0 .

 [2]

(b) Findx,givingyouranswercorrectto2decimalplaces.

Answer x=...................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


18

9 (a)
D
5
2
F C

A
E
15°
B

ABCDrepresentstherectangularslopingsurfaceofatriangularprism.
ABEFisahorizontalrectangle.CEandDFarevertical.
t =15°,DC=5mandAD=2m.
CBE

(i) CalculateAC.

Answer ....................................... m[2]

(ii) CalculateCE.

Answer ....................................... m[2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


19

t .
(iii) Calculate FAE

Answer ........................................... [4]

(b) (i)

θ°
9 6

10

Atrianglehassidesof10cm,9cmand6cm,andanangleofθ °,asshowninthediagram.

Calculateθ.

Answer ........................................... [3]

(ii) ThetriangleKGHhassidesofacm,bcmandccm G
asshowninthediagram. a b
t isanobtuseangle.
Itisgiventhat KGH
K c H

Completethestatementbelowusingoneofthesymbols1 G = H 2.

 c2……^a 2 + b 2h [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


20

10 100electriclightbulbsofBrandAweretestedtofindhowlongeachbulblasted.
Theresultsaresummarisedinthetablebelow.

Time
(thours) tG50 501 tG100 1001tG150 1501tG200 2001tG250 2501tG300 3001tG350

Number
2 2 10 40 30 14 2
ofbulbs

(a) Completethecumulativefrequencytable.

Time
(thours) tG50 tG100 tG150 tG200 tG250 tG300 tG350

Cumulative
2 4 100
frequency
 [1]

(b) Onthegrid,drawasmoothcumulativefrequencycurvetorepresentthisinformation.
LabelthiscurveBrandA.

100

80

Cumulative
frequency
60

40

20

0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Time (t hours)
 [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


21

(c) (i) Useyourgraphtoestimatethemedian.

Answer ................................. hours[1]

(ii) Useyourgraphtoestimatetheinterquartilerange.

Answer ................................. hours[2]

(d) 100BrandBbulbsgavethefollowingresults.
4bulbslasted50hoursorless.
Thelongesttimeanybulblastedwas300hours.
Themedianis250hours.
Theupperquartileis275hours.
Theinterquartilerangeis75hours.

Onthegrid,drawandlabelthecumulativefrequencycurvefortheBrandBbulbs. [4]

(e) Usingyourgraph,estimatethenumberofBrandAbulbsthatlasted275hoursorless.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(f) Completethestatementbelow.

  Brand............had............morebulbsthatlastedlongerthan275hoursthanBrand.............. [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


22

11 (a) TriangleABChasverticesA(2,2),B(3,5)andC(4,1).
Triangle AlBlC l hasvertices Al (–4,4), Bl (–3,7)andC l (–2,3).

  WritedownthecolumnvectorofthetranslationthatmapstriangleABContotriangle AlBlC l .
J N
K O
Answer  K O [1]
KK OO
L P
(b) PQRSisaparallelogram.
J- 4N
ThepositionvectorofPrelativetoOisgivenbyOP = K O .
L 2P Q
J4N
ThepositionvectorofQrelativetoOisgivenbyOQ= K O .
L6P

P
R

(i) Express PQasacolumnvector. S

J N
K O
Answer  K O [2]
KK OO
(ii) Find RS . L P

J N
K O
Answer  K O [1]
KK OO
(iii) Find RS . L P

Answer ...................................units[2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


23

(c)
y

10

0 x
0 5 10 15

ThediagramshowstriangleD.

(i) Anenlargementwithcentre(5,4),scalefactor2,mapstriangleDontotriangleE.

DrawandlabeltriangleE. [2]

(ii) Anenlargementwithcentre(5,4),scalefactor0.5,mapstriangleDontotriangleF.

DrawandlabeltriangleF. [1]

(iii) TriangleGhasvertices(5,4),(4,3)and(3,5).
TriangleFcanbemappedontotriangleGusingasingleenlargement.
TriangleFcanalsobemappedontotriangleGusingadifferent singletransformationT.

DescribefullythesingletransformationT.

Answer.......................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


24

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 6 7 8 3 2 6 8 5 2 3 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 May/June 2016
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 19 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (NF/SW) 115721/2
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks]

Answer all questions in this section.

1 (a) Each year the Reds play the Blues in a baseball match.
In 2014, there were 40 500 tickets sold for the match.
In 2015, the number of tickets sold was 2.4% more than in 2014.

Calculate the number of tickets sold for the match in 2015.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) In 2015, the cost per ticket for the match was $68.25.
The cost per ticket for the match increased by 5% from 2014 to 2015.

Calculate the cost per ticket for the match in 2014.

Answer $ ....................................... [2]

(c) Calculate the percentage increase, from 2014 to 2015, in the total money taken for the match.

Answer ...................................... % [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16


3

J2N J 4N J- 1N
2 (a) JK = K O KL = K O LM = K O
L5P L- 2P L 3P

(i) Find JM .

Answer [1]

(ii) Calculate KL .

Answer .......................................... [2]

(b)
O a
A E

b
C
B

In the diagram, OA = a and OB = b .


C is the point such that OAC is a straight line and AC = 2OA.
D is the midpoint of OB.
E is the point such that EC = OD .

(i) Express, as simply as possible, in terms of a and b,

(a) AD,

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) EB.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) Find EB : AD .

Answer .................... : ................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16 [Turn over


4

3 Steven asked 25 women how many children they have.


The results are summarised in the table below.

Number of children Frequency


0 7
1 5
2 6
3 4
4 3

(a) Find

(i) the mean,

Answer .......................................... [2]

(ii) the median,

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iii) the mode.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) Steven says that the mode is the average that best represents the data.

Explain why Steven is wrong.

Answer ....................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Steven chooses two women at random from the group.

Calculate the probability that both of them have just one child.
Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.

Answer .......................................... [2]


© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16
5

(d) Draw a bar chart to represent this data.

Frequency

Number of children
[2]

(e) Steven shows Frank the paper on which he recorded the data from his survey.
Part of the paper has been torn.

1 4 2 2 3

0 1 0 3 2

2 0 4 1

3 1 0

0 2 2

Which five numbers are missing from the paper?

Answer ...... , ...... , ...... , ...... , ...... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16 [Turn over


6

4 (a) Triangle ABC has sides AB = 8 cm, AC = 7 cm and BC = 12 cm.

(i) Use a ruler and compasses to construct triangle ABC.


Side AB has been drawn for you.

B
[2]

t .
(ii) Measure BAC

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) Calculate the interior angle of a regular 12-sided polygon.

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16


7

(c)
125°

p° 3p°

The diagram shows a hexagon with two parallel sides and one horizontal line of symmetry.

(i) Calculate p .

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) Calculate q .

Answer .......................................... [2]

(d)
P Q
A B

D C S R

Trapezium PQRS is similar to trapezium ABCD.


t = 90°.
AB is parallel to DC and ABC
DC = 2AB, BC = 2 AB and PQ = 34 DC .
1

Given that BC = x cm, find an expression, in terms of x, for the area of PQRS.

Answer ................................... cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16 [Turn over


8

5 (a) Factorise fully 8x2y − 12x5 .

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) Solve 4x − 2(x + 5) = 3 .

Answer .......................................... [2]

(c) Solve 7 − 5y < 20 .

Answer y ........................................ [2]

(d) A rectangle has length 2x cm, perimeter 18 cm and area 10 cm2.

(i) Show that 2x2 − 9x + 5 = 0.

2x

[2]

(ii) Solve 2x2 − 9x + 5 = 0 , giving your answers correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer x = .................... or .................... [3]

(iii) Find the difference between the length and the width of the rectangle.

Answer .................................... cm [1]


© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16
9

6 (a)  = { 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 }


A = { x : x is a prime number }
B = { x : x is an even number }
C = { x : x is a multiple of 5 }

(i) List the members of the subsets

(a) B + C ,

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) ^A , B , Ch ' ,

Answer .......................................... [1]

(c) A + B' .

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) A number q is chosen at random from .

Find the probability that q ! A + B' .

Answer .......................................... [1]


J3 - 1N J 2 2N
(b) X=K O Y=K O
L2 0P L- 1 1P
Find

(i) 2X + Y ,

J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P
(ii) Y –1 .

J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16 [Turn over


10

Section B [48 marks]

Answer four questions in this section.


Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

7 One day, garage A records the amount of petrol bought by the first 120 customers.
The results are summarised in the table below.

Petrol
0 < k  10 10 < k  20 20 < k  30 30 < k  40 40 < k  50 50 < k  60 60 < k  70 70 < k  80
(k litres)
Number of
9 13 36 30 16 9 5 2
customers

(a) Complete the cumulative frequency table below.

Petrol
k  10 k  20 k  30 k  40 k  50 k  60 k  70 k  80
(k litres)
Cumulative
9 22 120
frequency
[1]

(b) On the grid below, draw a cumulative frequency curve to represent this data.

120

110

100

90

80
Cumulative
frequency
70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Petrol (k litres)
[3]
© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16
11

(c) Use your graph to estimate

(i) the median,

Answer ................................ litres [1]

(ii) the 90th percentile of the distribution.

Answer ................................ litres [1]

(d) On the same day, garage B also recorded the amount of petrol bought by its first 120 customers.

The results are summarised below.

6 customers bought 10 litres or less.


The most petrol bought by any customer was 60 litres.
The median amount of petrol bought was 34 litres.
The lower quartile of the distribution was 25 litres.
The interquartile range of the distribution was 19 litres.

Draw the cumulative frequency curve for garage B on the grid on the previous page. [3]

(e) Petrol is priced at $2.60 per litre at both garages.


Garage A offers a gift to customers who buy over 35 litres.
Garage B offers a gift to customers who spend over $104.

Use your graphs to estimate the number of these customers offered a gift at each garage and
complete the sentence below.
Show your working.

Answer Garage ............. offers a gift to .............. more customers than garage .............. [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16 [Turn over


12

1 x
8 The table below shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y for y = #2 .
4

x 0 1 2 3 4 5

y 1 1 2 4 8
4

(a) Complete the table. [1]


1 x
(b) On the grid below, draw the graph of y = #2 .
4
y
8

0 1 2 3 4 5 x
[2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16


13

(c) By drawing a suitable line, find the gradient of your graph where x = 4.

Answer .......................................... [2]


1
(d) (i) Show that the line 2x + y = 6 , together with the graph of y = # 2 x , can be used to solve
4
the equation

2x + 8x − 24 = 0 .

[1]

(ii) Hence solve 2x + 8x − 24 = 0 .

Answer x = .................................... [2]

(e) The points P and Q are (2, 3) and (5, 4) respectively.

(i) Find the gradient of PQ .

Answer .......................................... [1]

1 x
(ii) On the grid, draw the line l, parallel to PQ, that touches the curve y = #2 . [1]
4

(iii) Write down the equation of l.

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16 [Turn over


14

9 (a)
A

30
C

The diagram shows a vertical wind turbine with blades 30 m long.


The blades are stationary with the point A being the maximum distance possible from the
horizontal ground.
The point B is such that the angle of elevation of A from B is 34° and the angle of elevation of
the centre of the blades, C, from B is 25°.

Calculate the distance AB.

Answer ...................................... m [3]

(b) A different wind turbine, shown in the diagram on the next page, has the centre of its blades, F,
75 m from the base of the turbine, D.
Point E is on sloping ground, 180 m from F and 130 m from D.

Calculate the angle of depression of E from F.

Answer .......................................... [4]


© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16
15

75
180
D
130

(c) P is the point on a blade which is furthest from the centre of the blades.
Each blade is 30 m long.

(i) Calculate the distance travelled by P as the blade completes one revolution.

Answer ...................................... m [1]

(ii) The blade completes 15 revolutions per minute.

Calculate the speed of P, giving your answer in kilometres per hour.

Answer ................................ km / h [2]

(iii) A point Q lies on the straight line between P and the centre of the blades.
Q travels 90 m as the blade completes one revolution.

Calculate PQ.

Answer ...................................... m [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16 [Turn over


16

10 Triangles A, B, C and D are drawn on a centimetre square grid.

y
6

4
B
3

1
A

–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6x
–1
D
–2

–3
C
–4

–5

–6

(a) The perimeter of triangle A is ^a + bh cm, where a and b are integers.

Find a and b.

Answer a = ............... b = .............. [2]

(b) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle B by the translation T.

Write down the column vector that represents T.

J N
K O
Answer KK OO [1]
L P
(c) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle B onto triangle C.

Answer .............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16
17

(d) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle B onto triangle D.

Answer .............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [3]

(e) Write down the matrix that represents the transformation which maps triangle D onto triangle A.

Answer [1]

(f) The transformation V is a reflection in the line y = 0.


The transformation W is a rotation 90° clockwise about (0, 0).
The single transformation X is equivalent to the transformation V followed by the
transformation W.

(i) The point (g, h) is mapped onto the point P by the transformation X.

Find the coordinates of P.

Answer ( ............. , ............. ) [1]

(ii) Describe fully the single transformation X.

Answer .............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16 [Turn over


18

1 2
11 [ Volume of a cone = πr h ]
3
(a)

3.5 r

20

Solid I

Solid I is a cylinder with a small cylinder removed from its centre, as shown in the diagram.
The height of each cylinder is 20 cm and the radius of the small cylinder is r cm.
The radius of the large cylinder is 3.5 cm greater than the radius of the small cylinder.
The volume of Solid I is 3000 cm3.

(i) Calculate r.

Answer r = .................................... [4]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16


19

(ii) Solid II is a cone with volume of 3000 cm3.


The perpendicular height of the cone is twice its radius.

Which solid is the taller and by how much?

Solid II

Answer Solid ............ is the taller by .............................. cm [4]

(b) The diagram shows a triangular prism of length 24 cm. 24


Its cross-section is an equilateral triangle with sides 8 cm.

Calculate the total surface area of the prism.

Answer ................................... cm2 [4]


© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16
20

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 1 9 2 5 1 7 5 0 8 6 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 October/November 2016
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 23 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (ST/SW) 123265/4
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks]

Answer all the questions in this section.

1 (a) In 2016, the price of a television is $1995.

(i) Afzal pays the $1995 with a deposit of $399 and 12 equal monthly payments.

Calculate Afzal’s monthly payment.

Answer $ ....................................... [1]

(ii) What percentage of $1995 is $399?

Answer ...................................... % [1]

(iii) The price of the television in 2016 is 5% more than the price in 2015.

Calculate the price in 2015.

Answer $ ........................................ [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


3

(b) Afzal watched a programme that lasted 2 hours 53 minutes.


It ended at 01 15.

At what time did it start?

Answer .......................................... [1]

(c) A company paid a quarter of a million dollars for an advertisement that lasted 38 seconds.

Calculate the cost, correct to the nearest hundred dollars, for each second of the advertisement.

Answer $ ........................................ [2]

(d) The programme showed an athlete running 100 metres, measured correct to the nearest metre.
The time the athlete took was 11.3 seconds, measured correct to the nearest 0.1 second.

Calculate the upper bound of the athlete’s average speed.

Answer .................................... m/s [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


4

2 (a) Evaluate 3 543 .


28.6 - 1.35

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) Factorise completely 9p 2 - 6pq .

Answer .......................................... [1]

(c) Expand the brackets and simplify (3a + b)2 .

Answer .......................................... [1]

4 3
(d) Express as a single fraction in its simplest form - .
2t + 1 3t + 1

Answer .......................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


5

(e) Find the integer values of n such that

4(2 – n) 2 17 and

n 2 -6.

Answer .......................................... [2]

(f) Abebi, Bella and Chuku share $112.

Abebi receives $x.


Bella receives $12 less than Abebi.
Chuku receives twice as much as Bella.

Form an equation in x and solve it to find how much Chuku receives.

Answer $ ....................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


6

3
D C


A P B

In the diagram, ABCD is a parallelogram.


P and Q are points on AB and BC respectively, such that PB = BQ and DP̂Q = 90°.
BP̂Q = a°.

(a) Find an expression, in terms of a, for each of the following angles.


Give each answer in its simplest form.

(i) PB̂Q

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) AP̂D

Answer .......................................... [1]

ˆ
(iii) DAP

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iv) AD̂P

Answer .......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


7

(b) AB = 8 cm and AD = 4.7 cm.

(i) Find PB.

Answer .................................... cm [1]

ˆ = 54°, calculate the area of the parallelogram.


(ii) Given also that DAB

Answer ................................... cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


8

4 3
4 [The volume of a sphere is rr ]
3
[The surface area of a sphere is 4rr 2 ]

0.8

1.5

3.8

A hemispherical bowl is made of material that is 0.8 cm thick.


The outside rim of the bowl has radius 9 cm.
The bowl is attached to a base which is a solid cylinder, of radius 3.8 cm and height 1.5 cm.

(a) Calculate the surface area of the inside of the hemispherical bowl.

Answer ................................... cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


9

(b) Calculate the total volume of material used to make the bowl and the base.

Answer ................................... cm3 [5]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


10

5
O

A B
120° 1.8
C

P Q

The diagram shows a semicircle with radii OP and OQ drawn.


The circle, centre C, touches the radii at A and B and the semicircle at T.
The radius of the circle is 1.8 cm.
BĈA = 120°.

(a) Calculate the length of the minor arc AB.

Answer .................................... cm [2]

(b) The shaded region lies between the circle and the radii OP and OQ.

Calculate the perimeter of this shaded region.

Answer .................................... cm [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


11

(c) (i) Show that the radius of the semicircle is 5.4 cm.

[2]

(ii) Calculate the length of BQ.

Answer .................................... cm [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


12

6
T

D C
8

A B 5
9
H G
5
8

E 9 F

The four walls of a building are faces of a cuboid ABCDEFGH.


T is vertically above C and G, so AB̂T = A D̂T = 90°.

The cuboid has length 9 m, width 8 m and height 5 m.


TC = 6 m.

(a) Calculate the length of DT.

Answer ...................................... m [2]

(b) The roof is formed by four triangles, ABT, BCT, CDT and DAT.

Calculate the total surface area of the roof.

Answer ..................................... m2 [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


13

1
(c) [The volume of a pyramid is # area of base # perpendicular height]
3
Calculate the total volume of the building.

Answer ..................................... m3 [2]

(d) Calculate the angle of elevation of T from H.

Answer .......................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


14

Section B [48 marks]

Answer four questions in this section.

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

7
D

North
27

48° A
55°
19

C 51°

The diagram shows the positions of four islands at A, B, C and D.


A is due north of B.
DACˆ = 48°, CABˆ = 55° and BĈA = 51°.
AC = 19 km and AD = 27 km.

(a) Calculate the bearing of D from A.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) Calculate the bearing of A from C.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(c) Calculate the distance between A and B.

Answer .................................... km [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


15

(d) Calculate the distance between D and C.

Answer .................................... km [3]

(e) A boat leaves D and sails, at a constant speed, in a straight line to A.


It takes 3 hours and 36 minutes to sail from D to A.
X is the point on DA that is closest to C.

Calculate the time, correct to the nearest minute, the boat takes to travel from D to X.

Answer .......................................... [4]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


16

3 x
8 y= #2
5
The table shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y, correct to one decimal place
where necessary.

x -1.5 -1 0 1 2 2.5 3 3.5 4


y p 0.3 0.6 1.2 2.4 3.4 4.8 6.8 9.6

(a) Calculate p.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) On the grid,


• using a scale of 2 cm to 1 unit, draw a horizontal x-axis for - 2 G x G 4 ,
• using a scale of 1 cm to 1 unit, draw a vertical y-axis for 0 G y G 10 ,
• plot the points from the table and join them with a smooth curve. [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


17

(c) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve at the point where x = 2.5 .

Answer .......................................... [2]

(d) (i) On the same grid, draw the straight line that passes through (-0.4, 0) and (2, 3.6).

[1]

(ii) Find the equation of this line in the form y = mx + c.

Answer .......................................... [2]

(iii) Write down the x-coordinates of the points where the line intersects the curve.

Answer x = ....................... and x = ....................... [1]

(iv) These x-coordinates satisfy the equation

2 x = Ax + B .

Find the values of A and B.

Answer A = ................ B = ................ [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


18

9 On Monday, Abdul sold 140 boxes of matches at 30 cents per box.

(a) Calculate the income, in dollars, Abdul received on Monday.

Answer $ ........................................ [1]

(b) On Tuesday, the price per box decreased by 10% and the number of boxes sold increased by 30%.

Calculate the percentage change in the income.

Answer ...................................... % [3]

(c) On Wednesday, the price of a box was y cents less than it was on Monday.
Abdul sold 4y more boxes on Wednesday than he did on Monday.

(i) Write down an expression, in terms of y, for the income received on Wednesday.
Give your answer in dollars.

Answer $ ............................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


19

(ii) Given that this income is equal to $40, write down an equation in y and show that it
simplifies to

y 2 + 5y - 50 = 0 .

[2]

(iii) Solve the equation y 2 + 5y - 50 = 0 .

Answer y = ................... or ................... [3]

(iv) Hence find the number of boxes sold on Wednesday.

Answer .......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


20

10 (a) The times taken by 135 runners to complete a cross-country course were recorded.
The results are summarised in the table.

Time (t minutes) 20 1 t G 30 30 1 t G 35 35 1 t G 40 40 1 t G 50 50 1 t G 70
Number of runners 15 30 40 35 15

(i) On the grid, draw a histogram to represent this information.

Frequency
density

20 30 40 50 60 70
Time (t minutes)
[3]

(ii) Calculate an estimate of the mean time.

Answer ............................. minutes [3]


© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16
21

(b) A bag contains R red beads and B blue beads.


Two beads are chosen, at random, without replacement.
The tree diagram shows the possible outcomes and their probabilities.

First bead Second bead


11 red
19

3 red
5
8
19 blue

12 red
19
2
5 blue

7
19 blue

(i) Calculate the probability that both beads are red.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) Calculate the probability that the two beads are different colours.

Answer .......................................... [2]

(iii) What is the value of R?

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iv) Of the red beads, half have a yellow spot.

Calculate the probability that, of the two chosen beads, neither has a yellow spot.

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


22

11 (a)
B

C
J- 6N J 12N
In the diagram, AB = K O , AC = K O .
L 11P L- 5P
(i) Find AC .

Answer .......................................... [2]

J0N
(ii) D is the point such that AD = K O , where k 2 0.
LkP
BD is parallel to AC.
J 6 N
(a) Show that BD = K O.
Lk - 11P

[1]

(b) Find k.

Answer k = .................................... [2]

(c) Find the difference between the lengths of AD and AC.

Answer .......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


23

(b)
y
2
B A
1

–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 x

Triangle A has vertices ( 12 , 1), (1, 2) and (2, 2).


Triangle B has vertices ( - 12 , 1), (-1, 2) and (-2, 2).

(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.

Answer .......................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

J1 3N
(ii) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by a transformation represented by the matrix K O.
L0 1P
(a) Calculate the coordinates of the vertices of triangle C.

Answer ( ........ , ........ ) ( ........ , ........ ) ( ........ , ........ ) [2]

(b) Find the matrix which represents the transformation that maps triangle B onto triangle C.

J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


24

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 2 4 2 8 2 7 2 3 6 8 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 October/November 2016
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 23 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (ST/SW) 123266/4
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks]

Answer all questions in this section.

1 The basic price of the 2016 model of a car is $21 000.


Sayeed and Rasheed each buy this model of car.

(a) (i) Sayeed pays a deposit of $756.

Calculate the deposit Sayeed pays as a percentage of the basic price.

Answer ...................................... % [1]

(ii) He then pays 24 monthly payments of $922.25 .

Calculate the total amount that Sayeed pays as a percentage of the basic price.

Answer ...................................... % [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


3

(b) Rasheed pays a deposit of $381 followed by 36 equal monthly payments.


The total amount that he pays is 127% of the basic price of $21 000.

Calculate Rasheed’s monthly payment.

Answer $ ........................................ [3]

(c) $21 000 represented an increase of 5% on the basic price of the 2015 model.

Calculate the difference between the basic prices of the 2015 and 2016 models.

Answer $ ........................................ [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


4

3a 2 9a
2 (a) Simplify ' .
10bc 5b 2 c

Answer .......................................... [2]


h-k
(b) Simplify .
5h - 5k

Answer .......................................... [2]

(c) Factorise 9m 2 - 4n 2 .

Answer .......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


5

(d) Factorise q ( p - 2 ) + 3 (2 - p ) .

Answer .......................................... [2]

(e) (i) Find the two solutions of 5x - 1 = ! 9 .

Answer x = ................. or .................. [2]

(ii) The solutions of 5x - 1 = ! 9 are also the solutions of 5x 2 + Bx + C = 0 , where B and C


are integers.

Find B and C.

Answer B = ................. , C = ................. [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


6

x 2
3 (a) Complete the table of values for y= (x - 10) .
20

x 0 1 2 3 4 5
y 0 -0.45 -0.6 -0.15 1.2
[1]
x 2
(b) Using a scale of 2 cm to 1 unit on both axes, draw the graph of y = (x - 10) for 0 G x G 5.
20

0
x

[2]

(c) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve at the point where x = 2.5 .

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


7

x 2
(d) Use your graph to solve the equation (x - 10) = 0 for 0 G x G 5.
20

Answer x = ................. or ................. [2]


x 2
(e) The graph of y = (x - 10) , together with the graph of a straight line L, can be used to solve the
20
equation x 3 + 10x - 80 = 0 for 0 G x G 5.

(i) Find the equation of line L.

Answer .................................................. [2]

(ii) Draw the graph of line L on the grid. [1]

(iii) Hence solve the equation x 3 + 10x - 80 = 0 for 0 G x G 5.

Answer x = .................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


8

4 (a)
C

41°

27°
A D

In the framework ABCD, BD = 3 m.


ˆ are right angles.
BD̂A = 27°, BĈD = 41°. DB̂C and DAB

(i) Find AD.

Answer ...................................... m [2]

(ii) Find CD.

Answer ...................................... m [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


9

(b) In triangle PQR, PQ = 3 m and QR = 5 m.


The area of triangle PQR = 6 m2.

Find the two possible values of PQ̂R.

Answer PQ̂R = ................. or ................. [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


10

T
C

P
A B
D

In the diagram, A and B are the centres of two circles that touch at P.
The line ACT touches the small circle at T and intersects the large circle at C.
D is the point on AB such that CD̂A = 90°.

(a) Complete the following, to show that triangle ACD is similar to triangle ABT.

In triangle ACD and triangle ABT

angle DAC = angle ................ (same angle)

angle CDA = angle ................. (.....................................................................)

angle ACD = angle ................. (two angles in a triangle are equal,


so the third angles are equal)

Because the three pairs of angles are equal, the triangles are similar. [2]

(b) Given that the radii of the circles are 7 cm and 3 cm, calculate CD.

Answer .................................... cm [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


11

J2 0N J 1 2N
6 A=K O B=K O
L3 1P L- 1 3P

(a) Find A + 2B.

J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P
(b) Find AB.

J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P
JxN J 8 N
(c) A K O = K O
L2P L2yP
Find x and y.

Answer x = ................. y = ................. [2]

(d) Find B -1 .

J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


12

Section B [48 marks]

Answer four questions in this section.

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

7 (a) x = a2 + b2

(i) Calculate x when a = -0.73 and b = 1.84 .

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) Express b in terms of x and a.

Answer b = .................................... [2]

(b)
B C

Q R

A x D P x+5 S

ABCD and PQRS are rectangles.


AD = x cm and PS = (x + 5) cm.
Each rectangle has an area of 17 cm2.

(i) Write down an expression for PQ in terms of x.

Answer PQ = .......................... cm [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


13

(ii) AB is 3 cm longer than PQ.

Form an equation in x and show that it simplifies to 3x 2 + 15x - 85 = 0 .

[3]

(iii) Solve the equation 3x 2 + 15x - 85 = 0 .


Give your solutions correct to 3 significant figures.

Answer x = ................. or ................. [3]

(iv) Find the perimeter of the rectangle PQRS.

Answer .................................... cm [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


14

8 (a) P and Q are points on the circumference of a circle, centre O, radius R cm.
The minor arc PQ = 20 cm and PÔQ = 48°.

(i) Show that R = 23.9, correct to one decimal place.


P 20 Q

48° R

[3]

(ii) Calculate the area of the minor sector POQ.

Answer ................................... cm2 [2]

(iii) The minor sector POQ is removed from the circle and the remaining major sector is shaped to
form an open cone of radius r cm.

P Q
r
48° R

Calculate r.

Answer r = .................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


15

(b) [The curved surface area of a cone is πrl, where l is the slant height]

Cone A has radius 7.5 cm and height 4 cm.


4
(i) Calculate the curved surface area of cone A.
7.5
Cone A

Answer .................................. cm2 [3]

(ii) Cone B is geometrically similar to cone A.


The ratio curved surface area of cone A : curved surface area of cone B is 64 : 25 .

Find the height of cone B.

Answer .................................... cm [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


16

9
A North
65
58° B

110
70

70°
D
C

ABCD is a level playing field.


AB = 65 m, BC = 70 m and CA = 110 m.
ˆ = 58° and C is due South of B.
CD̂A = 70°, DAC

(a) Calculate the bearing of A from C.

Answer .......................................... [4]

(b) Calculate AD.

Answer ...................................... m [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


17

(c) There are two vertical trees, AX and CY, each of height 17 m, one at each end of the path AC.

(i) Calculate the angle of elevation of Y from B.

Answer .......................................... [2]

(ii) A bird flies in a straight line from X to Y.


It takes 24 seconds.

Calculate the average speed of the bird.


Give your answer in kilometres per hour.

Answer ................................. km/h [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


18

10 (a)
B
D

6b
C

O A
3a

ACB and OCD are straight lines.


AC : CB = 1 : 2 .
OA = 3a and OB = 6b .

(i) Express AB in terms of a and b.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) Express AC in terms of a and b.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iii) BD = 5a - b .

Showing your working clearly, find OC : CD .

Answer ................... : ................... [4]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


19

(b)
y
5

A
–5 0 5 x

–5

(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.

Answer ................................................................................................................................. [2]

(ii) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by the shear H in which the y-axis is invariant, and
H(2, 1) = (2, 3).

(a) On the grid, draw and label triangle C. [2]

(b) State the shear factor of H.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(c) Find the matrix that represents H.

J N
K O
Answer K O [1]
K O
L P

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


20

11 (a) Six hundred candidates took a mathematics examination which consisted of two papers.
Each paper was marked out of 100.
The diagram shows, on the same grid, the cumulative frequency curves for Paper 1 and Paper 2.

600

500 Paper 2
Paper 1

400
Cumulative
frequency

300

200

100

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Marks

(i) Use the cumulative frequency curve for Paper 1 to find an estimate of

(a) the median,

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) the interquartile range,

Answer .......................................... [2]

(c) the number of candidates who scored more than 45.

Answer .......................................... [1]


© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16
21

(ii) A candidate scored 60 on Paper 1.

Using both graphs, estimate this candidate’s mark on Paper 2.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iii) State, with a reason, which you think was the more difficult paper.

Answer Paper ............... because ............................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

Question 11(b) begins on the next page

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


22

(b) Amira has three $1 coins and two 20c coins in her purse.
She picks out coins at random, one after the other.
The coins are not replaced.

The tree diagram shows the possible outcomes and their probabilities when picking out two coins.

First coin Second coin


$1
x

3 $1
5
2
4 20c

3 $1
4
2
5 20c

1
4 20c

(i) Find x.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) Find the probability that the total value of the two coins picked out is 40 cents.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iii) Find the probability that the total value of the two coins picked out is $1.20 .

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


23

(iv) At a car park, the charge is $1.40 .


Amira picks out three coins, one after the other.

Find the probability that the total value of the three coins is $1.40 .

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


24

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 9 6 5 3 7 3 0 2 7 7 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 May/June 2016
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 23 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (KN/SG) 115632/3
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2

Section A[52marks]

Answerallquestionsinthissection.

1 Ashopkeeperbuyssomeplatesfromamanufacturerfor$12each.

(a) Themanufacturermakesaprofitof60%.

Calculatethecostofmanufacturingeachplate.

Answer $........................................ [2]

(b) Theshopkeepersellseachplatefor$17.40.

Calculatethepercentageprofitmadebytheshopkeeper.

Answer ....................................... %[2]

(c) Inasale,eachplateisreducedfrom$17.40to$11.31.

Calculatethepercentagediscountgiven.

Answer ....................................... %[2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


3

(d) Theshopkeeperbuys100platesat$12each.
Hesells60platesat$17.40eachandxplatesat$11.31each.
Theshopkeepermakesaprofitofatleast10%.

  Findtheleastpossiblevalueofx.

Answer ........................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


4

p-1
2 (a) Solvetheequation = 5.
7-p

Answer ........................................... [2]


1
J9ab 6N2
(b) Simplify K 3 2 O .
La b P

Answer ........................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


5

q2 - q3
(c) Simplify .
3 - 3q

Answer ........................................... [2]

(d) (i) Factorise 4t 2 + 35t - 9 .

Answer ........................................... [2]

(ii) Hencesolvetheequation 4t 2 + 35t - 9 = 0 .

Answer ........................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


6

3 Thetablebelowisfor y = x 2 + x - 3.

x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2
y 3 –1 –3 –3 –1 3

(a) Usingascaleof2cmto1unitonthex-axisfor - 3 G x G 2 
andascaleof1cmto1unitonthey-axisfor - 4 G y G 4 ,
plotthepointsfromthetableandjointhemwithasmoothcurve.
y

 [2]

(b) (i) Useyourgraphtoestimatethesolutionsoftheequation x 2 + x - 3 = 0 .

Answer x=................or................ [1]

(ii) Useyourgraphtoestimatethesolutionsoftheequation x 2 + x - 5 = 0 .

Answer x=................or................ [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


7

(c) Bydrawingatangent,estimatethegradientofthecurveat^1, –1h.

Answer ........................................... [2]

(d) Theequation x 2 - x - 1 = 0 canbesolvedbydrawingastraightlineonthegraphof


y = x 2 + x - 3.

(i) Findtheequationofthisstraightline.

Answer ........................................... [2]

(ii) Drawthisstraightlineandhencesolve x 2 - x - 1 = 0 .

Answer x=................or................ [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


8

4
A

N M

B C
L

ANB,BLCandCMAarestraightlines.NMisparalleltoBCand LNisparalleltoCA.

(a) ProvethattriangleANMissimilartotriangleNBL.
Giveareasonforeachstatementyoumake.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


9

(b) AN:NB=2:3

(i) FindNM:BC.

Answer ................... :....................[2]

(ii) FindareaANM:areaNBL.

Answer ................... :....................[1]


(iii) FindareaANM:areaNMCL.

Answer ................... :....................[2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


10

5 (a)

31

C B
115

ABisverticalandCBishorizontal.
AB=31mandCB=115m.

  CalculatetheangleofdepressionofCfromA.

Answer ........................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


11

(b)
L J

354
1100

JandKaretwopositionsatsea.
ThebaseofalighthouseisatL.
JisdueEastofLandKisdueSouthofL.
KL=354mandKJ=1100m.
t .
(i) Calculate LJK

Answer ........................................... [2]

(ii) HencefindthebearingofKfromJ.

Answer ........................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


12

J4 - 1N J2 0N
6  A= K O  B = K O
L1 3 P L7 - 5P
(a) Evaluate2A–B.

J N
K O
Answer  KK OO [2]
2 L P
(b) FindA .

J N
K O
Answer  KK OO [2]
L P

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


13

(c) FindB–1.

J N
K O
Answer  KK OO [2]
L P
(d) A+Z=A

FindZ.

J N
K O
Answer  KK OO [1]
L P
(e) M+2I=B,whereIisthe2 # 2 identitymatrix.

FindM.

J N
K O
Answer  KK OO [2]
L P

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


14

Section B[48marks]

Answerfourquestionsinthissection.

Eachquestioninthissectioncarries12marks.

7 (a) ACisadiameterofthecircle,centreO,radius5cm.
t =64°.
ACB B

  Calculatethelengthoftheminorarc BC.
64°
A C
5 O

Answer ..................................... cm[4]

(b)

16.5
rim

15.5

Abakingtrayisanopencylinderofradius15.5cmwitharim.
Theouteredgeoftherimisacircleofradius16.5cm.

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


15

(i) Calculatetheareaofthetopsurfaceoftherim.

Answer ....................................cm2[2]

(ii) 44identicalcircularholesarecutoutofthebottomofthebakingtray.
Theareaofthebottomthatremainsis650cm2.

Calculatetheradiusofeachcircularhole.

Answer ..................................... cm[3]

(iii)
d mm
15.5 cm

Tomakeapizza,thebakingtrayiscompletelyfilledwithdoughtoadepthofdmm.
Theopencylinderholds500cm3ofdough.

Calculatethedepthofthedough,dmm,givingyouranswercorrecttothenearestmillimetre.

Answer .................................... mm[3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


16

8 - 5q
8 (a)  p=
q
(i) Findpwhenq=2.6.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(ii) Expressqintermsofp.

Answer ........................................... [2]

(b)
x–2

H x+3

Trapezium A h Trapezium B

x x

ThelengthsoftheparallelsidesoftrapeziumAarexcmand^x - 2hcm.
ThelengthsoftheparallelsidesoftrapeziumBarexcmand^x + 3hcm.
TheheightoftrapeziumAisHcmandtheheightoftrapeziumBishcm.
Theareaofeachtrapeziumis15cm2.
15 30
(i) Showthat H = andh = .
x-1 2x + 3

 [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


17

(ii) Findanexpressionintermsofxforthedifferenceinheight,H–h,betweentrapeziumAand
75
trapeziumB,andshowthatitsimplifiesto .
^x - 1h^2x + 3h

 [3]

(iii) Thedifferenceinheightis1.5cm.

(a) Showthat 2x 2 + x - 53 = 0 .

 [2]

(b) Findx,givingyouranswercorrectto2decimalplaces.

Answer x=...................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


18

9 (a)
D
5
2
F C

A
E
15°
B

ABCDrepresentstherectangularslopingsurfaceofatriangularprism.
ABEFisahorizontalrectangle.CEandDFarevertical.
t =15°,DC=5mandAD=2m.
CBE

(i) CalculateAC.

Answer ....................................... m[2]

(ii) CalculateCE.

Answer ....................................... m[2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


19

t .
(iii) Calculate FAE

Answer ........................................... [4]

(b) (i)

θ°
9 6

10

Atrianglehassidesof10cm,9cmand6cm,andanangleofθ °,asshowninthediagram.

Calculateθ.

Answer ........................................... [3]

(ii) ThetriangleKGHhassidesofacm,bcmandccm G
asshowninthediagram. a b
t isanobtuseangle.
Itisgiventhat KGH
K c H

Completethestatementbelowusingoneofthesymbols1 G = H 2.

 c2……^a 2 + b 2h [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


20

10 100electriclightbulbsofBrandAweretestedtofindhowlongeachbulblasted.
Theresultsaresummarisedinthetablebelow.

Time
(thours) tG50 501 tG100 1001tG150 1501tG200 2001tG250 2501tG300 3001tG350

Number
2 2 10 40 30 14 2
ofbulbs

(a) Completethecumulativefrequencytable.

Time
(thours) tG50 tG100 tG150 tG200 tG250 tG300 tG350

Cumulative
2 4 100
frequency
 [1]

(b) Onthegrid,drawasmoothcumulativefrequencycurvetorepresentthisinformation.
LabelthiscurveBrandA.

100

80

Cumulative
frequency
60

40

20

0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Time (t hours)
 [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


21

(c) (i) Useyourgraphtoestimatethemedian.

Answer ................................. hours[1]

(ii) Useyourgraphtoestimatetheinterquartilerange.

Answer ................................. hours[2]

(d) 100BrandBbulbsgavethefollowingresults.
4bulbslasted50hoursorless.
Thelongesttimeanybulblastedwas300hours.
Themedianis250hours.
Theupperquartileis275hours.
Theinterquartilerangeis75hours.

Onthegrid,drawandlabelthecumulativefrequencycurvefortheBrandBbulbs. [4]

(e) Usingyourgraph,estimatethenumberofBrandAbulbsthatlasted275hoursorless.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(f) Completethestatementbelow.

  Brand............had............morebulbsthatlastedlongerthan275hoursthanBrand.............. [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16 [Turn over


22

11 (a) TriangleABChasverticesA(2,2),B(3,5)andC(4,1).
Triangle AlBlC l hasvertices Al (–4,4), Bl (–3,7)andC l (–2,3).

  WritedownthecolumnvectorofthetranslationthatmapstriangleABContotriangle AlBlC l .
J N
K O
Answer  K O [1]
KK OO
L P
(b) PQRSisaparallelogram.
J- 4N
ThepositionvectorofPrelativetoOisgivenbyOP = K O .
L 2P Q
J4N
ThepositionvectorofQrelativetoOisgivenbyOQ= K O .
L6P

P
R

(i) Express PQasacolumnvector. S

J N
K O
Answer  K O [2]
KK OO
(ii) Find RS . L P

J N
K O
Answer  K O [1]
KK OO
(iii) Find RS . L P

Answer ...................................units[2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


23

(c)
y

10

0 x
0 5 10 15

ThediagramshowstriangleD.

(i) Anenlargementwithcentre(5,4),scalefactor2,mapstriangleDontotriangleE.

DrawandlabeltriangleE. [2]

(ii) Anenlargementwithcentre(5,4),scalefactor0.5,mapstriangleDontotriangleF.

DrawandlabeltriangleF. [1]

(iii) TriangleGhasvertices(5,4),(4,3)and(3,5).
TriangleFcanbemappedontotriangleGusingasingleenlargement.
TriangleFcanalsobemappedontotriangleGusingadifferent singletransformationT.

DescribefullythesingletransformationT.

Answer.......................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


24

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/M/J/16


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 6 7 8 3 2 6 8 5 2 3 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 May/June 2016
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 19 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (NF/SW) 115721/2
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks]

Answer all questions in this section.

1 (a) Each year the Reds play the Blues in a baseball match.
In 2014, there were 40 500 tickets sold for the match.
In 2015, the number of tickets sold was 2.4% more than in 2014.

Calculate the number of tickets sold for the match in 2015.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) In 2015, the cost per ticket for the match was $68.25.
The cost per ticket for the match increased by 5% from 2014 to 2015.

Calculate the cost per ticket for the match in 2014.

Answer $ ....................................... [2]

(c) Calculate the percentage increase, from 2014 to 2015, in the total money taken for the match.

Answer ...................................... % [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16


3

J2N J 4N J- 1N
2 (a) JK = K O KL = K O LM = K O
L5P L- 2P L 3P

(i) Find JM .

Answer [1]

(ii) Calculate KL .

Answer .......................................... [2]

(b)
O a
A E

b
C
B

In the diagram, OA = a and OB = b .


C is the point such that OAC is a straight line and AC = 2OA.
D is the midpoint of OB.
E is the point such that EC = OD .

(i) Express, as simply as possible, in terms of a and b,

(a) AD,

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) EB.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) Find EB : AD .

Answer .................... : ................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16 [Turn over


4

3 Steven asked 25 women how many children they have.


The results are summarised in the table below.

Number of children Frequency


0 7
1 5
2 6
3 4
4 3

(a) Find

(i) the mean,

Answer .......................................... [2]

(ii) the median,

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iii) the mode.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) Steven says that the mode is the average that best represents the data.

Explain why Steven is wrong.

Answer ....................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Steven chooses two women at random from the group.

Calculate the probability that both of them have just one child.
Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.

Answer .......................................... [2]


© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16
5

(d) Draw a bar chart to represent this data.

Frequency

Number of children
[2]

(e) Steven shows Frank the paper on which he recorded the data from his survey.
Part of the paper has been torn.

1 4 2 2 3

0 1 0 3 2

2 0 4 1

3 1 0

0 2 2

Which five numbers are missing from the paper?

Answer ...... , ...... , ...... , ...... , ...... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16 [Turn over


6

4 (a) Triangle ABC has sides AB = 8 cm, AC = 7 cm and BC = 12 cm.

(i) Use a ruler and compasses to construct triangle ABC.


Side AB has been drawn for you.

B
[2]

t .
(ii) Measure BAC

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) Calculate the interior angle of a regular 12-sided polygon.

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16


7

(c)
125°

p° 3p°

The diagram shows a hexagon with two parallel sides and one horizontal line of symmetry.

(i) Calculate p .

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) Calculate q .

Answer .......................................... [2]

(d)
P Q
A B

D C S R

Trapezium PQRS is similar to trapezium ABCD.


t = 90°.
AB is parallel to DC and ABC
DC = 2AB, BC = 2 AB and PQ = 34 DC .
1

Given that BC = x cm, find an expression, in terms of x, for the area of PQRS.

Answer ................................... cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16 [Turn over


8

5 (a) Factorise fully 8x2y − 12x5 .

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) Solve 4x − 2(x + 5) = 3 .

Answer .......................................... [2]

(c) Solve 7 − 5y < 20 .

Answer y ........................................ [2]

(d) A rectangle has length 2x cm, perimeter 18 cm and area 10 cm2.

(i) Show that 2x2 − 9x + 5 = 0.

2x

[2]

(ii) Solve 2x2 − 9x + 5 = 0 , giving your answers correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer x = .................... or .................... [3]

(iii) Find the difference between the length and the width of the rectangle.

Answer .................................... cm [1]


© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16
9

6 (a)  = { 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 }


A = { x : x is a prime number }
B = { x : x is an even number }
C = { x : x is a multiple of 5 }

(i) List the members of the subsets

(a) B + C ,

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) ^A , B , Ch ' ,

Answer .......................................... [1]

(c) A + B' .

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) A number q is chosen at random from .

Find the probability that q ! A + B' .

Answer .......................................... [1]


J3 - 1N J 2 2N
(b) X=K O Y=K O
L2 0P L- 1 1P
Find

(i) 2X + Y ,

J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P
(ii) Y –1 .

J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16 [Turn over


10

Section B [48 marks]

Answer four questions in this section.


Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

7 One day, garage A records the amount of petrol bought by the first 120 customers.
The results are summarised in the table below.

Petrol
0 < k  10 10 < k  20 20 < k  30 30 < k  40 40 < k  50 50 < k  60 60 < k  70 70 < k  80
(k litres)
Number of
9 13 36 30 16 9 5 2
customers

(a) Complete the cumulative frequency table below.

Petrol
k  10 k  20 k  30 k  40 k  50 k  60 k  70 k  80
(k litres)
Cumulative
9 22 120
frequency
[1]

(b) On the grid below, draw a cumulative frequency curve to represent this data.

120

110

100

90

80
Cumulative
frequency
70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Petrol (k litres)
[3]
© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16
11

(c) Use your graph to estimate

(i) the median,

Answer ................................ litres [1]

(ii) the 90th percentile of the distribution.

Answer ................................ litres [1]

(d) On the same day, garage B also recorded the amount of petrol bought by its first 120 customers.

The results are summarised below.

6 customers bought 10 litres or less.


The most petrol bought by any customer was 60 litres.
The median amount of petrol bought was 34 litres.
The lower quartile of the distribution was 25 litres.
The interquartile range of the distribution was 19 litres.

Draw the cumulative frequency curve for garage B on the grid on the previous page. [3]

(e) Petrol is priced at $2.60 per litre at both garages.


Garage A offers a gift to customers who buy over 35 litres.
Garage B offers a gift to customers who spend over $104.

Use your graphs to estimate the number of these customers offered a gift at each garage and
complete the sentence below.
Show your working.

Answer Garage ............. offers a gift to .............. more customers than garage .............. [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16 [Turn over


12

1 x
8 The table below shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y for y = #2 .
4

x 0 1 2 3 4 5

y 1 1 2 4 8
4

(a) Complete the table. [1]


1 x
(b) On the grid below, draw the graph of y = #2 .
4
y
8

0 1 2 3 4 5 x
[2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16


13

(c) By drawing a suitable line, find the gradient of your graph where x = 4.

Answer .......................................... [2]


1
(d) (i) Show that the line 2x + y = 6 , together with the graph of y = # 2 x , can be used to solve
4
the equation

2x + 8x − 24 = 0 .

[1]

(ii) Hence solve 2x + 8x − 24 = 0 .

Answer x = .................................... [2]

(e) The points P and Q are (2, 3) and (5, 4) respectively.

(i) Find the gradient of PQ .

Answer .......................................... [1]

1 x
(ii) On the grid, draw the line l, parallel to PQ, that touches the curve y = #2 . [1]
4

(iii) Write down the equation of l.

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16 [Turn over


14

9 (a)
A

30
C

The diagram shows a vertical wind turbine with blades 30 m long.


The blades are stationary with the point A being the maximum distance possible from the
horizontal ground.
The point B is such that the angle of elevation of A from B is 34° and the angle of elevation of
the centre of the blades, C, from B is 25°.

Calculate the distance AB.

Answer ...................................... m [3]

(b) A different wind turbine, shown in the diagram on the next page, has the centre of its blades, F,
75 m from the base of the turbine, D.
Point E is on sloping ground, 180 m from F and 130 m from D.

Calculate the angle of depression of E from F.

Answer .......................................... [4]


© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16
15

75
180
D
130

(c) P is the point on a blade which is furthest from the centre of the blades.
Each blade is 30 m long.

(i) Calculate the distance travelled by P as the blade completes one revolution.

Answer ...................................... m [1]

(ii) The blade completes 15 revolutions per minute.

Calculate the speed of P, giving your answer in kilometres per hour.

Answer ................................ km / h [2]

(iii) A point Q lies on the straight line between P and the centre of the blades.
Q travels 90 m as the blade completes one revolution.

Calculate PQ.

Answer ...................................... m [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16 [Turn over


16

10 Triangles A, B, C and D are drawn on a centimetre square grid.

y
6

4
B
3

1
A

–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6x
–1
D
–2

–3
C
–4

–5

–6

(a) The perimeter of triangle A is ^a + bh cm, where a and b are integers.

Find a and b.

Answer a = ............... b = .............. [2]

(b) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle B by the translation T.

Write down the column vector that represents T.

J N
K O
Answer KK OO [1]
L P
(c) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle B onto triangle C.

Answer .............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16
17

(d) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle B onto triangle D.

Answer .............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [3]

(e) Write down the matrix that represents the transformation which maps triangle D onto triangle A.

Answer [1]

(f) The transformation V is a reflection in the line y = 0.


The transformation W is a rotation 90° clockwise about (0, 0).
The single transformation X is equivalent to the transformation V followed by the
transformation W.

(i) The point (g, h) is mapped onto the point P by the transformation X.

Find the coordinates of P.

Answer ( ............. , ............. ) [1]

(ii) Describe fully the single transformation X.

Answer .............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16 [Turn over


18

1 2
11 [ Volume of a cone = πr h ]
3
(a)

3.5 r

20

Solid I

Solid I is a cylinder with a small cylinder removed from its centre, as shown in the diagram.
The height of each cylinder is 20 cm and the radius of the small cylinder is r cm.
The radius of the large cylinder is 3.5 cm greater than the radius of the small cylinder.
The volume of Solid I is 3000 cm3.

(i) Calculate r.

Answer r = .................................... [4]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16


19

(ii) Solid II is a cone with volume of 3000 cm3.


The perpendicular height of the cone is twice its radius.

Which solid is the taller and by how much?

Solid II

Answer Solid ............ is the taller by .............................. cm [4]

(b) The diagram shows a triangular prism of length 24 cm. 24


Its cross-section is an equilateral triangle with sides 8 cm.

Calculate the total surface area of the prism.

Answer ................................... cm2 [4]


© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16
20

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 1 9 2 5 1 7 5 0 8 6 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 October/November 2016
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 23 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (ST/SW) 123265/4
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks]

Answer all the questions in this section.

1 (a) In 2016, the price of a television is $1995.

(i) Afzal pays the $1995 with a deposit of $399 and 12 equal monthly payments.

Calculate Afzal’s monthly payment.

Answer $ ....................................... [1]

(ii) What percentage of $1995 is $399?

Answer ...................................... % [1]

(iii) The price of the television in 2016 is 5% more than the price in 2015.

Calculate the price in 2015.

Answer $ ........................................ [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


3

(b) Afzal watched a programme that lasted 2 hours 53 minutes.


It ended at 01 15.

At what time did it start?

Answer .......................................... [1]

(c) A company paid a quarter of a million dollars for an advertisement that lasted 38 seconds.

Calculate the cost, correct to the nearest hundred dollars, for each second of the advertisement.

Answer $ ........................................ [2]

(d) The programme showed an athlete running 100 metres, measured correct to the nearest metre.
The time the athlete took was 11.3 seconds, measured correct to the nearest 0.1 second.

Calculate the upper bound of the athlete’s average speed.

Answer .................................... m/s [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


4

2 (a) Evaluate 3 543 .


28.6 - 1.35

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) Factorise completely 9p 2 - 6pq .

Answer .......................................... [1]

(c) Expand the brackets and simplify (3a + b)2 .

Answer .......................................... [1]

4 3
(d) Express as a single fraction in its simplest form - .
2t + 1 3t + 1

Answer .......................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


5

(e) Find the integer values of n such that

4(2 – n) 2 17 and

n 2 -6.

Answer .......................................... [2]

(f) Abebi, Bella and Chuku share $112.

Abebi receives $x.


Bella receives $12 less than Abebi.
Chuku receives twice as much as Bella.

Form an equation in x and solve it to find how much Chuku receives.

Answer $ ....................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


6

3
D C


A P B

In the diagram, ABCD is a parallelogram.


P and Q are points on AB and BC respectively, such that PB = BQ and DP̂Q = 90°.
BP̂Q = a°.

(a) Find an expression, in terms of a, for each of the following angles.


Give each answer in its simplest form.

(i) PB̂Q

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) AP̂D

Answer .......................................... [1]

ˆ
(iii) DAP

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iv) AD̂P

Answer .......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


7

(b) AB = 8 cm and AD = 4.7 cm.

(i) Find PB.

Answer .................................... cm [1]

ˆ = 54°, calculate the area of the parallelogram.


(ii) Given also that DAB

Answer ................................... cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


8

4 3
4 [The volume of a sphere is rr ]
3
[The surface area of a sphere is 4rr 2 ]

0.8

1.5

3.8

A hemispherical bowl is made of material that is 0.8 cm thick.


The outside rim of the bowl has radius 9 cm.
The bowl is attached to a base which is a solid cylinder, of radius 3.8 cm and height 1.5 cm.

(a) Calculate the surface area of the inside of the hemispherical bowl.

Answer ................................... cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


9

(b) Calculate the total volume of material used to make the bowl and the base.

Answer ................................... cm3 [5]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


10

5
O

A B
120° 1.8
C

P Q

The diagram shows a semicircle with radii OP and OQ drawn.


The circle, centre C, touches the radii at A and B and the semicircle at T.
The radius of the circle is 1.8 cm.
BĈA = 120°.

(a) Calculate the length of the minor arc AB.

Answer .................................... cm [2]

(b) The shaded region lies between the circle and the radii OP and OQ.

Calculate the perimeter of this shaded region.

Answer .................................... cm [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


11

(c) (i) Show that the radius of the semicircle is 5.4 cm.

[2]

(ii) Calculate the length of BQ.

Answer .................................... cm [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


12

6
T

D C
8

A B 5
9
H G
5
8

E 9 F

The four walls of a building are faces of a cuboid ABCDEFGH.


T is vertically above C and G, so AB̂T = A D̂T = 90°.

The cuboid has length 9 m, width 8 m and height 5 m.


TC = 6 m.

(a) Calculate the length of DT.

Answer ...................................... m [2]

(b) The roof is formed by four triangles, ABT, BCT, CDT and DAT.

Calculate the total surface area of the roof.

Answer ..................................... m2 [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


13

1
(c) [The volume of a pyramid is # area of base # perpendicular height]
3
Calculate the total volume of the building.

Answer ..................................... m3 [2]

(d) Calculate the angle of elevation of T from H.

Answer .......................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


14

Section B [48 marks]

Answer four questions in this section.

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

7
D

North
27

48° A
55°
19

C 51°

The diagram shows the positions of four islands at A, B, C and D.


A is due north of B.
DACˆ = 48°, CABˆ = 55° and BĈA = 51°.
AC = 19 km and AD = 27 km.

(a) Calculate the bearing of D from A.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) Calculate the bearing of A from C.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(c) Calculate the distance between A and B.

Answer .................................... km [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


15

(d) Calculate the distance between D and C.

Answer .................................... km [3]

(e) A boat leaves D and sails, at a constant speed, in a straight line to A.


It takes 3 hours and 36 minutes to sail from D to A.
X is the point on DA that is closest to C.

Calculate the time, correct to the nearest minute, the boat takes to travel from D to X.

Answer .......................................... [4]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


16

3 x
8 y= #2
5
The table shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y, correct to one decimal place
where necessary.

x -1.5 -1 0 1 2 2.5 3 3.5 4


y p 0.3 0.6 1.2 2.4 3.4 4.8 6.8 9.6

(a) Calculate p.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) On the grid,


• using a scale of 2 cm to 1 unit, draw a horizontal x-axis for - 2 G x G 4 ,
• using a scale of 1 cm to 1 unit, draw a vertical y-axis for 0 G y G 10 ,
• plot the points from the table and join them with a smooth curve. [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


17

(c) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve at the point where x = 2.5 .

Answer .......................................... [2]

(d) (i) On the same grid, draw the straight line that passes through (-0.4, 0) and (2, 3.6).

[1]

(ii) Find the equation of this line in the form y = mx + c.

Answer .......................................... [2]

(iii) Write down the x-coordinates of the points where the line intersects the curve.

Answer x = ....................... and x = ....................... [1]

(iv) These x-coordinates satisfy the equation

2 x = Ax + B .

Find the values of A and B.

Answer A = ................ B = ................ [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


18

9 On Monday, Abdul sold 140 boxes of matches at 30 cents per box.

(a) Calculate the income, in dollars, Abdul received on Monday.

Answer $ ........................................ [1]

(b) On Tuesday, the price per box decreased by 10% and the number of boxes sold increased by 30%.

Calculate the percentage change in the income.

Answer ...................................... % [3]

(c) On Wednesday, the price of a box was y cents less than it was on Monday.
Abdul sold 4y more boxes on Wednesday than he did on Monday.

(i) Write down an expression, in terms of y, for the income received on Wednesday.
Give your answer in dollars.

Answer $ ............................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


19

(ii) Given that this income is equal to $40, write down an equation in y and show that it
simplifies to

y 2 + 5y - 50 = 0 .

[2]

(iii) Solve the equation y 2 + 5y - 50 = 0 .

Answer y = ................... or ................... [3]

(iv) Hence find the number of boxes sold on Wednesday.

Answer .......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


20

10 (a) The times taken by 135 runners to complete a cross-country course were recorded.
The results are summarised in the table.

Time (t minutes) 20 1 t G 30 30 1 t G 35 35 1 t G 40 40 1 t G 50 50 1 t G 70
Number of runners 15 30 40 35 15

(i) On the grid, draw a histogram to represent this information.

Frequency
density

20 30 40 50 60 70
Time (t minutes)
[3]

(ii) Calculate an estimate of the mean time.

Answer ............................. minutes [3]


© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16
21

(b) A bag contains R red beads and B blue beads.


Two beads are chosen, at random, without replacement.
The tree diagram shows the possible outcomes and their probabilities.

First bead Second bead


11 red
19

3 red
5
8
19 blue

12 red
19
2
5 blue

7
19 blue

(i) Calculate the probability that both beads are red.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) Calculate the probability that the two beads are different colours.

Answer .......................................... [2]

(iii) What is the value of R?

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iv) Of the red beads, half have a yellow spot.

Calculate the probability that, of the two chosen beads, neither has a yellow spot.

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16 [Turn over


22

11 (a)
B

C
J- 6N J 12N
In the diagram, AB = K O , AC = K O .
L 11P L- 5P
(i) Find AC .

Answer .......................................... [2]

J0N
(ii) D is the point such that AD = K O , where k 2 0.
LkP
BD is parallel to AC.
J 6 N
(a) Show that BD = K O.
Lk - 11P

[1]

(b) Find k.

Answer k = .................................... [2]

(c) Find the difference between the lengths of AD and AC.

Answer .......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


23

(b)
y
2
B A
1

–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 x

Triangle A has vertices ( 12 , 1), (1, 2) and (2, 2).


Triangle B has vertices ( - 12 , 1), (-1, 2) and (-2, 2).

(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.

Answer .......................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

J1 3N
(ii) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by a transformation represented by the matrix K O.
L0 1P
(a) Calculate the coordinates of the vertices of triangle C.

Answer ( ........ , ........ ) ( ........ , ........ ) ( ........ , ........ ) [2]

(b) Find the matrix which represents the transformation that maps triangle B onto triangle C.

J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


24

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 4024/21/O/N/16


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 2 4 2 8 2 7 2 3 6 8 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 October/November 2016
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 23 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (ST/SW) 123266/4
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks]

Answer all questions in this section.

1 The basic price of the 2016 model of a car is $21 000.


Sayeed and Rasheed each buy this model of car.

(a) (i) Sayeed pays a deposit of $756.

Calculate the deposit Sayeed pays as a percentage of the basic price.

Answer ...................................... % [1]

(ii) He then pays 24 monthly payments of $922.25 .

Calculate the total amount that Sayeed pays as a percentage of the basic price.

Answer ...................................... % [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


3

(b) Rasheed pays a deposit of $381 followed by 36 equal monthly payments.


The total amount that he pays is 127% of the basic price of $21 000.

Calculate Rasheed’s monthly payment.

Answer $ ........................................ [3]

(c) $21 000 represented an increase of 5% on the basic price of the 2015 model.

Calculate the difference between the basic prices of the 2015 and 2016 models.

Answer $ ........................................ [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


4

3a 2 9a
2 (a) Simplify ' .
10bc 5b 2 c

Answer .......................................... [2]


h-k
(b) Simplify .
5h - 5k

Answer .......................................... [2]

(c) Factorise 9m 2 - 4n 2 .

Answer .......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


5

(d) Factorise q ( p - 2 ) + 3 (2 - p ) .

Answer .......................................... [2]

(e) (i) Find the two solutions of 5x - 1 = ! 9 .

Answer x = ................. or .................. [2]

(ii) The solutions of 5x - 1 = ! 9 are also the solutions of 5x 2 + Bx + C = 0 , where B and C


are integers.

Find B and C.

Answer B = ................. , C = ................. [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


6

x 2
3 (a) Complete the table of values for y= (x - 10) .
20

x 0 1 2 3 4 5
y 0 -0.45 -0.6 -0.15 1.2
[1]
x 2
(b) Using a scale of 2 cm to 1 unit on both axes, draw the graph of y = (x - 10) for 0 G x G 5.
20

0
x

[2]

(c) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve at the point where x = 2.5 .

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


7

x 2
(d) Use your graph to solve the equation (x - 10) = 0 for 0 G x G 5.
20

Answer x = ................. or ................. [2]


x 2
(e) The graph of y = (x - 10) , together with the graph of a straight line L, can be used to solve the
20
equation x 3 + 10x - 80 = 0 for 0 G x G 5.

(i) Find the equation of line L.

Answer .................................................. [2]

(ii) Draw the graph of line L on the grid. [1]

(iii) Hence solve the equation x 3 + 10x - 80 = 0 for 0 G x G 5.

Answer x = .................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


8

4 (a)
C

41°

27°
A D

In the framework ABCD, BD = 3 m.


ˆ are right angles.
BD̂A = 27°, BĈD = 41°. DB̂C and DAB

(i) Find AD.

Answer ...................................... m [2]

(ii) Find CD.

Answer ...................................... m [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


9

(b) In triangle PQR, PQ = 3 m and QR = 5 m.


The area of triangle PQR = 6 m2.

Find the two possible values of PQ̂R.

Answer PQ̂R = ................. or ................. [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


10

T
C

P
A B
D

In the diagram, A and B are the centres of two circles that touch at P.
The line ACT touches the small circle at T and intersects the large circle at C.
D is the point on AB such that CD̂A = 90°.

(a) Complete the following, to show that triangle ACD is similar to triangle ABT.

In triangle ACD and triangle ABT

angle DAC = angle ................ (same angle)

angle CDA = angle ................. (.....................................................................)

angle ACD = angle ................. (two angles in a triangle are equal,


so the third angles are equal)

Because the three pairs of angles are equal, the triangles are similar. [2]

(b) Given that the radii of the circles are 7 cm and 3 cm, calculate CD.

Answer .................................... cm [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


11

J2 0N J 1 2N
6 A=K O B=K O
L3 1P L- 1 3P

(a) Find A + 2B.

J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P
(b) Find AB.

J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P
JxN J 8 N
(c) A K O = K O
L2P L2yP
Find x and y.

Answer x = ................. y = ................. [2]

(d) Find B -1 .

J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


12

Section B [48 marks]

Answer four questions in this section.

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

7 (a) x = a2 + b2

(i) Calculate x when a = -0.73 and b = 1.84 .

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) Express b in terms of x and a.

Answer b = .................................... [2]

(b)
B C

Q R

A x D P x+5 S

ABCD and PQRS are rectangles.


AD = x cm and PS = (x + 5) cm.
Each rectangle has an area of 17 cm2.

(i) Write down an expression for PQ in terms of x.

Answer PQ = .......................... cm [1]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


13

(ii) AB is 3 cm longer than PQ.

Form an equation in x and show that it simplifies to 3x 2 + 15x - 85 = 0 .

[3]

(iii) Solve the equation 3x 2 + 15x - 85 = 0 .


Give your solutions correct to 3 significant figures.

Answer x = ................. or ................. [3]

(iv) Find the perimeter of the rectangle PQRS.

Answer .................................... cm [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


14

8 (a) P and Q are points on the circumference of a circle, centre O, radius R cm.
The minor arc PQ = 20 cm and PÔQ = 48°.

(i) Show that R = 23.9, correct to one decimal place.


P 20 Q

48° R

[3]

(ii) Calculate the area of the minor sector POQ.

Answer ................................... cm2 [2]

(iii) The minor sector POQ is removed from the circle and the remaining major sector is shaped to
form an open cone of radius r cm.

P Q
r
48° R

Calculate r.

Answer r = .................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


15

(b) [The curved surface area of a cone is πrl, where l is the slant height]

Cone A has radius 7.5 cm and height 4 cm.


4
(i) Calculate the curved surface area of cone A.
7.5
Cone A

Answer .................................. cm2 [3]

(ii) Cone B is geometrically similar to cone A.


The ratio curved surface area of cone A : curved surface area of cone B is 64 : 25 .

Find the height of cone B.

Answer .................................... cm [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


16

9
A North
65
58° B

110
70

70°
D
C

ABCD is a level playing field.


AB = 65 m, BC = 70 m and CA = 110 m.
ˆ = 58° and C is due South of B.
CD̂A = 70°, DAC

(a) Calculate the bearing of A from C.

Answer .......................................... [4]

(b) Calculate AD.

Answer ...................................... m [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


17

(c) There are two vertical trees, AX and CY, each of height 17 m, one at each end of the path AC.

(i) Calculate the angle of elevation of Y from B.

Answer .......................................... [2]

(ii) A bird flies in a straight line from X to Y.


It takes 24 seconds.

Calculate the average speed of the bird.


Give your answer in kilometres per hour.

Answer ................................. km/h [3]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


18

10 (a)
B
D

6b
C

O A
3a

ACB and OCD are straight lines.


AC : CB = 1 : 2 .
OA = 3a and OB = 6b .

(i) Express AB in terms of a and b.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) Express AC in terms of a and b.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iii) BD = 5a - b .

Showing your working clearly, find OC : CD .

Answer ................... : ................... [4]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


19

(b)
y
5

A
–5 0 5 x

–5

(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.

Answer ................................................................................................................................. [2]

(ii) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by the shear H in which the y-axis is invariant, and
H(2, 1) = (2, 3).

(a) On the grid, draw and label triangle C. [2]

(b) State the shear factor of H.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(c) Find the matrix that represents H.

J N
K O
Answer K O [1]
K O
L P

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


20

11 (a) Six hundred candidates took a mathematics examination which consisted of two papers.
Each paper was marked out of 100.
The diagram shows, on the same grid, the cumulative frequency curves for Paper 1 and Paper 2.

600

500 Paper 2
Paper 1

400
Cumulative
frequency

300

200

100

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Marks

(i) Use the cumulative frequency curve for Paper 1 to find an estimate of

(a) the median,

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) the interquartile range,

Answer .......................................... [2]

(c) the number of candidates who scored more than 45.

Answer .......................................... [1]


© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16
21

(ii) A candidate scored 60 on Paper 1.

Using both graphs, estimate this candidate’s mark on Paper 2.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iii) State, with a reason, which you think was the more difficult paper.

Answer Paper ............... because ............................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

Question 11(b) begins on the next page

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16 [Turn over


22

(b) Amira has three $1 coins and two 20c coins in her purse.
She picks out coins at random, one after the other.
The coins are not replaced.

The tree diagram shows the possible outcomes and their probabilities when picking out two coins.

First coin Second coin


$1
x

3 $1
5
2
4 20c

3 $1
4
2
5 20c

1
4 20c

(i) Find x.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) Find the probability that the total value of the two coins picked out is 40 cents.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iii) Find the probability that the total value of the two coins picked out is $1.20 .

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


23

(iv) At a car park, the charge is $1.40 .


Amira picks out three coins, one after the other.

Find the probability that the total value of the three coins is $1.40 .

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


24

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 4024/22/O/N/16


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 5 4 5 6 0 7 1 4 6 7 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 May/June 2017
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 21 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

DC (NH/FC) 136392/1
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks]

Answer all questions in this section.

1 Trevor has a collection of 54 toy vehicles.


Of these, 24 are cars, 12 are vans and the rest are trucks.

(a) Write the ratio of cars to vans to trucks in its simplest form.

Answer ............ : ............ : ............ [2]

(b) Trevor decides that it is time to reduce his collection of vehicles.


He sells c cars, v vans and t trucks.
He finds that the ratio of cars to vans to trucks is now 2 : 2 : 1.

Find c, v and t, given that he has sold


• at least one of each type of vehicle
• the smallest possible number of vehicles.

Answer c = .....................................

v = .....................................

t = ...................................... [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17


3

2 In 2016 Amira’s income was $36 720.

(a) This was 2% more than her income in 2015.

What was her income in 2015?

Answer $ ......................................... [2]

(b) In 2016, Amira used her income of $36 720 in the following way.

$12 000 was used for rent.


2
of her income was used for food and to pay bills.
5
15% of her income was spent on leisure.
The rest of her income was saved.

What percentage of her income did she save?

Answer ....................................... % [4]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17 [Turn over


4

3
Humanities: Geography (G) Science: Physics (P)
History (H) Chemistry (C)
Religious studies (R) Biology (B)

A student has to choose one humanities subject and two different science subjects.

(a) Complete the table to show the possible outcomes.

Answer Humanities Science

G P and C

G P and B

[2]

(b) Khalif chooses his subjects at random.

(i) Find the probability that he chooses Geography.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(ii) Find the probability that he chooses Physics.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(iii) Find the probability that he chooses both Religious studies and Chemistry.

Answer ........................................... [1]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17


5

J2 0 NO J2 -1N
4 K
A =K O B = KK OO
L4 -1P L6 -1 P

(a) Calculate

(i) BA,

Answer [2]

(ii) B–1.

J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P
(b) Given that A + 2C = 3B , find C.

J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17 [Turn over


6

5 The table below is for y = x 3 - 3x - 1 .

x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
y –19 –3 1 –1 –3 1

(a) Complete the table. [1]

(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x 3 - 3x - 1 .


y

18

16

14

12

10

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
–2

–4

–6

–8

–10

–12

–14

–16

–18

–20
[3]
© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17
7

(c) Use your graph to solve x 3 - 3x - 1 = 0 .

Answer x = ..................................... [2]

(d) Use your graph to estimate the gradient of the curve when x = -1.5 .

Answer ........................................... [2]

(e) (i) On the grid draw the graph of y = 4x + 3 . [1]

(ii) The line y = 4x + 3 and the curve y = x 3 - 3x - 1 can be used to solve the equation
x 3 = ax + b .

Find the values of a and b.

Answer a = ............... b = ............... [2]

(iii) Use your graph to find one of the negative solutions of x 3 = ax + b .

Answer x = ..................................... [1]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17 [Turn over


8

6 (a)
15
D B North

12

A 8 C

A, B, C and D are four towns.


B is 12 km due north of A, C is 8 km due east of A and D is 15 km due west of B.

(i) Calculate the distance of B from C.

Answer ..................................... km [2]

(ii) Calculate the bearing of A from D.

Answer .......................................... [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17


9

(b)
North
North

T
S

The diagram shows the position of a clock tower, T, and a statue, S, drawn to a scale of 1 cm to 75 m.

(i) Using measurements taken from the diagram, find the actual distance between T and S.

Answer ....................................... m [2]

(ii) A fountain, F, is situated 450 m from T on a bearing of 210°.

Draw and label F. [2]

(iii) Using measurements taken from the diagram, find the bearing of F from S.

Answer ........................................... [1]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17 [Turn over


10

7 (a) Factorise completely 12a 2 b - 15ab 3 .

Answer ........................................... [1]

(b) (i) Write 4x 2 + 12x + 9 in the form ^cx + d h2 .

Answer ........................................... [1]

(ii) Hence solve 4x 2 + 12x + 9 = 49 .

Answer x = ............... or ................ [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17


11

^ p + 1h ^ p - 3h
(c) Express as a single fraction in its simplest form - .
2 4

Answer ........................................... [3]

(d) Solve 2 ^3m + 4h 1 3 .

Answer ........................................... [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17 [Turn over


12

Section B [48 marks]

Answer four questions in this section.

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3 Pattern 4

(a) Complete the diagram for pattern 4. [1]

The table below shows some of the information for the number of tiles in pattern n.

Pattern n 1 2 3 4 5
Number of grey tiles 10 14 18
Number of white tiles 10 28 54
Total number of tiles 20 42 72 110 156

(b) Complete the table. [2]

(c) Find an expression, in terms of n, for the number of grey tiles in pattern n.

Answer ........................................... [2]

(d) Pattern x has 110 grey tiles.

Find x.

Answer x = ..................................... [1]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17


13

(e) By considering the number of tiles along the outer edges of each pattern,
show that the total number of tiles in pattern n is 4n 2 + 10n + 6 .

[2]

(f) Hence find an expression, in terms of n, for the number of white tiles in pattern n.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(g) In pattern p, the total number of tiles is equal to 8 times the number of grey tiles.

Find p.

Answer p = ..................................... [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17 [Turn over


14

9 (a) Calculate the interior angle of a regular nine-sided polygon.

Answer ........................................... [2]

(b)
A
115º 18
7
B

16

28º
C
D 11

ABCDE is a pentagon.
AB = 18 cm, BC = 16 cm, CD = 11 cm and EA = 7 cm.
t = 115° and BDC
EAB t = 28° .

(i) Show that BE = 21.9 cm, correct to 3 significant figures.

[3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17


15

(ii) Calculate angle DBC.

Answer ........................................... [3]

(iii) The perimeter of the pentagon is 62 cm.

Given that the area of triangle BDE is 109 cm2, calculate the obtuse angle DEB.

Answer ........................................... [4]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17 [Turn over


16

10 (a)
A

2yº

120º
O
xº yº B
D

A, B, C and D lie on the circumference of a circle, centre O.


t = 120° , ADB
AOB t = x° , OBDt = y° and DAO t = 2y° .

(i) Find x, giving a reason for your answer.

Answer x = ........................... because ....................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]
t .
(ii) Find DAB

Answer ........................................... [3]


t .
(iii) Find BCD

Answer ........................................... [1]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17


17

(b)
O

120º r+4

A B

Sector OAB has radius (r + 4) cm and its area is the same as the area of a circle of radius r cm.

(i) Show that r2 – 4r – 8 = 0 .

[3]

(ii) Calculate r.

Answer r = ...................................... [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17 [Turn over


18

11 80 people were each asked how much they spent on clothes last month.
The results are summarised in the table below.

Amount spent ($ c) Frequency


0 1 c G 20 3
20 1 c G 40 8
40 1 c G 60 14
60 1 c G 80 21
80 1 c G 100 18
100 1 c G 120 9
120 1 c G 140 5
140 1 c G 160 2

(a) Calculate an estimate of the mean amount spent on clothes last month.

Answer $ ......................................... [3]

(b) Complete the cumulative frequency table below.

Amount
c G 20 c G 40 c G 60 c G 80 c G 100 c G 120 c G 140 c G 160
spent ($ c)
Cumulative
3 11 80
frequency
[1]

(c) On the grid opposite, draw a cumulative frequency curve to represent this data. [2]

(d) (i) Use your graph to estimate the median.

Answer $ ......................................... [1]

(ii) Use your graph to estimate the interquartile range.

Answer $ ......................................... [2]


© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17
19

80

70

60

50
Cumulative frequency

40

30

20

10

0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Amount spent ($ c)

(e) The number of people who spent more than $85 last month is the same as the number of people
who spent between $k and $85.

Given that k is less than 85, use your graph to estimate the value of k.

Answer k = ..................................... [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17 [Turn over


20

12 (a)
A

ABC is a triangle.
B and D are points on opposite sides of the line AC.
DA = 9 cm and CD = 7 cm.

(i) Accurately draw and label the point D. [2]


t .
(ii) Measure DAB
t = .............................. [1]
Answer DAB

(iii) (a) Measure the shortest distance from B to AC.

Answer ..................................... cm [1]

(b) Work out the area of triangle ABC.

Answer ....................................cm2 [2]


© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17
21

(b)
P

This is an accurate diagram of quadrilateral PQRS.

(i) Give a reason why it is not possible for P, Q, R and S to be points on the circumference of a
circle.

Answer ....................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) T is a point inside PQRS such that it is

I more than 6 cm from R


II nearer to R than P
III nearer to PQ than QR.

(a) Construct and shade the region within which T lies. [4]

(b) Find the maximum possible length of RT.

Answer ..................................... cm [1]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17


22

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17


23

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17


24

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 3 8 7 5 9 0 5 3 9 5 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 May/June 2017
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 19 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (LK/FC) 157824/2
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks]

Answer all questions in this section.

1 (a)
FLIGHTS TO SYDNEY
INSURANCE COVER FOR UP TO 20 DAYS
Cost per person: $1199
Cost per adult: $40 and Cost per child: $30
ACCOMMODATION OR
Cost per adult per night: $55 Cost for family (2 adults and up to 4 children): $155
Cost per child per night: $40

A family of 2 adults and 3 children travel to Sydney for a holiday lasting 14 nights.

Calculate the lowest total cost of the flight, accommodation and insurance for their holiday.

Answer $ ............................................. [3]

(b)
BONUS CARS VALUE CARS

$42 per day for any mileage $20 per day and $0.50 per mile

The family hires a car for 14 days and estimates their total mileage will be 750 miles.

Which company charges less for this hire and by how much?

Answer ...................................... by $ .............................. [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17


3

2 The table below shows the population, given to the nearest thousand, of some countries.

Country Population in 2014 Population in 2015


Pakistan 185 133 000 188 169 000
China 1 393 784 000 1 402 007 000
South Korea 49 512 000 49 765 000
Thailand 67 223 000 67 438 000

(a) In 2015, how much larger was the population of Pakistan than the population of South Korea?

Answer ............................................. [1]

(b) Which country had the smallest increase in population between 2014 and 2015?

Answer ............................................. [1]

(c) Write the population of South Korea in 2014 in standard form.

Answer ............................................. [1]

(d) Find the percentage increase in population of Pakistan from 2014 to 2015.

Answer ........................................ % [2]

(e) The population of Cambodia in 2015 was 15 677 000.

Given that the increase in population from 2014 to 2015 was 1.68%, calculate the population of
Cambodia in 2014.

Give your answer correct to 3 significant figures.

Answer ............................................. [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17 [Turn over


4

3 Rowena spins two fair spinners, each numbered 1 to 4.


Her score is the value when the numbers on the two spinners are multiplied together.
The table shows some of Rowena’s possible scores.

× 1 2 3 4

1 1 2 3 4

2 2 4

(a) Complete the table of possible scores. [2]

(b) Find the probability that Rowena’s score is less than 4.

Answer ............................................. [1]

(c) Find the probability that Rowena’s score is an even number.


Give your answer as a fraction in its lowest terms.

Answer ............................................. [2]

(d) Phoebe says that Rowena’s score is more likely to be a square number than a factor of 6.

Is she correct?
Show your working.

Answer

[2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17


5

J 3 2NO J 5 3N J- 2N
4 K
A =K O B = KK OO C = KK OO
L- 4 - 2P L- 2 1 P L 1P

(a) Calculate 2B – 3A.

J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P
(b) Calculate BC.

Answer [2]

(c) Calculate A–1 + A.

J N
K O
Answer KK OO [3]
L P

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17 [Turn over


6

1 2
5 (a) Express as a single fraction, as simply as possible, + .
2x 5x

Answer ............................................. [1]

(b) Simplify 4 ^3x - 2y + 1h - ^5x - 3y + 1h .

Answer ............................................. [2]

(c) Solve 3x 2 - x - 5 = 0 , giving your answers correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer x = .................. or .................. [3]

(d)
y

1
x
0 1 2 3 4 5 6

(i) Draw the graph of x + 2y = 5 . [2]

(ii) Shade the region defined by these inequalities and label it R.

xG3 yG4 y G 2x x + 2y H 5 [1]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17


7

6
P Q

12
38º

Triangle PQR has a right angle at P, angle PRQ = 38° and RQ = 12 cm .

(a) Calculate PQ.

Answer .................................... cm [2]

(b) S is a point such that angle PRS is a right angle and QS = 10 cm.

Calculate the two possible values of angle QSR.

Answer ................... or ................... [4]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17 [Turn over


8

Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3 Pattern 4 Pattern 5

The diagrams show patterns made from crosses ( ) and circles ( ).

(a) Draw pattern 5 above. [1]

The table shows the number of crosses and circles in each pattern.

Pattern number (n) 1 2 3 4 5 6


Number of crosses 1 3 6 10
Number of circles 0 1 3 6
Total number of crosses and circles 1 4 9 16 25 36

(b) Complete the table. [2]

(c) Find an expression, in terms of n, for the total number of crosses and circles in pattern n.

Answer ............................................. [1]


1 2 1
(d) An expression, in terms of n, for the number of crosses in pattern n is n + n.
2 2
How many crosses are there in pattern 30?

Answer ............................................. [1]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17


9

1 2 1
(e) Show that the number of circles in pattern n is n - n.
2 2

[1]

(f) The number of crosses in pattern m is equal to 5m.

Find m.

Answer m = ............................................. [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17 [Turn over


10

Section B [48 marks]

Answer four questions in this section.

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

8
A

9
11

E
15.1
B
6
4

D C

ABCDE is the cross-section of a building.


All the lengths are given in metres.

(a) Calculate DC.

Answer ........................................ m [3]

(b) Calculate angle EAB.

Answer ............................................. [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17


11

(c) Calculate the area of the cross-section.

Answer ....................................... m2 [4]

(d) A model of the building is made using the scale 1 : 50.

What is the area of the cross-section of the model?


Give your answer in square centimetres.

Answer ..................................... cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17 [Turn over


12

9 A random number, x, is generated, where x is any real number.

(a) Manuel adds 2 to x.


He subtracts x from 10.
Manuel then multiplies these two results to give his number, y.

Show that y = 20 + 8x - x 2 .

[2]

(b) On the grid opposite, draw the graph of y = 20 + 8x - x 2 for 0 G x G 10 .


Four points have been plotted for you. [4]

(c) On the same grid, draw a suitable line to find the value of Manuel’s number, y, when it is the same
as the random number, x.

Answer ............................................. [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17


13

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

0 x
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

(d) Jolene multiplies the random number, x, by 5 and then adds 2 to give her number, z.

Calculate the possible values of x when Manuel’s number, y, and Jolene’s number, z, are the same.

Answer x = .................. or .................. [4]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17 [Turn over


14

10
North

The diagram shows the position of point A.


Point B is 8 cm from A on a bearing of 062 °.
Point C is 6.5 cm from A on a bearing of 194 °.

(a) (i) Find and label B and C. [3]

Point D is the point on BC that is the shortest distance from A.

(ii) Find and label D. [1]

(iii) Measure AD.

Answer ....................................... cm [1]

(iv) By taking measurements, find the ratio CD : DB.


Give your answer in the form 1 : n.

Answer 1 : ............................................ [2]

(v) The area of triangle ADB is w cm2.

Giving your answer in terms of w, find the area of triangle ADC.

Answer ..................................... cm2 [1]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17


15

(b)
F

The diagram shows the positions of A, E and F.

Construct and shade the region inside triangle AEF that is

• less than 6 cm from E


• nearer to AF than to AE
• nearer to A than to F. [4]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17 [Turn over


16

11 (a) The table below summarises the times taken by 50 athletes to run 400 m.

Time (t seconds) 50 G t 1 55 55 G t 1 60 60 G t 1 65 65 G t 1 70 70 G t 1 75
Frequency 7 16 15 11 1

(i) State the modal class.

Answer ............................................. [1]

(ii) Calculate an estimate of the mean time taken by these athletes.

Answer .......................................... s [3]

(iii) Calculate the probability that an athlete chosen at random took less than 60 seconds to run
the 400 m.

Answer ............................................. [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17


17

(b) The cumulative frequency curve summarises the times taken by 80 boys to run 200 m.

80

70

60

Cumulative 50
frequency
40

30

20

10

0
25 30 35 40 45
Time (seconds)

(i) Find the median time.

Answer .......................................... s [1]

(ii) Find the interquartile range.

Answer .......................................... s [2]

(iii) 60 girls also ran 200 m.

The girl who took the longest time ran 200 m in 40 seconds.
The girl who took the shortest time ran 200 m in 28 seconds.

The lower quartile for the boys and the girls is the same.
The interquartile range for the girls is 4 seconds.

Draw the cumulative frequency curve on the grid above. [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17 [Turn over


18

12
O

72º

10

B
A

OAB is a sector of a circle, centre O, and radius 10 cm.


AÔB = 72° and C is the point on the arc AB such that OC bisects AÔB.

(a) Calculate the perimeter of sector OAB.

Answer ....................................... cm [3]

(b) (i) Calculate the area of sector OAB.

Answer ..................................... cm2 [2]

(ii) Calculate the total shaded area.

Answer ..................................... cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17


19

(c)
O

72º

10

B
A

D is the point on the arc AB such that AÔD : DÔB = 1 : 2 .


Gavin says that the shaded area on this diagram is the same as the shaded area calculated in
part (b)(ii).

Is he correct? Show your working.

Answer

[4]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17


20

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/M/J/17


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 7 5 3 3 4 2 4 5 0 6 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 October/November 2017
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 19 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (CW/AR) 136659/1
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks]

Answer all questions in this section.

1 (a) (i) Jasmine earns $12.50 for each hour she works.
She works for 38 hours each week.
She is given a pay increase of 6%.

Calculate the total amount Jasmine earns each week after the pay increase.

Answer $ ......................................... [3]

(ii) Abdul earns $525 each week.


He moves to a new job where he earns $462 each week.

Calculate the percentage reduction in his earnings in his new job.

Answer ...................................... % [2]

(iii) Maria is given a pay increase of 3%.


After the pay increase, she earns $2472 each month.

Calculate her monthly pay before the pay increase.

Answer $ ........................................ [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17


3

(b) The exchange rate between dollars ($) and pounds (£) is $1 = £0.65 .
The exchange rate between euros (€) and pounds is €1 = £0.74 .

Dan changes €520 into pounds.


He spends £260 and then changes the rest into dollars.

Work out how many dollars he receives.

Answer $ ........................................ [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17 [Turn over


4

2 Sunil recorded the lengths, in minutes, of the 150 phone calls he made one month.
His results are summarised in the table.

Length of call (t minutes) 01tG5 5 1 t G 10 10 1 t G 20 20 1 t G 30 30 1 t G 50


Frequency 35 42 30 28 15

(a) Calculate an estimate of the mean length of a call.

Answer ............................. minutes [3]

(b) On the grid below, draw a histogram to represent this data.

Frequency
density

0
0 10 20 30 40 50
Length of call (t minutes)
[3]

(c) Find an estimate for the percentage of Sunil’s calls that were longer than 25 minutes.

Answer ...................................... % [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17


5

3
B North

25

A 220°

38

The diagram shows the positions of three towns, A, B and C.


B is due north of A and the bearing of C from A is 220°.
AB = 25 km and AC = 38 km.

(a) Find the bearing of A from C.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(b) Show that BC = 59.4 km correct to 3 significant figures.

[3]

(c) Calculate the bearing of C from B.

Answer ........................................... [4]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17 [Turn over


6

4 Adam has a bag containing 9 balls, numbered from 1 to 9.

(a) Adam takes a ball at random from the bag and replaces it.

Find the probability that the ball has an odd number.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(b) Adam takes a ball from the 9 balls in the bag, notes the number and replaces it.
He then takes a second ball from the bag, notes the number and replaces it.

(i) Work out the probability that both numbers are odd.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(ii) Work out the probability that one number is odd and the other is even.

Answer ........................................... [2]

(c) Adam now takes two balls from the 9 balls in the bag, without replacement.

Work out the probability that the two numbers are either both odd or both even.

Answer ........................................... [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17


7

y 2
5 (a) Solve = .
2y + 3 y + 5

Answer y = ................. or ................. [3]


4t + 1
(b) Make t the subject of the formula p = .
2-t

Answer ........................................... [3]


2
3x - 14x + 8
(c) Simplify fully .
x 2 - 16

Answer ........................................... [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17 [Turn over


8

6 (a)

B C
68°

52° F D

A, B, C, D and E are points on the circumference of the circle, centre O.


AC is a diameter and AC is parallel to ED.
AC and BE intersect at F.
t = 52° and CBE
BAC t = 68°.

t .
(i) Find ACB

t = ........................................... [1]
Answer ACB

(ii) Find AEFt .


Give a reason for your answer.

t = ....................... because ............................................................................... [1]


Answer AEF
t .
(iii) Find CDE

t = ........................................... [1]
Answer CDE
t .
(iv) Find BCD

t = ........................................... [2]
Answer BCD

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17


9

(b)

124°

3x°
2x°

x° 2x°

Work out the size of the largest angle in the pentagon.

Answer ........................................... [3]

(c)

57°

65° 131°

The angles in the quadrilateral are given correct to the nearest degree.

Find the lower bound for the value of y.

Answer ........................................... [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17 [Turn over


10

Section B [48 marks]

Answer four questions in this section.

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

7 (a) (i) The points (4, -3) and (0, 5) lie on the line L.

Find the equation of line L.

Answer ........................................... [2]

(ii) The line M is parallel to line L and passes through the point (-2, 3).

Find the equation of line M.

Answer ........................................... [2]


3
(b) The table below shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y for y = x + - 3.
x

x 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6

y 3.5 1 0.5 0.5 1 1.75 2.6

(i) Complete the table. [1]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17


11

(ii) Using a scale of 2 cm to 1 unit on both axes, draw a horizontal x-axis


for 0 G x G 7 and a vertical y-axis for 0 G y G 4.
3
Draw the graph of y = x + - 3 for 0.5 G x G 6.
x

[3]

(iii) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve at (1, 1).

Answer ........................................... [2]


3
(iv) Use your graph to solve the equation x + = 5.
x

Answer x = ................. or ................. [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17 [Turn over


12

1 2
8 [Volume of a cone = rr h]
3
[Curved surface area of a cone = rrl ]
4 3
[Volume of a sphere = rr ]
3
[Surface area of a sphere = 4rr2]

18

The diagram shows solid A which is made from a hemisphere joined to a cone of equal radius.
The hemisphere and the cone each have radius 6 cm.
The total height of the solid is 18 cm.

(a) Show that the slant height, x cm, of the cone is 13.4 cm, correct to 1 decimal place.

[2]

(b) Calculate the total surface area of solid A.

Answer ................................... cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17


13

(c) Calculate the volume of solid A.

Answer ................................... cm3 [3]

(d) Solid A is one of a set of three geometrically similar solids, A, B and C.


The ratio of the heights of solid A : solid B : solid C is 2 : 6 : 1.

(i) Calculate the surface area of solid B correct to 3 significant figures.

Answer ................................... cm2 [2]

(ii) Calculate the volume of solid C correct to 3 significant figures.

Answer ................................... cm3 [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17 [Turn over


14

9 (a) A pump takes 12 minutes to add 3000 litres of water to a pond.

How long will it take the same pump to add 1750 litres of water to a pond?

Answer ............................. minutes [2]

(b) A tank holds 2500 litres of oil.


A small pump can add oil to the tank at a rate of x litres per minute.
A large pump can add oil to the tank at a rate of (x + 20) litres per minute.

(i) Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the number of minutes the small
pump takes to fill the empty tank.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(ii) It takes 15 minutes longer to fill the empty tank using the small pump than it
does with the large pump.

Form an equation in x and show that it simplifies to 3x2 + 60x - 10 000 = 0.

[3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17


15

(iii) Solve the equation 3x2 + 60x – 10 000 = 0.


Give each answer correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer  x = ...................... or ...................... [3]

(iv) Find the length of time the large pump takes to fill the empty tank.
Give your answer in minutes and seconds, correct to the nearest second.

Answer .............. minutes .............. seconds [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17 [Turn over


16

10 (a) Triangle A is shown on the grid.

y
10

2
A
1

0 x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

(i) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle B by a rotation of 180° about point (2, -1).

Draw and label triangle B on the grid. [2]

(ii) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by the transformation


J3 0N
represented by the matrix KK OO .
L0 3 P
Draw and label triangle C on the grid. [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17


17

(iii) Write down the matrix that represents the transformation that maps triangle C onto triangle A.

J N
K O
Answer K O [1]
K O
L P

(iv) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle C onto triangle B.

....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

(b) The diagram shows triangle PRS.

Q is the midpoint of PR.


J6N J 8N
PQ = KK OO and PS = KK OO .
L3P L- 2P

(i) Find SR.

J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
(ii) T is the point on SR such that ST : TR = 1 : 3. L P

Find PT .

J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17 [Turn over


18

11
A B

D P Q C

ABCD is a rectangle.
P and Q are points on DC.
AQ and BP intersect at R.

(a) Prove that triangle ARB is similar to triangle QRP.


Give a reason for each statement you make.

...................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................. [3]

(b)
A 9 B
55°
35°
5

D P Q C

In rectangle ABCD, AB = 9 cm and AD = 5 cm.


DAQt = 55°, CBPt = 35° and AQ is perpendicular to BP.

(i) Calculate AQ.

Answer .................................... cm [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17


19

(ii) Calculate AR.

Answer .................................... cm [2]

(iii) Calculate the area of triangle ARB.

Answer ................................... cm2 [2]

(iv) Calculate the total area shaded in the rectangle.

Answer ................................... cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17


20

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2017 4024/21/O/N/17


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 2 1 9 8 1 4 2 6 5 3 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 October/November 2017
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Section A
Answer all questions.

Section B
Answer any four questions.

If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 23 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (CW/AR) 136654/1
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over
2

Section A [52 marks]

Answer all questions in this section.

1 (a) Sara buys a new car.


The cash price of the car is $4500.
She can pay for the car using option A or option B.

Option A Option B
1
Pay of the cash price Pay 12% of the cash price
5
then then
12 monthly payments of $340 24 monthly payments of $195

Which option is cheaper and by how much?

Answer Option .......... is cheaper by $ ................. [4]

(b) Sara’s car uses 5.2 litres of petrol for each 100 km she drives.
Petrol costs $0.85 per litre.
Sara drives 240 km.

Calculate the cost of the petrol used for this journey.


Give your answer correct to the nearest cent.

Answer $ ......................................... [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17


3

(c) Sara pays a total of $322 for her car insurance.


This total is made up of a basic charge plus 15% sales tax.

Calculate the amount of sales tax that Sara pays.

Answer $ ......................................... [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17 [Turn over


4

2 A company asked their employees how long they took to travel to work one day.
The table summarises the times for 120 employees.

Time
(t minutes) 0 1 t G 20 20 1 t G 40 40 1 t G 60 60 1 t G 80 80 1 t G 100

Frequency 12 28 45 22 13

(a) (i) Complete the cumulative frequency table below.

Time
(t minutes) tG0 t G 20 t G 40 t G 60 t G 80 t G 100

Cumulative
0 120
frequency
[1]

(ii) On the grid, draw a smooth cumulative frequency curve to represent these results.

120

100

80
Cumulative
frequency
60

40

20

0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Time (t minutes)
[2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17


5

(b) Use your curve to estimate

(i) the median time,

Answer ............................. minutes [1]

(ii) the interquartile range of the times.

Answer ............................. minutes [2]

(c) Calculate an estimate of the mean time taken for the employees to travel to work.

Answer ............................. minutes [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17 [Turn over


6

3 Anya makes T-shirts.


The matrix, M, shows the number of T-shirts of different types she makes in one week.

Small Medium Large


J10 25 30N Men
M = KK OO
L20 40 25 P Women

(a) Anya sells all of these T-shirts to a shop.


She charges $5 for each small T-shirt, $6 for each medium T-shirt and
$8 for each large T-shirt.

Represent these amounts in a 3 # 1 column matrix N.

Answer N = [1]

(b) (i) Work out P = MN.

Answer P = [2]

(ii) Explain what the elements in matrix P represent.

Answer .......................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17


7

(c) The shopkeeper sells all sizes of men’s T-shirts at $10 each.
He sells all sizes of women’s T-shirts at $9.50 each.
He sells all of these T-shirts.

J10 25 30N
(i) Work out (10 9.50) KK OO .
L20 40 25P

Answer ........................................... [2]

(ii) Work out the percentage profit the shopkeeper makes when he sells all of the
T-shirts.

Answer ....................................... % [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17 [Turn over


8

4 (a) Triangle A is shown on the grid.

y
10

2
A
1

0 x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6
J 7N
(i) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle B by a translation of KK OO .
L- 5P
Draw and label triangle B on the grid. [2]

(ii) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by an enlargement scale factor -2, centre (-1, 2).

Draw and label triangle C on the grid. [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17


9

(b) Triangle P is shown on the grid.

y
10

2
P
1

–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x
J3 0N
The stretch S is represented by the matrix KK OO .
L0 1 P
Triangle P is mapped onto triangle Q by the stretch S.

(i) On the grid above, draw and label triangle Q.

[2]

(ii) Describe fully the stretch S.

....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17 [Turn over


10

4 5
5 (a) Express as a single fraction in its simplest form - .
x-2 x+1

Answer ........................................... [2]

(b) Solve 2x(x + 1) = 3(4 - x) .

Answer x = ................. or ................. [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17


11

(c) Anil and Yasmin buy some pens and notebooks from the same shop.

Anil buys 3 pens and 2 notebooks for $4.80 .


Yasmin buys 5 pens and 4 notebooks for $9.00 .

(i) Form a pair of simultaneous equations to represent this information.

[1]

(ii) Solve the simultaneous equations to find the cost of a pen and the cost of
a notebook.

Answer Cost of pen = $ .................

Cost of notebook = $ .................[3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17 [Turn over


12

6 (a)  = {x : x is an integer and 10 G x G 20}

A = {x : x is an odd number}

B = {x : x is a multiple of 5}

(i) Find n(A + B).

Answer ........................................... [1]

(ii) Find A′ , B.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(iii) A number, r, is chosen at random from .

Find the probability that r ! A , B.

Answer ........................................... [1]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17


13

(b) In a survey, 40 people were asked what they had read that day.

• A total of 10 people had read a book


• A total of 24 people had read a newspaper
• 14 people had read neither a book nor a newspaper

(i) By drawing a Venn diagram, or otherwise, find the number of people who had
read both a book and a newspaper.

Answer ........................................... [2]

(ii) Two of the 10 people who had read a book are selected at random.

Work out the probability that they had both read a book and a newspaper.

Answer ........................................... [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17 [Turn over


14

Section B [48 marks]

Answer four questions in this section.

Each question in this section carries 12 marks.

x2
7 (a) The variables x and y are connected by the equation y = 3 + x - .
2
Some corresponding values of x and y are given in the table below.

x -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
y -1 1.5 3 3.5 3 1.5 -1

(i) Complete the table. [1]

(ii) Using a scale of 2 cm to 1 unit, draw a horizontal x-axis for -3 G x G 5.


Using a scale of 1 cm to 1 unit, draw a vertical y-axis for -5 G y G 5.
x2
Draw the graph of y = 3 + x - for -3 G x G 5.
2

[3]

(iii) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve at (3, 1.5).

Answer ........................................... [2]


© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17
15

x2
(iv) The points of intersection of the graph of y = 3 + x - and the line y = k are
2
the solutions of the equation 10 + 2x - x 2 = 0 .

(a) Find the value of k.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(b) By drawing the line y = k on your graph, find the solutions of the equation
10 + 2x - x 2 = 0 .

Answer ........................................... [2]

(b) This is a sketch of the graph of y = pax, where a 2 0.


The graph passes through the points (0, 4) and (2, 36).

(2, 36)

(0, 4)
x
O

(i) Write down the value of p.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(ii) Find the value of a.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(iii) The graph passes through the point (4, q).

Find the value of q.

Answer ........................................... [1]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17 [Turn over


16

8
A

B
E

O
F
D y°
X

The diagram shows two circles each with centre O.


A, B, C and D are points on the circumference of the large circle.
E, F and G are points on the circumference of the small circle.
CGD and CFB are tangents to the small circle.
Lines AEOC and FG intersect at 90° at X.
GOXt = y° .

(a) Find each of these angles, as simply as possible, in terms of y.


Give reasons for your answers.

(i) t
GEO

t = ............................ because ..............................................................................


Answer GEO

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) t
GCX

t = ............................ because ..............................................................................


Answer GCX

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(iii) t
DAB

t = ............................ because ..............................................................................


Answer DAB

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17


17

(b) Complete the sentence.

Triangle EGC is congruent to triangle ................. . [1]

(c) Prove that triangle ADC is similar to triangle OGC.


Give a reason for each statement you make.

...................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................. [2]

(d) What special type of quadrilateral is AOGD?

Answer ........................................... [1]

(e) Find the ratio

(i) area of triangle OGC : area of triangle ADC,

Answer ..................... : ...................... [1]

(ii) area of triangle OGC : area of quadrilateral ABCD.

Answer ..................... : ...................... [1]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17 [Turn over


18

9 (a) The ventilation shaft for a tunnel is in the shape of a cylinder.


The cylinder has radius 0.4 m and length 15 m.

Calculate the volume of the cylinder.

Answer ..................................... m3 [2]

(b) The diagram shows the cross-section of the tunnel.

O
4.5 110°

A B

The cross-section of the tunnel is a major segment of a circle, centre O.


t = 110°.
The radius of the circle is 4.5 m and AOB

Calculate the area of the cross-section of the tunnel.

Answer ..................................... m2 [4]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17


19

(c) The length of the tunnel is 1750 m.


A car drives through the tunnel at an average speed of 45 km/h.

Work out the time the car takes to travel through the tunnel.
Give your answer in minutes and seconds.

Answer ....... minutes ....... seconds [2]

(d) The diagram shows the position of the tunnel entrance, T, and two road junctions,
P and Q, on horizontal ground.

North

720

T
62°
450
P

Q is due north of P and T is on a bearing of 062° from P.


PT = 450 m and QT = 720 m.

Calculate the bearing of T from Q.

Answer ........................................... [4]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17 [Turn over


20

10 A rectangular picture, ABCD, is placed inside a rectangular frame.

2
A B

2 x 2

D C
2

The length, AB, of the picture is three times its height, x cm.
The width of the frame is 2 cm.

(a) The total area of the picture and the frame is 476 cm2.

Form an equation in x and show that it simplifies to 3x2 + 16x - 460 = 0 .

[4]

(b) Solve the equation 3x2 + 16x - 460 = 0 .

Answer x = ...............  or ............... [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17


21

(c) Find the height and length of the frame.

Answer Height = ..................... cm

Length = ..................... cm [2]

(d) The frame is made from wood.


The wood is 5 mm thick.
The mass of 1 cm3 of the wood is 0.7 g.

Calculate the mass of wood used in the frame.

Answer ....................................... g [3]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17 [Turn over


22

11
X

D C

Y
A B

A vertical mast, XY, is positioned on horizontal ground.


The mast is supported by four cables attached to the mast at P and to the ground at points
A, B, C and D.
Y is the centre of the square ABCD.
PY = 7.50 m.

(a) Given that AB = 3.65 m, show that AY = 2.58 m correct to 3 significant figures.

[3]

(b) Calculate the length of one of the cables used to support the mast.

Answer ...................................... m [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17


23

t .
(c) Calculate APB

Answer ........................................... [3]

(d) The angle of elevation of X from A is 77.0°.

(i) Calculate the height, XY of the mast.

Answer ...................................... m [2]

(ii) Calculate the angle of elevation of X from the midpoint of AB.

Answer ........................................... [2]

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17


24

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2017 4024/22/O/N/17


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 9 7 8 4 1 2 2 5 8 2 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 May/June 2018
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Essential working must be shown for full marks to be awarded.

Electronic calculators should be used.


If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total number of marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 20 printed pages.

DC (SC/SW) 152341/6
© UCLES 2018 [Turn over
2

1 (a) Use set notation to describe the shaded region in the Venn diagram.

P Q

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b)  = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12}


A = {x : x is a factor of 12}
B = {x : x is a multiple of 2}
C = {x : x is a square number}

(i) Show this information on the Venn diagram below.

A B

[2]

(ii) Find n ^A + Bh.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iii) Find n ^A + ^B , Chlh.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iv) One subset in the Venn diagram in part (b)(i) has no elements.

Use set notation to describe this subset.

Answer .......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18


3

(c) (i) Write 540 as the product of its prime factors.

Answer .......................................... [2]

(ii) p is the smallest possible integer such that 540p is a square number.

Find 540p , giving your answer as the product of its prime factors.

Answer .......................................... [2]

2 (a) Sami invests $2000 in an account paying compound interest at a rate of 1.8% per year.

Calculate the total interest paid to Sami after 3 years.

Answer $ ....................................... [3]

(b) Theresa takes out a loan.


She repays the loan over one year at a rate of $54 per month.
The total she repays is 8% greater than the value of the original loan.

Work out the value of the original loan.

Answer $ ....................................... [3]

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18 [Turn over


4

3 (a) Solve 4 ^ p - 3h = 2p + 7 .

Answer p = .................................... [2]

(b) Solve these simultaneous equations.

2x - y = 5
7x + 2y = 1

Show your working.

Answer x = ..........................................

y = .................................... [3]

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18


5

m 2 + 3m
(c) Simplify .
2m 2 + 5m - 3

Answer .......................................... [3]

(d) b is directly proportional to the cube of a.

Given that b = 4 when a = 2 , find b when a = 5.

Answer b = .................................... [3]

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18 [Turn over


6

4
T R I G O N O M E T R Y

Twelve lettered tiles spelling the word TRIGONOMETRY are placed inside a bag.

(a) A tile is taken at random from the bag.

Find the probability that the tile shows a letter R.


Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) All the tiles are placed back in the bag, a tile is then taken at random and placed on the table.
A second tile is taken at random and placed to the right of the first tile.
A third tile is taken at random and placed to the right of the second tile.

1st 2nd 3rd

Find the probability that, in the order the tiles were placed on the table, they spell GET.

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18


7

(c) Vowels are the letters A, E, I, O and U.


All other letters are consonants.
All the twelve tiles are placed back in the bag and two tiles are taken at random, without
replacement.

(i) Complete the tree diagram.

First tile Second tile

3 vowel
11

vowel
4
12
......... consonant

vowel
.........

.........
consonant

......... consonant
[2]

(ii) Find the probability that the tiles both show vowels.

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iii) Find the probability that one tile shows a vowel and one tile shows a consonant.

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18 [Turn over


8

5 (a) 1, 7, 13, 19, 25, …

(i) Find an expression, in terms of n, for the nth term of this sequence.

Answer .......................................... [2]

(ii) Explain why 251 is not a term in this sequence.

Answer .......................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) Here is another sequence.

5, 8, 13, 20, 29, …

The pth term of this sequence is p 2 + 4 .

Write down an expression, in terms of p, for the pth term of these sequences.

(i) –2, 1, 6, 13, 22, …

Answer .......................................... [1]

(ii) 7, 12, 19, 28, 39, …

Answer .......................................... [1]

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18


9

(c) The diagrams below show the first three patterns in a sequence.
The patterns are made from short diagonal lines.

Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3

(i) Draw Pattern 4 on the dotty grid below.

[1]

(ii) Complete the table below for the number of short lines in Patterns 4 and 5.

Pattern 1 2 3 4 5

Number of short lines 4 10 18

[2]

(iii) Find an expression, in terms of t, for the number of short lines in Pattern t.

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18 [Turn over


10

6 (a) ABC is a triangle with AC = 6 cm and BC = 9 cm.


AB has been drawn below.

(i) Using a ruler and a pair of compasses only, construct triangle ABC. [2]
t .
(ii) Measure BAC

Answer .......................................... [1]

(b) A rectangular field has dimensions 220 m by 350 m, each correct to the nearest 10 metres.

Calculate the upper bound for the area of the field.

Answer ..................................... m2 [2]

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18


11

(c)

P Q
66°
79°

35°
S R
T

The points P, Q, R and S lie on the circumference of a circle.


PQRS is a trapezium with PQ parallel to SR.
t = 66°, QTR
T is the point on SR such that QPT t = 35° and TQR t = 79°.

t , giving a reason for your answer.


(i) Find PTS

t = ............ because ............................................................................................


Answer PTS

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
t .
(ii) Find PTQ

Answer .......................................... [1]

(iii) Complete the statements below to show that triangle PQT is congruent to triangle RTQ.

1. Angle PTQ = Angle ..............................

2. Angle PQT = Angle ..............................

3. ................................................................

Triangle PQT is congruent to triangle RTQ.

Congruency condition ................................... [3]

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18 [Turn over


12

The diagram shows the net of an open box of height 3 cm.


The area of the base of the box is 15 cm2.
The length of the rectangular base is x cm.
The total area of the net is A cm2.
90
(a) Show that A = 15 + 6x + .
x

[2]

(b) Graham has one of these open boxes.


The total area of the net of his box is 65 cm2.

Write down an equation in x and solve it to find the length of the base of Graham’s box.
Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer .................................... cm [4]


© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18
13

90
(c) (i) Complete the table below for A = 15 + 6x + .
x

x 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A 72 63 61.5 63 66 69.9

[1]
90
(ii) Draw the graph of A = 15 + 6x + for 2 G x G 8 .
x
A
80

78

76

74

72

70

68

66

64

62

60
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
[2]

(iii) Delilah has one of these open boxes.


The area of the net of her box is 68 cm2.

Use your graph to find the length and width of Delilah’s box.

Answer length ......................... cm

width ......................... cm [2]

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18 [Turn over


14

8 The grid shows triangles A and B and rectangle R.

y
6

3
A R
2

–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x
–1

–2

–3
B
–4

–5

–6

(a) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle B by the single transformation K.

Find the matrix representing transformation K.

Answer f p [2]

(b) Triangle B is mapped onto triangle C by a reflection in the y-axis.

On the diagram, draw triangle C. [1]

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18


15

(c) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by the single transformation L.

Describe fully the single transformation L.

Answer ......................................................................................................................................... [2]


J- 2N
(d) Rectangle R is mapped onto rectangle S by a translation by the vector KK OO .
L 3P
On the diagram, draw rectangle S. [2]

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18 [Turn over


16

70°

The diagram shows a sector of a circle of radius 8 cm and angle 70°.

(a) Calculate the shaded area.

Answer ................................... cm2 [4]

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18


17

(b)

16

A piece of chocolate is in the shape of a prism with the shaded area from part (a) being its
cross section.
The rectangular base of the chocolate is 16 cm by x cm.
The piece of chocolate is to be placed in a box which is a cuboid of size 16 cm by x cm by 1.5 cm.

(i) Show that the chocolate will fit inside the box.

[3]

(ii) These boxes are to be packed in cartons in the shape of a cuboid.


The size of each carton is 48 cm by 4x cm by 24 cm.

Find the maximum number of boxes that can be packed inside one carton.

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18 [Turn over


18

10 A boat leaves A and travels 12 km to B.

(a) The boat leaves A at 10 25 and travels at an average speed of 15 km/h.

At what time does the boat arrive at B?

Answer .......................................... [2]

(b)

B 2 C

12
North

56°
A

The bearing of B from A is 056°.


B is 2 km due west of C.

Calculate AC.

Answer .................................... km [4]

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18


19

(c)
D

cliff

B 2 km C

C is the base of a cliff.


The top of the cliff, D, is vertically above C.
DC is perpendicular to BC and DC = 105 m.

Calculate the angle of elevation of D from B.

Answer .......................................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18 [Turn over


20

11 (a)
y
6

0 x
1 2 3 4 5 6

The grid shows the line 4y = x + 2 .

By drawing appropriate lines, indicate the region R defined by all these inequalities.

xH1 x+y G 5 4y H x + 2 [3]

(b) A is the point (–1, 3) and B is the point (5, 5).

(i) Calculate the length AB.

Answer .......................................... [2]

(ii) Find the equation of the line perpendicular to AB that passes through the midpoint of AB.

Answer .......................................... [4]


Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2018 4024/21/M/J/18


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 5 7 9 8 8 0 2 1 3 2 *

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 May/June 2018
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Geometrical instruments
Electronic calculator

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Essential working must be shown for full marks to be awarded.

Electronic calculators should be used.


If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total number of marks for this paper is 100.

This document consists of 19 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (NH/CGW) 172436/4 R
© UCLES 2018 [Turn over
2

1 (a) Each week Leah works 5 days and is paid a total of $682.
Each day she works from 08 45 until 12 15 and then from 13 15 until 17 30.

Calculate Leah’s hourly rate of pay.

Answer $ ......................................... [2]

(b) Carlos buys a new bicycle.


After one year he sells it for $231.
He makes a loss of 16% on the price he paid.

Calculate the price Carlos paid for the bicycle.

Answer $ ......................................... [2]

(c) The exchange rate between dollars ($) and euros (€) is $1 = €0.44 .
Henry changes $850 to euros for his holiday.

He spends €260 when he is on holiday.


He changes the rest of the money back to dollars at the same exchange rate.

Calculate how much money in dollars he receives.


Give your answer correct to the nearest dollar.

Answer $ ......................................... [3]

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18


3

(d) Anya has $3000 to invest in a savings account for 3 years.


She can choose from these two accounts.

Account A

Year 1 1.1% interest


Year 2 1.2% interest added to end of Year 1 total
Year 3 1.4% interest added to end of Year 2 total

Account B

Fixed rate of compound interest


1.3% per year

She chooses the account that will give her more money at the end of the 3 years.

Decide which account she chooses and find the amount she will have in her account
at the end of 3 years.

Answer Account .............................

$ ......................................... [4]

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18 [Turn over


4

2 (a) Jenny recorded the time, in minutes, of 40 movies.


The table summarises her results.

Time (t minutes) 60 1 t G 80 80 1 t G 100 100 1 t G 120 120 1 t G 140 140 1 t G 160


Frequency 2 7 15 11 5

On the grid, draw a frequency polygon to represent this information.

16

14

12

10
Frequency
8

0
60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160
Time (t minutes)
[2]

(b) Jenny asked 60 people how many movies they had each watched in the last month.
The table summarises her results.

Number of movies 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Frequency p 14 15 7 q 5 2

The mean number of movies watched is 2.3 .

Find the value of p and the value of q.

Answer p = .....................................

q = ..................................... [3]

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18


5

(c) Jenny also asked which type of movie each of the 60 people preferred.

The table summarises her results.

Type of movie Action Comedy Drama Horror


Frequency 24 15 9 12

(i) Complete the pie chart to represent the results.

Action

[3]

(ii) One of the 60 people is chosen at random.

Find the probability that this person preferred drama or horror movies.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(iii) Two of the 60 people are chosen at random.

Calculate the probability that they both preferred comedy movies.

Answer ........................................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18 [Turn over


6

3 (a) Solve 3(x + 10) = 12 - 7x .

Answer x = ..................................... [2]

(b) Solve the simultaneous equations.


Show your working.

4x - 3y = 28
6x + y = 9

Answer x = .....................................

y = ..................................... [3]
2
v - 8v
(c) Simplify .
2v 2 - 13v - 24

Answer ........................................... [3]


© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18
7

4 (a)  ={x : x is an integer 1 G x G 18}


A = {x : x is a prime number}
B = {1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 18}

A 1 B
2 4 9
3 6 12
18

(i) Complete the Venn diagram to illustrate this information. [1]

(ii) Complete the description of the set B.

Answer B = { x : x is a factor of ............ } [1]

(iii) Find n(A , B) .

Answer ........................................... [1]

(iv) List the elements of Al + B .

Answer ............................................................................... [1]

(b) Find the lowest common multiple (LCM) of 140 and 770.

Answer ........................................... [2]

(c) A rectangular field measures 450 m by 306 m.


The whole field is divided into identical square plots with no land remaining.

Find the largest possible side length for the squares.

Answer ....................................... m [2]

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18 [Turn over


8

5 (a)

O
11
134°

A B

OAB is a sector of a circle, centre O, radius 11 cm.


t = 134° .
AOB

(i) Calculate the length of the arc AB.

Answer ..................................... cm [2]

(ii) Calculate the shortest distance from O to the line AB.

Answer ..................................... cm [2]

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18


9

1 2
(b) [Volume of a cone = rr h]
3
[Curved surface area of a cone = rrl]

9.5

A cone has height 9.5 cm and volume 115 cm3.

(i) Show that the radius of the base of the cone is 3.4 cm, correct to 1 decimal place.

[2]

(ii) Calculate the curved surface area of the cone.

Answer ....................................cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18 [Turn over


10

x2
6 (a) Complete the table for y = - 3x + 2 .
2

x -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
y 2 –0.5 –2 –2.5 –2 –0.5 2
[1]

x2
(b) Draw the graph of y = - 3x + 2 for -1 G x G 7 .
2
y
6

–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x

–2

–4
[3]

(c) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve at x = 1.5 .

Answer ........................................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18


11

(d) Complete these inequalities to describe the range of values of x where y H 0.

Answer x G .....................................

x H ..................................... [2]

(e) (i) On the same grid, draw the line 4y + 3x = 12 . [2]

(ii) The x-coordinates of the points of intersection of this line and the curve are the solutions of
the equation 2x2 + Ax + B = 0 .

Find the value of A and the value of B.

Answer A = ....................................

B = .................................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18 [Turn over


12

7
North

A 135°

2.8

C
42°
3.7
B

A yacht sails the triangular route shown.


The bearing of B from A is 135°.
BC = 3.7 km, AC = 2.8 km and ABC t = 42°.

t = 62.2°, correct to 1 decimal place.


(a) Show that CAB

[3]

(b) Find the bearing of A from C.

Answer ........................................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18


13

(c) The yacht sails from A to B to C to A.

Calculate the total length of the route.

Answer ..................................... km [4]

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18 [Turn over


14

8
Y

A B

O C

OYC is a triangle.
A is a point on OY and B is a point on CY.
AB is parallel to OC.
AC and OB intersect at X.

(a) Prove that triangle ABX is similar to triangle COX.


Give a reason for each statement you make.

....................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18


15

(b) OA = 3a and OC = 6c and CB : BY = 1 : 2 .

Find, as simply as possible, in terms of a and/or c

(i) AB,

Answer AB = ................................. [1]

(ii) CY .

Answer CY = ................................ [2]

(c) Find, in its simplest form, the ratio

(i) OX : XB,

Answer .................... : .................... [2]

(ii) area of triangle COX : area of triangle ABX,

Answer .................... : .................... [1]

(iii) area of triangle AYB : area of trapezium OABC.

Answer .................... : .................... [1]

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18 [Turn over


16

9 (a) On Monday, Ravi goes on a 20 km run.

(i) His average speed for the first 12 km is x km/h.

Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the time taken for the first 12 km.
Give your answer in minutes.

Answer ............................. minutes [1]

(ii) His average speed for the final 8 km of the run is 1.5 km/h slower than for the first 12 km.

Write an expression, in terms of x, for the time taken for the final 8 km of the run.
Give your answer in minutes.

Answer ............................. minutes [1]

(iii) Ravi takes 110 minutes to complete the full 20 km.

Form an equation in x and show that it simplifies to 22x2 - 273x + 216 = 0 .

[4]

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18


17

(iv) Solve the equation 22x2 - 273x + 216 = 0 .


Show your working and give each answer correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer x = ................or x = .............. [3]

(b) On Friday, Ravi ran the whole 20 km at the same average speed that he ran the final 8 km on
Monday.

Calculate the time Ravi took to run 20 km on Friday.


Give your answer in hours and minutes, correct to the nearest minute.

Answer ............ hours .......... minutes [3]

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18 [Turn over


18

10 A is the point (–4, –1) , B is the point (2, 2) and BC = e o .


4
-8
(a) Find the coordinates of the midpoint of AB.

Answer ( ................... , ..................) [1]

(b) Find the gradient of AB.

Answer ........................................... [1]

(c) Show that BC is perpendicular to AB.

[2]

(d) ABCD is a rectangle.

Find the coordinates of point D.

Answer ( ................... , ..................) [2]

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18


19

(e) Calculate the perimeter of rectangle ABCD.

Answer ...................................units [4]

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18


20

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2018 4024/22/M/J/18


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2011 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.

• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2011 question papers for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.
Page 2 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011 4024 21

Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working

SECTION A

Qu Answers Mark Comments

1 (a) 37.35 and A 2 M1 for 315 × 0.05 + 720 × 0.03

(b) (i) $0.05 1

(ii) Large and 0.0485 seen oe 1

1134.75
(c) 890 3 M1 for
0.85
M1 for their 1335 – (375 + 70)

2 (a) (7 , 9) 1
(15 + 21)
(b) (i) y = 2x – 5 2 M1 for gradient (= 2)
(10 + 8)

(ii) Yes and –9 = 2 × –2 – 5 1ft ft correct conclusion from their equation with the
working shown
(c) (i) (a) (–5 , 0) 1

 4 p − 15 
(b)  , p 2 M1 for line through (4 , 9) and (6 , 6)
 3 

(ii) (5 , 7 ½) 2 B1 for either x or y coordinate

8
3 (a) (i) 10.6 – 10.62 2 M1 for tan37 =
QR

(ii) 192 2 M1 for 43 seen

46.62
(b) 6.40 2 M1 for
0.45

3
(c) 18 2 M1 for (k =) 90 oe or × 30
5

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


Page 3 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011 4024 21

4 (a) 4x + 5y + 4x + 5y = 1020
leading to 4x + 5y = 510 1
6x + 3y + 6x + 3y + 4x + y + 4x + y
= 1360
leading to 5x + 2y = 340 1

(b) x = 40, y = 70 3 M1 for an attempt to make the coefficients of x or


y equal
M1 for subtracting the two equations

(c) 0.56 2ft M1 for figs 0.8 × 2.1 and figs 1.6 × 0.7
After 0, SC1 for answer figs 56
ft (2 × their x × their y) / 10 000

 − 10 − 4 
5 (a) (i)   2 B1 for 3 correct terms
 15 7 

 − 0.5 − 1
(ii)   2 B1 for ½ × (2 × 2 matrix)
 1.5 2   − 1 − 2
or for   soi
 3 4 

(b) (i) 13 2 M1 for 122 + 52 (= 169)


8
(ii)   1
6

 − 5
(c) (i)   1
 2

(ii) (18 , 9) 1

(iii) 22 3ft M1 for 12 × (their 9 – 3)


M1 for an attempt to subtract area of 3 triangles

6 (a) (i) (a) Translation cao 1


 1
  1
 − 5

(b) Enlargement cao 1


Scale factor 3, Centre (6, 4) 1

(ii) (a) (–1 , –2) 1


(b) (–1 , 0) 1

(b) (i) Kite 1

(ii) (1 , 3) 1 Also (4, –1) is correct for 1


(4 , 2) 1

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011 4024 21

SECTION B

7 (a) 30.4 to 30.45 4 M1 for 162 + 202 ± (2) × 16 × 20 cos 115o


M1 for 656 − 640cos 115
A1 for 926.(47….)

x
(b) 16cos25o oe 2 M1 for cos 25 =
16

1
(c) (i) 28 www 2 M1 for ( 20 + AD ) × 14.5 = 348
2

(ii) ½ × 28 × 14.5 (= 203) 1 ½ 30.4 × 28 sin28.5


or 348 – ½ 20 × 16 sin115

(iii) 28.4 to 28.5 3ft M1 for ½ × 30.4 × 28 × sin CAD = 203


203
M1 for sin CAD =
1 × 30.4 × 28
2
ft their AC and their AD

8 (a) (i) y2 + 18y + 81 = y2 + y2 + 10y + 25 2 M1 for (y + 9)2 = y2 + (y + 5)2 oe


y2 – 8y – 56 = 0

8 ± 8 2 + 4 × 56
(ii) 12.5, –4.5 3 M1 for y = soi
2
A1 for one solution or 12.48(5)… and –4.48(5)…

(iii) 21.5 1ft ft 9 + their positive y

(b) (i) (a) QOˆ S = 90 − x 1


and conclusion

1
(b) (90 + x) oe cao 2 M1 for ½ (180 – (90 – x))
2

(ii) (a) 3 × ½ (90 – x) 2 M1 for 3 × ½ (90 – x) = 2 × their OQS


= 2 × ½ (90 + x)
leading to 180 + 2x
= 270 – 3x

(b) 18 1

9 (a) (i) Histogram with 3 B2 for 4 correct columns or


heights 0.14, 0.56 ,0.74, 0.42 and B1 for at least 1 correct column
0.2 After 0, SC2 for “correct” histogram or
widths 100, 50, 50, 50, 100 SC1 for at least 3 “correct” columns (e.g. no
vertical or horizontal scale)
(ii) 14 – 16 1

(iii) 200 m < 250 1

7
(iv) cao 1
20

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011 4024 21

125 × 14 + 175 p + 225 × 26


(b) (p =) 35 3 M1 for = 183
40 + p
M1 183p – 175p = 1750 + 5850 – 7320

(c) (i) 1 1

49k 7 14
(ii) 2ft M1 for ×
750k 20 75
7
ft their and their 75
20

200
10 (a) 32 2 M1 for
6.2

(b) (i) 1.13 3 B2 for figs 1128…….(or 113) or


M1 for fig 0.2 = π r2 fig 5

(ii) (a) 56.5 to 56.51 3 M1 for π × 1.92 × 5


M1 for their volume – 0.2

3000
(b) 53 2ft M1 for
56.5
ft their 56.5 with rounding down to an integer

(c) 12.9 2 M1 for 2 × π × 1.9 (= 11.9)

11 (a) (i) 35 1

(ii) 360 1

(iii) 7 1

(b) (i) 10 1

(ii) (8.00 , 0) to (8.15 , 10) 2ft B1 for 2 correct lines


(8.15 , 10) to (8.23 , 22) ft their 10 and their 10 + 12
(8.23 , 22) to (8.47 , 30)

8
(iii) 20 2ft M1 for (×60)
24
18 − their 10
ft
24 /(60)

MK
(c) (i) 12.29 cao 2 M1 for sin 55 = oe
15

(ii) 247o 1

(iii) 10.2 to 10.7 1

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2011 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.

• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2011 question papers for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.
Page 2 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011 4024 22

Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working

SECTION A

Qu. Answers Mark Comments

1 1
(a) (i) cao 1
10 x
11x − 12 4( x − 3) + 7 x
(ii) final answer 2 M1 for
x( x − 3) x( x − 3)

(b) (i) ¼ or 0.25 1

(ii) c = 2 cao
d = 1.5 oe
2 If 0, B1 for f( −1
(x ) = ) 4 x + 3
2
2g − 3
(iii) g = ½ or 0.5 2 M1 for = –g
4

2A 2 A − hd 2A 1 1
2 (a) (i) c = – d or 2 M1 for c + d = or hc = A − hd oe
h h h 2 2
final answer A
or SC1 for c = −d
½h
(ii) 3 1

(b) (i) 102 2 M1 for 31.5 and 19.5 used

(ii) 322 3 M2 for (32.5 × 20.5)–(25.5 × 13.5) or


M1 for (32.5 × 20.5) or (25.5 × 13.5)

1
3 (a) 1
3

1 1 3 2
(b) (i) 2 M1 for × × seen
20 6 5 4

3 5
(ii) 2 SC1 for
20 36
3 2 1 3 2 2
M1 for  × ×  +  × ×  seen
6 5 4 6 5 4

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


Page 3 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011 4024 22

4 (a) (i) (un) = 3n + 1 oe 1

(ii) 61 1ft ft their un with n = 20

(b) (i) (vn) = 17 – 2n oe 1

(ii) (k = ) 49 cao 1

5 (a) 11 30 cao 1

(b) 39 minutes 1

(c) 8 km 1

(d) 24 km/h 1

(e) park and shopping centre 1

(f) Salim and 9 minutes 2 B1 for 12 27 or 1 hour 12 minutes seen


or 1.2 hours or 72 minutes
or for line from (11.15,0) to (12.15,15)

6 (a) (£)1350 1

(b) (£)225 1ft ft their (a) 6


405 405
(c) 108o 1ft ft × 360 or × 60
their(a) their(b)
(d) (£)300 2 SC1 for 120 o or £450 seen.

(e) (£)199.80 2 B1 for (£)70.20 or


M1 for (1 – 0.26) × 270 oe
3645 11745 28755
(f) 9(%) 3 M2 for figs or or seen
405 405 405
SC1 for 81 or 324 seen

(g) (£)250 2 M1 for 108 % 270 soi

7 (a) (i) 2 1

(ii) (a) q–r 1


(b) 2p – q – r 1
(c) 1½p–r 1
(d) ½p–q+½r 1

(b) (i) 45o 1

(ii) 95o 1ft ft 140 – their (b)(i)

(iii) 80o 1ft ft 125 – their (b)(i)

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011 4024 22

SECTION B

3 2
8 (a) (i)   2 B1 for 3 correct terms
1 4

 −1 − 2 1  − 2 − 4  − 2 − 4
(ii)   or   2 B1 for k   k ½
1.5 2.5  2 3 5   3 5 
or ½ × (2 × 2 matrix)
(b) (i) Reflection 1
y=1 1

(ii) Enlargement 1
Scale factor ½ Centre (–5,0) 1
 − 2 − 4 − 4
(iii) (–2 , 3) (–4 , 5) (–4 , 7) 2 B1 for 2 correct vertices or for  
 3 5 7 
(iv) Rotation 1
90o anticlockwise about (0,0) 1

9 (a) –5, –6 1

(b) All points plotted correctly and a 2ft B1 for 5 or more points correct
smooth curve – generous quadratic ft from their table

(c) (i) x = –2.2 to –2.35 and 1


1.65 to 1.85

(ii) –6.4 mv < –6.0 1

(iii) 8 to 10 2 M1 for tangent

(d) (i) 2x2 + 4x – 3x – 6 = 1 – 2x 1


leading to 2x2 + 3x – 7 = 0

(ii) x = 1.27, –2.77 4 B3 for one solution or


x = 1.26 to 1.3 and –2.76 to –2.8 or
p ± (or + or −) q
if in form
r
B1 for p = –3, r = 4
B1 for q = 65 or √q = 8.06

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011 4024 22

10 (a) (i) 74.95 → 75.05 1

(ii) 336.5 → 337.5 3 M1 for 2502 + 3002 ± 2 × 250 × 300cos75


(
M1 for 152500 − 150000 cos75 = 113677 )
300sin75
(iii) 44.2 → 44.3 3 M2 for sin θ =
their337
SC1 for (CŜB = ) 45.7 → 45.8 seen

DB
(b) (i) 241 → 241.5 2 M1 for cos 15 = oe
250
(ii) 12050 – 12100 2ft B1 for ½ × 200 × 241 × sin 30
ft 50 × their (b)(i)
(iii) 225 1

7 πr 2 H 2 πr 2 H
11 (a) 3 B1 for and
9 3
πr 2 H
B1 for
9
(b) (i) 15 2 + 10 2 = 18(.0) 2 M1 for 152 + 102

(ii) 62.8 → 62.9 or 20π 2 M1 for 2 × π × 10

62.8 × 360 θ
(iii) θ = = 200o 2 M1 for × π × 18 × 2 = their (ii)
36 π 360
200
(iv) 2760 → 2770 3 M1 for × π × 182 ( = 565.5)
360
M1 for 30 × their (ii) ( = 1884)

12 (a) 220, 288, 312, 320 1

(b) (i) 7 correct plots and smooth ogive 3 B2 for 5 or 6 correct plots and smooth ogive
or
B1 for 5 or 6 correct plots
(ii) (a) 83 → 85 1ft ft from their graph
(b) 13.5 → 16.5 2 M1 for readings at 80 and 240 seen
(c) 15 to 19% 2 SC1 for 48 → 60 or 81 → 85 seen

(iii) (a) 76 cao 1


(b) 25% cao 1
(c) More pupils took longer (so) 1
previous test was probably
harder

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2011 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.

• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2011 question papers for most
IGCSE, GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.
Page 2 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011 4024 21

Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working
soi seen or implied

Qu Answers Mark Part marks

1 (a) 3.64 2 M1 for 10tan20 oe

(b) 8.24 – 8.28 2ft M1 for 10(tan50 – tan20) oe

10
(c) 24.2, 24.3 3ft M1 for (PC =) oe ( = 10.64) and
cos 20
M1 for their (a) + 10 + their PC

2 (a) 0 –7/3 oe isw 2 B1 for one correct

(b) x = 1 y = -½ oe 3 B2 for one correct www or


M1 for reaching such as
hx = 11, 11x = k, or
py = –22, 44y = q

6 p + 23 5(2 p + 3) − 4( p − 2 )
(c) final Ans 3 M1 for soi and
( p − 2)(2 p + 3) ( p − 2)(2 p + 3)
A1 for numerator 10p +15 – 4p + 8,
condoning one sign error, and correct
denominator seen at some stage

q +1
(d) final Ans 3 B1 for (q – 1)(q + 1) seen and
2q − 1 B1 for (2q – 1)(q – 1)seen

3 (a) 60 alternate angles 1

(b) (i) 130 1

(ii) 310 1

(iii) 250 1ft ft 360 – (their (a) + 50) or


their (b)(ii) – their (a)

(c) (i) Triangles equiangular 1

TQ 3
(ii) 51 3 M2 for = oe or
85 − TQ 2
TQ 3
M1 for = oe
TR 2

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


Page 3 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011 4024 21

1
4 (a) (i) oe 1
5

(ii) 1 oe 1

(b) (i) Correct completion 2 B1 after up to 3 errors

(ii) (a) 0 1ft ft from their table

6
(b) oe 1ft Both fts dep on at least B1 scored in (b)(i)
25

1
(c) 2 B1 for 5 × 5 × 5 soi
25

5 (a) Convincing explanation 1

(b) (i) 4(π) 1

3 2ft B1 for 3π
(ii)
4

60
(c) (i) 75.4 2 M1 for × π × (their r)2
360

(ii) 45.7 3 M1 for ½ × 6 × 6 × sin60 or ½ × π × 3 × 3


and
M1 for their 75.4 – their ½ × 6 × 6 × sin60
– their ½ × π × 3 × 3 evaluated

6 (a) (i) 3 : 5 1

(ii) 9 600 1

(iii) 20 000 2 M1 for ÷ figs 1125 oe

(b) (i) 252.48 1

(ii) 110.8(0) 2 M1 for 395 + kx = 3054.20 soi

(iii) 33.4 2 M1 for ÷ figs 2395 soi

7 (a) (i) Congruency case complete www 3 D1 for common angle of 60 and
S1 for AP=BQ=CR
or AR=BP=CQ

16
(ii) (a) oe 1
25

3
(b) oe 1
25

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011 4024 21

(b) (i) Angle in a semicircle oe 1

(ii) Equal arcs or equal chords subtend 2 B1 for AB = BC


equal angles at the circumference

(iii) (a) 45 1

(b) 135 1ft ft 3 × their (a)

(iv) 98 2 B1 for an angle correctly identified as 37º,


53º or 127º

8 (a) 8 correct plots joined 2 P1 for at least 5 correct plots joined

(b) 5.5 – 7.5 2 M1 for a correct tangent

(c) (i) Correct line 2 L1 for correct freehand line or a ruled line
with gradient – 1 or intercept 2

(ii) 1.3 1ft

(iii) B = 4 C = 5 3 B2 for one correct www or


5
M1 for 2x – = 2 – x soi
2x

(d) (i) Convincing demonstration 1

(ii) Correct completion of graph 1

9 sin ABC sin 25


(a) 122 working seen www 4 M1 for = and further
11 5.5
11 sin 25
M1 for sinABC = soi and
5.5
A1 for 58 or
B1 for 180 – their 58

(b) (i) Correct equation derived www 3 M2 for


(122) = x2 + (5 + x)2 – 2x(5 + x)cos120
or
M1 for
(122) = x2 + (5 + x)2 + 2x(5 + x)cos120

(ii) 4.276 and –9.276 final answer 4 B3 for one correct or both not or wrongly
corrected
or
B1 for p = –15 and r = 6 and
B1 for q = 1653 or q = 40.657..
or
(2 )
 5
B1 for  x +  and
 2
551
B1 for = 45.916 or 6.776
12

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011 4024 21

(iii) 93 1ft ft from their positive root in (ii)

10 (a) Correct histogram 3 H2 for at least 4 correct columns or


H1 for 1 correct column

For wrong or no vertical scale award


SC2 for all heights correct
and all widths correct
SC1 for all heights correct
or all widths correct

(b) (i) 35 65 100 128 1

(ii) Correct curve 3 P2 for 7 correct ft plots or


PC2 for 4 correct ft plots and curve or
P1 for 4 correct ft plots

(c) (i) (51) 1ft

(ii) (10) 2ft B1 for reading from the graph at 105

(d) (16.5) 2ft B1 for reading from the graph at 30

11 (a) (i) (a) (–2,3) 1

(b) (–3,2) 1ft

(c) (–3,2) 2 B1 for one coordinate correct

1 0 
(ii) (a)   1
 0 − 1

(b) My 1

(b) (i) 5 1

(ii) 5 2 B1 for (4 − 7 )2 + (4 − 8)2

(iii) (a) (0, 2) 2 M1 for appropriate perpendicular bisectors

(b) 307 1

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2011 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.

• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2011 question papers for most
IGCSE, GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.
Page 2 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011 4024 22

Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working
soi seen or implied

Qu Answers Mark Part Marks

A − h2 A
1 (a) (m =) final ans 3 M1 for A = 4hm + h2 or = 4m + h
4h h
and (indep.) M1 for 4hm = A – h2 or
A
4m = – h or for isolating the term in m
h
after the first M0.

(b) (x – 2y)(3a + 5b) 2 M1 for x(3a + 5b) – 2y(3a + 5b) or


3a(x – 2y) + 5b(x – 2y)
or for correct extraction of one common
factor at any stage.

(c) 2 or – 1.6 3 C2 for one correct www or


M2 for 5x – 1 = ± 9 or 5(5x + 8)(x – 2) = 0
oe or
M1 for (5x – 1)2 = 81 soi or
for 5x – 1 = 9

3.73
2 (a) 43(.0) 2 M1 for sinx = (0.6819) oe
5.47

(b) (±) 2.5(0) 4 M2 for


5.322 + 3.732 – 2 × 5.32 × 3.73 × cos25
3.73 2 + 5.32 2 − x 2
or M1 for cos25 = or
2 × 3.73 × 5.32
for 5.322 + 3.732 + 2 × 5.32 × 3.73 × cos25
A1 for 6.246 seen or 8.84

(c) (i) 245 1

30 100
(ii) 16.7 2 B1 for tany = or (y = 73.3)
100 30

3 (a) (i) One line of symmetry 1

(ii) 10 : 1 3 B1 for π (r or R)2 and a further


B1 for a valid attempt at an expression or
equation involving R and r

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


Page 3 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011 4024 22

(b) (i) Convincing explanation 2 B1 for AOB = 72 soi or


B1 for ACB = 108 and conclusion involving
360

252
(ii) 7(πr) 2 M1 for (5 ×) × 2πr
360

4 (a) (i) (a) 20 1

60 × their12 − 540
(b) 25 2 M1 for figs oe
60 × their12

(ii) 6.25 2 B1 for ÷ by figs 16

(b) (i) 63 × 6 + 4x ≤ 500 or 1


63 + x ≤ 100 oe isw

(ii) 93 2 M1 for 63 × 6 + 4x (<) 500 or better seen


SC1 for answer 30.

(c) (i) 435 1

(ii) 7.2(0) 2 M1 for ÷ by figs 145

5 (a) x = 5 y=4 2 B1 for one correct www or


 3 x − 11
M1 for   soi
 x+ y 

(b) (i) (a) (a, c) 1

(b) (b, d) 1

1 − 3
(ii)   1
3 − 2

(iii) Reflection in x-axis 2 B1 for Reflection only.

 6
6 (a)   1
 2

1
(b) oe isw 1
3

(c) P = –3 Q = 21 2 M1 for 7P + Q = 0 or 9P + Q = –6 or
B1 for an equation with m = their (b) or
c=7

(d) (i) (18, –5) 1

(ii) (±) 13 1

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011 4024 22

(iii) (a) (12, 11) 2 B1 for (x =) 12

(b) 2 AB 1

7 (a) (i) 27.7 2 M1 for ½ × 8 × 8 × sin(their60) oe

(ii) Convincing explanation 1

AF 8
(iii) 4.62 2 M1 for = oe such as
sin 30 sin 120
4
= cos30
AF

(b) (i) 111 1ft Accept 4 × their (a)(i) ft

(ii) 60.3 3ft M1 for (VF2 =) 82 – (their (a)(iii))2


A1 for (VF =) 6.53 or ft soi
1
SC1 for × their (a)(i) × their VF
3

(c) (i) 2 ± 0.01 2 M1 for 3 of ratio of their volumes soi

(ii) 8 1

8 (a) (i) 1240 1

(ii) 11 correct plots (and smooth curve) 2 P1 for 7 correct plots (joined.)

(iii) (4.6) 1ft ft from their graph at y = 42

(b) (i) 1100 1

(ii) Correct line, ruled 2 L1 for freehand line or


line with intercept 25 or gradient 3.75

(c) (4.8) 1ft

(d) (i) 6 ≤ gradient ≤ 7 ($/yr) 2 M1 for correct tangent

(ii) 3.75 ($/yr) 1

(iii) (2) 1ft

9 (a) Complete congruency case www 3 R1 for A = B ( = 90)


S1 for AP =BQ or AB = BC stated

(b) Convincing explanation www 2 C1 for stating ABP = BCQ

(c) (i) Angle in a semicircle 1

(ii) B 2 1

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011 4024 22

(iii) (a) 6 1

(b) Convincing explanation www 1

(c) 12 1

(d) 45 2 B1 for ½ × 6 × their (c) or ½ × 6 × 3 seen

10 (a) (i) 3x seen 1

(ii) 7 – 2x oe seen 2 M1 for [28 – 2(x + their3x)] ÷ 4

(b) (i) x2 – 28x + 49 = 0 2 AG so www


M1 for 3x2 = (7 – 2x)2

(ii) 1.88 26.1 4 B3 One correct or


both 1.875 and 26.12 seen or
both 1.9 and 26.1 or better seen

or
B1 for p = 28 and r = 2 and
B1 for q = 588 or q = 24.248

B1 for (x – 14)(2) and


B1 for 147 or 12.12

(iii) 1.88 with convincing reason 2 B1 for 1.88 (or the accuracy marked in (ii))
(Accept the accuracy marked in (ii))

(iv) 10.6 or 10.5 cao 1

11 (a) (i) 7 correct plots and smooth curve 3 P2 for 7 correct plots or
P1 for 4 correct plots
SC1 for ogive curve
SC1 for all heights correct

(ii) (43) 1ft ft’s dependent on ogive curve

(iii) (18) 1ft

(iv) (26) 1ft

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011 4024 22

(b) (i) Completion of diagram 2 B1 for two correct probabilities

1
(ii) (a) 1
11

k10
(b) isw 2 B1 for two of the following products correct
k11
8 7 8 4 4 8
× + × + ×
12 11 12 11 12 11

k
(iii) isw 1
55k

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2012 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.

• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2012 question papers for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.
Page 2 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012 4024 21

Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working
soi seen or implied

SECTION A

Qu. Answers Mark Part Marks

1 (a) (i) 11 1

(ii) (a) 4, 8, 12, 16 1

(ii) (b) x is a multiple of 4 1

(b) 21 2 M1 for n(P ∪ F)′ = 12

2 (a) Option 2 by $9 2 M1 for 48 × 2 + 13 × 6 or 48 + 13 × 9

(b) $2700 2 M1 for 2781 is 103%

3 (a) (3x – 8y) (3x + 8y) 1

(b) x = 2 ½ or – 5½ 3 M1 for 4 × x × (x + 3) = 55 or better


M1 for 4x2 + 12x – 55 (=0)
After M0, SC1 for one solution
(c) (i) (x – 1)(x + 2) – 15 = 3(x + 2) M1
Correct expansion leading to
x2 – 2x – 23 = 0 A1
p+ q
(ii) x = 5.9 or –3.9 3 If B1 for p = 2, r = 2 and B1 for q = 96
r
B2 for one correct solution or
x = 5.8989… and –3.8989… rounded or
truncated to 2 or more dp

4 (a) 1660 3 M1 for ½ × 10 × (50 + 35)


M1 for 81 × 10
(b) 24.7 3 M1 for 1206 = πr2 – π × 152
1206 + π × 152
M1 for r2 = (= 608.9)
π
1
(c) (i) 33 , 33.3 1
3
2
4  10  9
(ii) 2 B1 for   oe seen or seen
9  15  4

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


Page 3 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012 4024 21

5 (a) 32o 1

(b) DCˆ B is alternate to FDˆ C 1


58–32 = 26 1

(c) (i) 94o 1

(ii) 28o 1ft ft 122 – their 94

(iii) 56o 1

(iv) 60o 1

1
6 (a) 1
2

(b) y [ –1 1
1
yY x 1 If 0 scored, SC1 for both correct, any symbol
2
(c) Correct triangle drawn 2 M1 for two correct vertices or
reflection in y = 2 or x = –2
(d) (i) 2 1

(ii) (8 , –1) 1

(iii) 12 2ft M1 for area of R = 6 used

7 (a) (i) 60o 1

(ii) AOB and OBC are equilateral 1


triangles oe

(b) (i) b–a 1

(ii) 2b – a 1ft ft b + their (b – a) but not ka or kb

3 1 1 3
(iii) a+ b 2 M1 for AB or BA
4 4 4 4
1
(iv) b– a 1
2
3 5 5 3
(v) b– a 2 SC1 for a– b
4 4 4 4

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012 4024 21

SECTION B

8 (a) (i) 307o 1

(ii) B correctly positioned 1


C correctly positioned, with
2 arcs 2 M1 for C correctly positioned

(iii) 074o ± 3o 1
72
(b) (i) 30.8 2 M1 for × π × 72
360
(ii) 22.8 2 M1 for 8.79(64..) or 8.8 or
their arc length + 14
(iii) Line parallel to JM 5 cm away
Angle bisector of JKˆ L 1
1

(iv) Correct shading 1

9 (a) 54.5 www 3 M1 for 6 × 10 + 15 × 30 + 29 × 50 + 18 × 70


+ 9 × 90 + 3 × 110
B1 for ÷ by 80
(b) 50, 68, 77 1

(c) 7 correct points plotted and 3 B2 for 7 or 6 correct plots


smooth curve or B1 for 5 or 4 correct plots

(d) (i) 50 to 55 1

(ii) 68 to 72 and 38 to 40 M1
28 to 34 A1

(iii) (16 to 17) / 80 oe 2 M1 for 15 to 17 seen

10 (a) x(10 – x)2 M1


Correct expansion leading to
x3 – 20x2 + 100x A1

(b) (i) 63, 32 1

(ii) Correct 9 points drawn 3 B2 for 7, 8 or 9 correct points plotted


joined with a smooth curve B1 for 5 or 6 correct points plotted

(c) (i) 147.1 to 150 1

(ii) 1.7 – 1.9 1


5.1 – 5.3 1

π x3
(d) y= seen or implied M1
6
Attempt at correct curve A1
5.6 < x < 6 A1

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012 4024 21

11 (a) (i) 18.6 to 18.61 2 M1 for (AE2) = 152 + 112

(ii) 11.17 to 11.2 4 60.52 + 502 − 152


M2 for cosD =
2 × 60.5 × 50
M1 for implicit form
A1 for cos D = 0.981…
(b) (i) 50o 1
11sin 55
(ii) 11.76 to 11.8 3ft M2 for FB =
their sin 50
M1 for implicit form
15
(iii) 51.8 – 51.9 www cao 2 M1 for tan θ = seen
their11.8

− 5 6 
12 (a) (i)   1
 0 − 2
1  2 − 6 1  2 − 6
  oe isw  
6  2 − 3 
(ii) 2 M1 for × (2 by 2 matrix) or
6  2 − 3

(b) (i) m = 1.5 and n = 2 1

(ii) 112 
  2 B1 for 1 element correct in a 2 by 1 or both
115  elements seen

(iii) 3 1ft ft difference between their 2 values


Difference in training
distance of Mark and Luke 1

(c) (i) 138 1

(ii) 44 1

(iii) 28 1

(iv) football stadium and cafe 1

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2012 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.

• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2012 question papers for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.
Page 2 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012 4024 22

Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working
soi seen or implied

SECTION A

Qu Answers Mark Part marks

1 (a) pentagon 1

(b) x Y 5 oe 1 After 0 + 0, C1 for x ... 5 oe and x + y ... 6 oe


x + y Y 6 oe 1 with incorrect (in)equalities for “...”.

(c) line passing through (5, 0) and (8, 3) 1

(d) –1 cao 1

3
2 (a) x= oe 2 M1 for 14x + 2 – 4x – 8 (= 0) or better
5

(b) y= ±9 1

(c) (i) h ( h + 6) = 33.25 M1


Rearranging correctly to give
4h2 + 24h – 133 = 0 A1
p ± (or + or −) q
(ii) h = 3.5 oe and –9.5 oe 3 Using
r
B1 for p = –24 and r = 8 (or 2 × 4)
B1 for q = 242 – 4 × 4 × (–133), or 2704
or q = 52
Using factors
B2 for (2h – 7)(2h + 19) (= 0)
or B1 for (2h ... 7)(2h ... 19) (= 0)
where ... are not both the correct signs
(iii) 9.5 cm or their (positive h) + 6 1 ft

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


Page 3 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012 4024 22

3 (a) 36 minutes cao 1

(b) 5 km/h cao 1

(c) $5.2(0) 2 M1 for 85% = 4.42 oe

(d) Horizontal line from (1800, 4) to 1


(2000, 4)

Line from (2000, 4) to (2030, 2.5) or 1 ft


ft from (their 2000, 4) to
((their 2000) + 30, 2.5)

(e) 20 30 or (their 2000) + 30 1 ft

4 (a) 279° to 283° 1

(b) Y correctly positioned with two 2 M1 for correctly positioned Y with one correct
correct construction arcs construction arc, or with no construction arcs
or M1 for Y above WX and two correct
construction arcs

(c) Z on a bearing of 072° from W 1


Z is due North of X 1
27 to 29 km 1

5 (a) (i) 25, 9 1

(ii) 7.15 to 7.25 1

(iii) 1.1 to 1.3 2 M1 for 7.75 to 7.85 and 6.55 to 6.65 seen

22
(iv) oe, or 0.36 to 0.37, or 36 to 37% 2 B1 for 22 seen
60 38
or C1 for oe
60

(b) (i) 5.65 cm 3 M1 for 3.5 × 4 + 4.5 × 15 + 5.5 × 20 +


6.5 × 13 + 7.5 × 5 + 8.5 × 3
i.e. 14 + 67.5 + 110 + 84.5 + 37.5 + 25.5
(= 339)
M1 for ÷ 60 (or 4 + ..... )

(ii) 35% 2 B1 for 65%, or for 21 seen

6 (a) (i) 4, 8, 10, 14 1

(ii) 1 1

(iii) 3 out of {2, 5, 7, 11, 13} 1

(b) Correct shading 1

(c) 16 2 B1 for Venn Diagram and 17 in (G ∪ S)′

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012 4024 22

7 (a) (i) b–a 1

1
(ii) (b + c) 1
2

1 1 1
(iii) b + c or their (aii) – b 2 ft B1 for one correct term
4 2 4 1 1
or for – b – c
4 2

(b) (i) 2 2 1
b– a
5 5

(ii) 2 : 3 oe 1

3 7
(iii) a– b–c 2 B1 for one correct term,
5 20 7 3
or for c + b – a
20 5

SECTION B

202 + 22 − 21.32
8 (a) (i) 128 to 128.4 3 M2 for cosB =
2 × 20 × 2
or M1 for 21.32 = 202 + 22 – 2 × 20 × 2 × cosB

x
(ii) 14.3 to 14.5 3 M2 for sin ((their(ai) – 90) = oe (12.4)
20
(b) (i) 29° 1

8.6 × sin 33
(ii) 9.6 to 9.7 3 M2 for CE =
sin(their (bi ))
CE 8.6
or M1 for = oe
sin 33 sin(their (bi ))

(iii) 11.6 to 11.7 2 C1 for 78.3 to 78.4 or B1 for 11.6 to 11.7 or


78.3 to 78.4 seen in working

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012 4024 22

 −5 0 
9 (a) (i)   1
 1 2
 0 − 13  1  0 −2   0 −2 
(ii) 1 1 
or   seen 2 M1 for   seen, or for attempting to
2 6  63 1 3 1
multiply 16 by a 2×2 matrix

 974 
(b) (i)   2 B1 for one correct value, or for (974 328)
 328 

(ii) Mention of cost and (both carpet and 1


underlay)

(c) (i) F correctly positioned 2 M1 for 2 correct vertices plotted


or C1 for correct reflection in y = x

(ii) G correctly positioned 2 M1 for 2 correct vertices plotted


or for 3 correct coordinates calculated

(iii) (a) 4; or –4 1

(iii) (b) m = 1, n = their(c)(iii)(a) 1 ft


strict

300
10 (a) (i) 686 to 687 cm2 4 M1 for using oe
360
M1 for using π × 152
M1 for 12 × 152 × sin 60 oe (= 97.4278 ...)

300
(ii) 93.5 to 93.6 cm 2 M1 for × 2 × π × 15 (= 78.5398...)
360
(b) 12.4 cao 2 B1 for 12 (15 + 25) h = 248 oe

(c) (i) 3 1

(ii) 37.36 to 37.4 cm2 3 M1 for 248 + their(a)(i)


M1 for division by 52 soi (indep)

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012 4024 22

11 (a) (i) 56° 1

(ii) 34° or 90 – their(a)(i) 1 ft

(iii) 62° or (180 – their(a)(i))/2 1 ft

(iv) 42° 2 ˆ = 28° seen


B1 for ACD

(v) 110° 2 B1 for seeing


ˆ = 42°; or ABC
DAC ˆ = 70°; or ABO
ˆ = 8°

(b) (i) (a) ˆ )


32° alternate (to PQT 1 If 0 + 0, then C1 for both 32° and 116°

(i) (b) 116° SPQˆ and PQR ˆ are allied, 1


interior, adjacent

(ii) Full line parallel to PS, 4 cm away 1


Full arc, centre R, radius 5 cm 1

(iii) Correct region shaded 1 ft

12 (a) Convincing reason. e.g. 1


The height of the cuboid would then
be –2 cm

(b) x2( 8 – x) and 43 × 3 × ( 2x )3 M1


Correct expansion and simplification
x3
to 8x2 – A1
2

(c) (i) 58.5 1

(ii) 7 correct plots and a smooth curve 3 B2 for 6 or 7 correct (ft) plots
or B1 for 4 or 5 correct (ft) plots

(iii) 3.3 to 3.5 2 B1 for 4.5 to 4.7 seen

(d) 4.7 Y x < 5 (dep on M1) 3 B1 for (y =) 27x seen or implied


M1 for attempt at drawing correct line

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2012 series

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2012 series for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level
components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2012 4024 21

Qu Answers Mark Part Marks

1 (a) 4.28 2 M1 for PQ = 4.5cos18 oe

) 6
(b) (i) 36 (.0) 2 M1 for sin ABC = oe
10.2

(ii) 5.68 or 5.69 4ft M3 for 14.32 − (10.2 2 − 6 2 ) – 6 oe or


M2 for a complete method for CD or
M1 for BC2 = 10.22 – 62 or DC2 = 14.32 –
their BC2 oe
SC1 for their CD – 6

2 (a) (i) 10p + 1 2 B1 for 5p – 1 + 5p + 2

(ii) x < – 1 2 B1 for – 2x , 5 – 3 oe correctly isolated.

A A
(b) (i) 3 1 SC 2 for or
y+2 2−y
A A
(ii) (x =) 3 M2 for = y – 2 or yx – 2x = A or
y−2 x

A
M1 for y = + 2 or yx = A + 2x .
x

(c) (i) y = 6x – 5 correctly derived 1

(ii) y = 2x + 19 correctly derived 1

(iii) x = 6 y = 31 isw 2 B1 for one correct or


M1 for eliminating one variable

3 (a) (i) 30 1

(ii) 29 (.0) 3ft SC 2 for the answer 51.7 or 51.8 or

For the answer 129


(200 − a (i)) − 131.8
M2 for Figs or
131.8
M1 for 200 – a(i) or

200 − 131.8
for Figs
131.8

15
(b) 950 3 M2 for x – × – 647.5 = 160 oe or
100
B1 for 807.50 soi and
B1 for division by 85.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2012 4024 21

4 (a) (i) 20 ° 1

(ii) 70 ° 1

(iii) Rectangle stated and justified 3 B1 for Rectangle stated


B1for establishing a right angle using 20 °
and 70 °
B1 for 3 right angles stated.

CO AO
(b) (i) Similar triangles established 2 B1 for = oe or for COˆ A = DOˆ B
DO BO
(ii) 1.8 1

5 (a) 15.7 1

(b) 25.7 1ft

(c) (i) Correct 4 lines drawn 1

(ii) 4 1

(d) (i) 25 1
1 2
(ii) 14.3 3ft M2 for πr – (d)(i) or
2
M1 for area of a circle πr2 soi

6 (a) 98.2 3 B1 for


4 × 70 + 10 × 85 + 14 × 92.5 + 20 × 97.5 +
24 × 105 + 8 × 120 and
B1 for division by 4+10+14+20+24+8

28
(b) (i) oe 1ft
80

992 32 31
(ii) oe 2ft B1 for × seen or
6320 80 79
32 × 31 992
= = 0.155
80 × 80 6400

(c) Correct histogram 3 H2 for 3 correct additional columns


H1 for 1 correct additional column

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2012 4024 21

7 (a) 130 g tin 2 B1 for one correct rate such as 1.3 (g/cen)t or
0.769 (cent/g ) seen.

(b) (i) 423 to 424 2 M1 for π × r2 × 11.

(ii) 319 3 M2 for 2πr2 + 2πr11 or


M1 for either of these

(iii) 1050 2ft M1 for Figs (their 319 + 30)×3


B1 for ÷ 104

x 3 512
(c) 7.2 3 M2 for = oe or
9 1000
B1 for 3 512 : 3 1000 soi

8 (a) 4.1 1

(b) Correct plots and curve. 3 P2 for 7 or 8 correct plots ft or


P1 for at least 4 correct plots ft and
(dep)
C1 for a smooth curve through all plotted
points

(c) a ft 1 cao b ft 2ft B1 for at least one solution

(d) 1 to 2 2 B1 for the correct tangent drawn

(e) (i) –1 1

(ii) –1 1 2 3ft B2 for at least one ft and line drawn or


M1 for their y = x + a drawn.
SC1 for all three found by solving the
equation

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2012 4024 21

9 65 sin 60
(a) 59.2 3 M2 for (AB =) or
sin(180 − (60 + 48))

AB 65
M1 for = oe
sin 60 sin(180 − (60 + 48))

1
(b) 2360 2 M1 for × 84 × 65sin((180 –) 60)
2

(c) 129 4 M3 for


842 + 652 − 2 × 84 × 65 cos( 180 − 60 ) or

M2 for 842 + 652 – 2 × 84 × 65cos(180–60)


or
M1 for 842 + 652 + 2 × 84 × 65cos(180–60)
and a dep
A1 for 76.3

35
(d) 31.9 ° 3 M2 for tan–1 oe or
65 sin 60
35 d
M1 for tan–1 or and
d 35
B1 for for 65sin60 (= 56.3)

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2012 4024 21

10 320
(a) oe isw 1
x

320
(b) isw 2 B1 for x – 80 seen
x − 80

320 320 5
(c) x2 – 80x – 10240 = 0 correctly obtained 3 M2 for – = oe
x − 80 x 2
M1 for (a) – (b) = ± their2½

(d) 148.8 – 68.8 4 B1 for (−80) 2 − 4 × 1 × (−10240) soi and


−( −80 ) ± their 47360
B1 for soi and
2 ×1

After B0B1, allow SC1 for a correct ft. or


B2 for 148.8 and – 68.8 Final answer or
B1 for one correct solution seen or
148.81. and – 68.81 or
149 and – 69.

(e) 2 h 9 mins 2ft B1 for 2.15

11 1 1
(a) (i) (a) p+ r 1
2 2

(b) r + p – q 1

1 1
(c) p+ r 2ft B1 for unsimplified
2 2

(ii) Equal and Parallel 1

(b) (i) Correct triangle 2 B1 for two correct vertices or triangle correct
size and orientation

(ii) Correct triangle 2 B1 for two correct vertices or triangle correct


size and orientation

(iii) Complete description www 3 B1 for Rotation


B1 for either 90 anticlockwise or centre (0,3)

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2012 series

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2012 series for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level
components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2012 4024 22

Qu Answers Mar Part Marks


k

1 (a) 57(.0 °) 2 10
M1 for tanAĈB = oe
6.5

(b) (i) 5 m 6 cm cao 3 B2 for (BD = ) 15.1 or better or


M1 for BD2 = 16.42 – 6.52 and/or
SC1 for their BD – 10
their DB
(ii) 66.6 or 66.7 (˚) 2ft e.g. accept tan–1 6.5
) 6.5
M1 for cos DCB = oe
16.4

2 (a) (2x – 1)(2x + 1) 1

(b) (i) 3 1

2Q 2Q 2Q
(ii) (R = ) asc 3 SC2 for or −
P −1 P +1 P +1
2Q
M2 for = P – 1 or PR – R = 2Q or
R
2Q
M1 for P = + 1 or PR = 2Q + R soi
R

(c) x = 7 y = –1 3 B2 for one correct


M1 for eliminating one variable

(d) (i) 3.2x + 16 2 B1 for (x + 20) × 0.8 oe seen

(ii) x > 73.125 isw 2 B1 for their answer to (i) > 250

(iii) 74 1ft

3 (a) (i) 43.2 (0) seen isw 1

(ii) 25 isw 2 SC1 for answer 125 %


45 − 36
M1 for Figs
36

3000 × 0.45 − 1302.75


(iii) 3.5 2 M1 for Figs
3000 × 0.45

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2012 4024 22

(b) 0.6 (0) 3 5.40 ×100


M2 for 5.40 − oe or
112.5
12.5
M1 for x + x = 5.40 oe and
100
A1 for 5.40 – their x ft or
B1 for division by 112.5 seen and
dependent
B1 for multiplication by 12.5 seen.

4 (a) (i) 102 1

(ii) (i) ft (102) 1ft

(iii) 180 – (ii) ft (78) 1ft

(b) (i) Similar triangles established www 2 B1 for a correct pair of equal angles

(ii) 7.2 2 B1 for corresponding sides in the ratio


5 : 2 soi

150
5 (a) 220 3 M1 for × 2 πr and
360
B1 for their arc AD + their arc BC + 50

150
(b) 2130 3 M2 for π (452 – 202) or
360
150
M1 for πr2
360

(c) 8.33 2 M1 for 2πr = their arc AD from (a) soi

6 (a) 158 www 3 B1 for 10 × 135 + 30 × 145 + 20 × 152.5 +


30 × 157.5 + 35 × 165 + 25 × 180 and
B1 for division by 10 + 30 + 20 + 30 + 35 +
25

60
(b) (i) oe isw 1
150

4800 2 60 40
(ii) oe isw B1 for × seen or
22350 150 149
60 40 4800
2× × (= = 0.213 )
150 150 22500

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2012 4024 22

(c) Correct Histogram 3 H2 for 3 correct additional columns


H1 for 1 correct additional column
After 0
SC2 for all additional heights correct
SC1 for 3 additional heights correct

7 (a) (i) 874 3 M2 for (2) πr2 + 2πr × 8 or


M1 for either (2) πr2 or 2πrh

(ii) 3070 2ft M1 for Figs [(their 874 + 150) × 3] or


B1 for ÷ 104

(b) (i) 77 (.0) 1

(ii) 500 3ft M2 for πR2 – 4πr2 + 4(b)(i) or


M1 for πR2 – 4πr2 or 4(b)(i)

(iii) 2410 3 2
M2 for πR2 × 8 – 4 × × π × r3 or
3
2
M1 for πR2 × 8 or 4 × × π × r3
3

8 (a) – 2.1 1

(b) Correct plots and curve 3 P2 for 7 or 8 correct plots ft or


P1 for at least 4 correct plots and dependent
C1 for a smooth curve through all plotted
points

(c) – a ft 1 cao b ft 2 B1 for at least one solution ft

(d) –3.5 to – 2 2 M1 for the correct tangent drawn

(e) (1.7) ft 2ft M1 for y = x drawn.

(f) 1 < k < 2. ft 2ft B1 for one correct end point ft or clearly
using TP’s.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2012 4024 22

9 (a) 42.3 3 30 sin 58


M2 for or
sin 37
AB 30
M1 for = oe
sin 58 sin 37

(b) 83.9 4 M3 for 30 2 + 64 2 − 2 × 30 × 64 cos (180 − 58)


M2 for 302 + 642 – 2 × 30 × 64cos (180–58)
or
M1 for 302 + 642 + 2 × 30 × 64cos (180–58)
and
A1 for 54.4

1
(c) 814 2 M1 for × 30 × 64sin((180 – )58) oe
2

(d) 17.2 3 M2 for 30sin58tan34 or


H
M1 for = tan34 or tan56 or
their AP
B1 for AP = 30sin58 ( = 25.4) oe soi
) )
10 (a) Congruency established 3 B2 for SAP = PBQ and AP = BQ or AS =
PB or
B1 for the equal angle or either pair of sides

(b) (i) 40 – x 1

(ii) ( y = ) 2x2 – 80x + 1600 correctly 2 M1 for ½ × x × (b)(i) or (40 − x )2 + x 2 seen


obtained

(c) (i) x2 – 40x + 250 = 0 1

(ii) 7.8 32.2 3 B2 for 7.8 and 32.2 or better or


B1 for (− 40 )2 − 4 ×1× 250 soi and
− (− 40) ± their 600
B1 for soi and
2 ×1
After B0 B1, allow SC1 for a correct ft for
both roots or B1 for one correct solution or
both 8 and 32.

(d) Accurately drawn quadrilaterals 2ft B1 for one correct ft or both mirror images

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2012 4024 22

11 (a) (i) (a) –p+q 1

1 1ft
(b) (4q − p ) oe isw
3

1 1
(c) 2q – p oe isw
2

(ii) E, C and D lie on a straight line 2 B1 for either


2
CD is of ED oe
3

(b) (i) Correct triangle 2 B1 for two correct vertices or triangle


correct size and orientation

(ii) Correct triangle 2 B1 for two correct vertices or triangle


correct size and orientation

(iii) Rotation clockwise 90 centre (0,3) 3 B1 for rotation soi and


B1 for clockwise 90 or centre (0,3)

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2013 series

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2013 series for most IGCSE, GCE
Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 4024 21

Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working
soi seen or implied

SECTION A

Qu. Answers Mark Part Marks

1 (a) x=3 2 M1 for ± 5x = ± 15 =

(b) x = 4, y = –1 3 B2 for one correct value www

(c) (i) –1, 0, 1 1

(ii) y > –2 final answer 2 B1 for –2 seen

2 (a) 24 2 B1 for 15 seen

(b) (i) (a) 180 – q cao 1

(i) (b) p – q cao 1

(ii) (a) 8 cm 1

(ii) (b) 4.9 cm 1

3 (a) (i) 10, 12 1

(ii) 2m oe 1

(b) (i) 25, 36 1

(ii) n2 1

(iii) 18 1

(c) (i) t2 + 2t oe 1

(ii) 675 1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 4024 21

4 (a) (i) 10 1 9 1 10 0 2 B1 for 3 correct values correctly placed


, , , , , oe
11 11 10 10 10 10
correctly placed
(ii) (a) 6 1
oe
11
(ii) (b) 9 2 M1 for 3 ×
22

(b) (i) 1 1

(ii) 2 1

5 (a) (i) € 216 1

(ii) ($1 = €) 0.68 1

(b) (i) Profit $43.3(0) 3 B2 for Loss $43.40 or


M1 for two of 87.50, 48.60 and $27.20 and
M1 for attempt at adding any three prices and
then subtracting 120
(ii) 36 to 36.1% 1 ft

18
6 (a) (i) 68.7° 2 M1 for tan A =
7
18
(ii) 257 to 257.5 4 M1 for tan 55 =
DE
A1 for DE = 12.6 to 12.61 cm
1
M1 for (9 + 7 + their 12.6) × 18 or for a
2
complete alternative method

(b) 26° 2 M1 for 41.5 or 112.5 used

7 (a) 0.01 m/s cao 2 M1 for 200/19.94 or 100/9.98

(b) (i) 120 120 3 B1


or
x x+3
120 120 6
− = oe B1
x x + 3 60
Correct eqn with denominator
removed
(ii) x = 58.5 or – 61.5 3 B2 for 1 correct answer
Or for 58 – 59 AND –61 – –62
− 3 ± 14409
B1 for
2
C1 for –58.5 AND 61.5
(iii) 123 – 123.1 minutes 2 M1 for 120/their positive 58.5

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 4024 21

SECTION B

1
8 (a) (i) –5.5 or –5 1
2
2x + 3 2x − 3 2y + 3
(ii) f–1(x) = 2 C1 for or oe
4 4 4
1 8g − 3
(iii) g = 0.5 or 2 M1 for =g
2 2
(b) (i) Enlargement 2 B1
Scale factor –3, Centre A B1

(ii) 2.2 to 2.24 or 5 1

(iii)  0  2 B1 for 0
  B1 for –7
− 7
 − 2  1 
(iv) 10  2 M1 for use of DF =   or AF =  
   4   − 2
1

9 (a) (i) h = 29.8 to 29.85 2 M1 for π × 4 2 × h (= 1500)

(ii) 100 1
1
(b) x = 2.5 2 M1 for × 12 x × 5 x or better for cross section
2
(c) (i) (2y – 3)(2y + 11) 1

(ii) y = 1.5 or –5.5 1

(iii) 67.5 cm2 1 ft

(iv) 495 cm2 3 B1 2 × their (iii)


B1 240 × their 1.5

(d) 9 1
cao
25

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 4024 21

10 (a) (i) 2 2 1
, oe
3 3
(ii) 8 points correctly plotted and 2 ft B1 for at least 6 correct plots
one set of 5 joined with a curve

(iii) 1.7 to 1.8 AND –1.7 to –1.8 1 ft M1 for tangent to curve at –1.5 soi
After M0, SC1 for 3 to 4
(iv) –2.5 to –5 (dep on M1) 2 M1 for x + y = 2 drawn

(v) –1.3 to –1.4 (dep on M1) 2 ft One mark for each

(b) (i) a = 3, b = 405 (cao) 2

(ii) (0, 5) cao 1

(iii) 20 1 ft

11 (a) (i) 510 – 520 m 1

(ii) C positioned 7 cm from A and 2 B1 for c positioned 7 cm from A and/or 6 cm


6 cm from B with both from B
construction arcs drawn

(iii) 146° ± 2 1 ft

(iv) D positioned 10.3 cm ± 0.8 2 B1 for DAC = 34 ( ± 2°)


from A and DAˆ C = 34° ± 2°

(b) (i) 164 to 164.11° www 4 B3 for QPR = 110 to 110.11

Or
− 2750
B2 for or –0.343 to 0.344
80000
Or
160 2 + 250 2 − 340 2
B1 for (cos P =)
(2×) 160 × 250
And

M1 for their P + 54°


1
(ii) 18780 – 18800 2ft M1 for × 250 × 160 × sin 110.1
2

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 4024 21

12 (a) (i) 14.8 kg www 3 M1 for


15×3+14×8+20×12+24×15+31×17+24×20+12
×26 (= 2076)
M1 for dividing by 140 (indep)

(ii) Correct histogram 3 M2 for 5 correct bars


or M1 for 3 correct bars or all correct heights
seen

(iii) 11 2 M1 for 15 + 14 + 15 ( = 44) used


oe
35

(b) (i) 9 1

(ii) 35% 1

(iii) 96° 2 M1 for (15 + 2) ÷ 64 (× 360)

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2013 series

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2013 series for most IGCSE, GCE
Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 4024 22

Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working
soi seen or implied

Qu. Answers Mark Part Marks

1 (a) (i) $720.7 – $721.1 2 2.06 72


M1 for 25200 ÷ 72 (=350) or 72
or 2.06

(ii) $1.45 1
3.4
(b) (i) $8272 2 M1 for 8000 × 100 or better

(ii) 8560 - 8562 1ft

(iii) Lydia by $1.52, final answer, cao 2 or C1 for Simone’s 8560 seen
or C1 for Simone by $8.28 final answer

2 (a) 25, 21, 45 2 B1 for 2 correct

(b) n2 1

(c) 32 2 B1 for (T =) 1024 seen

(d) 3 1
2
n(n+1) oe

(e) 360 1ft

(f) 1
2
(n + 1)(n + 2) oe 2 or C1 for 1
2 (n − 1)(n − 2) oe

3 (a) x = – 4 cao 2 M1 ± 2x = or ±8 =

(b) (i) y ≤ 4.25 oe final answer 2 C1 for 4.25 oe seen

(ii) 3,4 1

(c) x = 1.5, y = – 3 3 B2 for 1 correct value www


Or B1 for pair of values satisfying either eqn

4 (a) 7 2 M1 for (AF + 16) × 6 = 138 or equiv seen

(b) (i) EG = 5.75 2 C1 for 11.5 seen or for 5.7 or 5.8 seen

(ii) 23k : 41k where k is an integer 2 B1 for (their 5.75) : (16 – their 5.75)
C1 for 41k : 23k

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 4024 22

5 (a) No and 799.5 cm (or 7.995 m) 2 M1 for 180.5 and 15.5 seen

(b) (i) $27 2 M1 for 130% ≡ 35.10 soi

(ii) $1210 – 1211 3 M1 for 50.70×4 + 35.10×5 (378.30)


M1 for their 378.30×2.2 (=832.26)
Or their 202.80 × 2.2

6 (a) 35o 1

(b) 286.7 to 287 2 x


M1 for sin their 35 = 500
or better

(c) (0) 31 to (0)31.2 3 335 500


M1 for Tan θ = 500
or 335
^
B1 for SPQ = 33.8 – 34

7 (a) (i) Bar height 1.4 between 100 – 120 1

(ii) p = 48 2 B1 for p = 48 or B1 for q = 42


q = 42

(iii) 57 1
200
or 0.285 or 28.5%

(b) (i) 40 < y ≤ 60 1

(ii) 39.9 3 M1 for 34 × 10+57 × 30+85 × 50+24×70 (=


7980)
i.e. 340 + 1710 + 4250 + 1680
M1 for dividing by 200 (indep)

SECTION B

8 (a) 150 m 1

(b) C due east of B (±2°) and 2 B1 for due E of B , B1 for 12 cm from A


C 12 cm (±2mm) from A

(c) 994.9 to 995 m 2 M1 for 18002 – 15002 (= 990000)


Or 122 – 102 (= 44)

(d) 1800 1500


or B1
x x +1
1800 1500
– = 60 oe B1
x x +1
Correct eqn with both denominators 3
removed

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 4024 22

(e) x = 7.83, – 3.83 3 B2 for one correct answer


Or for 7.8 – 7.85 AND -3.8 – -3.85
4 ± 136
OR B1 for or better.
2
Or C1 for -7.83 AND 3.83

(f) 229 – 230 s 1ft

9 (a) (i) 5


  1
 2

 − 3  3 
(ii) 45 or 6.7 to 6.71 2 B1 for   or   seen. Must be in
 6   − 6
vector form.

(iii) (a) Enlargement 2 B1 for Enl, B1 for SF3 and Cent B oe


Scale Factor 3 Centre B

 7.5 
(b)   2ft B1 for 7.5
 3  B1 for 3.

(b) (i) f (– 4) = – 2 1

3g + 2
(ii) g = 11 2 M1 for =7
5

5x − 2 5x + 2 5y − 2
(iii) f-1 (x) = oe 2 C1 for or oe
3 3 3

n
10 (a) (i) B1
24

24 − n
oe 2 B1
24

n(25 − n)
(ii) (a) oe final answer 1
25 × 24
1
(b) p = 4 2 B1 for their (a) = p

25 ± 25
(iii) n = 15 or 10 2 M1 for (n – 15)(n – 10) or seen
2

3 C1 for 7
oe
(iv) oe 2 20
20

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 4024 22

(b) (i) 300 1

(ii) 1
12 1

(iii) 25 1

11 (a) (i) – 8.5 1

(ii) 8 points correctly plotted and 3 B1 for correct scale (condone rev axes)
joined with a smooth curve B1 for 6 or 7 given table points correctly
on correct axes plotted on their axes
B1 for smooth curve through all 8 points on
their consistent axes

(iii) 2.5 – 6.5 (dep on tangent soi) 2 M1 for tangent at x = 1.5 soi

(iv) – 0.85 to – 0.95 2 M1 for y = 1 soi

(b) (i) p = 1.2 2 B1 for p = 1.2 , B1 for q = 0.5 ft


q = 0.5

(ii) 4 −2
− oe 2 M1 for oe
5 3 − theirq

12 (a) r = 22 cao 3 B1 for 70000 soi


M1 for π × r2 × figs46 (only term)

(b) (i) 18(.0) to 18.03 cm2 2 M1 for 1


2
× 4 × 11 × sin125

(ii) 360 to 360.6 cm3 1ft

(iii) x =13.69 to 13.7 4 M1 for 42 + 112 ± (2) × 4 × 11 × cos125


M1 for x2 = 42 + 112 - 2×4 × 11 × cos125 or
better
A1 for 187.4 – 187.5

(iv) 609.8 to 610.1 cm2 2 M1 for at least 4 correct areas

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2013 series

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2013 series for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level
components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 4024 21

Qu Answers Mark Part Marks

1 (a) (i) 468 1

(ii) 700 1

1.10
(iii) 550 2 B1 for factor soi
1.56

x x
(b) 19 926 3 M2 for − = ±3 or
81 82
x x
B1 for or seen
81 82

2 (a) Correct triangle 2 B1 for 40° or 8 cm.

(b) Complete locus 2 B1 for at least one parallel line or at least one
circular arc.

(c) P correctly placed ft 2ft B1 for perpendicular bisector of BC or


Arc centre A radius 6.5

3 (a) (2,3) 1

4
(b) oe 1
8

(c) 2 ft 2ft M1 for y = (b)x + c

8
(d)   1
 4

(e) (–3,–2) and (13,6) ft 3ft B2 for one correct point or


8  h − 5
M2 for   = ( ±)  or
 4  k − 2
M1 for AB = (±)CD

4 (a) 3.5 < x Y=4 1

(b) Correct frequency polygon 2 B1 for 5 correct plots or


all heights consistently mis-plotted.

(c) (i) Completed table 1

(ii) Correct cumulative 2 ft P1 for 5 points plotted ft (and joined) or


frequency curve. All points consistently mis-plotted.

(d) (i) ft at y = 50 (3.4) 1ft

(ii) ft at y = 10 (2.3) 1ft

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 4024 21

5 (a) 1 1

(b) (i) 5(x + y) 1

(ii) (3x + 4 )(3x – 4) 1

(c) (i) (2x – 3)(x + 4) 1

3 1ft
(ii) –4
2

(d) 4 2 B1 for k = 36 or
k
M1 for L = 2 soi
d

CD
6 (a) (i) 19.93 from correct rounding 2 M1 for = cos50 oe
31

31
(ii) 28.3 3 M1 for = cos50 oe and
AC
M1 for AC – 19.93
SC If 2nd M not earned, A1 for 48.2

(b) (i) 25 1

PR QR
(ii) 37.2 or 37.3 3 M1 for = tan65 oe or = tan55 oe and
52 52
M1 for PR – QR
SC If 2nd M not scored,
A1 for 111.5 or 74.26

7 (a) (i) The three facts for 3 B1 for angle EAD = angle DAC and
Congruency stated B1 for either AE = AC or AD common

(ii) (x =) z – y oe isw 2 B1 for angle AED = z or z = x + y

(b) 228 2 B1 for 132 seen or (angle SQR =) 21 and


(angle SRQ =) 27 soi

8 (a) 7.14 3 M2 for reaching 72 + r² = 10² soi or


M1 for correct right angled triangle soi

(b) (i) Equiangular triangles established 3 B2 for two pairs with no reason. Or
for one pair of equal angles with reason.
Or
B1 for any pair of equal angles.

x 11
(ii) x² – 18x + 55 (=0) correctly found 2 M1 for = oe
5 18 − x

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 4024 21

(iii) 3.9 14.1 3 B1 for (−18) 2 − 4 × 1 × 55 soi and


− (−18) + (or −) their104
B1 for soi
2 ×1
If B1 or B0 at this stage, allow
p± q
M1 for both values of
r

(iv) 10.2 ft 1ft

9 (a) 4050 1

(b) Correct plots ft and curve 3 P2 for 5 correct plots ft or


P1 for 4 correct plots ft

(c) (1700) ft 1

(d) (i) (870) ft 2 M1 for a tangent at t = 2.5

(ii) Rate of increase 1


(of number of bacteria per hour)

(e) (k =) 50 (a =) 3 1

(f) (i) Correct straight line 2 L1 for correct intercept or


Correct gradient

(ii) 3.45 ft 1

10 (a) (i) 11.9 2 B1 for k×2πr×h

(ii) 1.73 or 1.74 4 M1 for ½ × 0.8 × 0.8(× sin90) oe and


90
M1 for ( )π × 0.8² and
360
M1 for(their 0.5026 – their 0.32) × 9.5

(a)(ii)
(iii) 9.1% ft 2ft M1 for × 100
19.1

(b) (i) 19 100 1

25(000)
(ii) 22 ft 3ft M1 for figs = N and
their (b)(i) × 6(0)
B1 for N × 10³

11 3
(a) (i) Shear, scale factor 2 B1 for Shear only or SF 1.5
2

 1 1.5 
(ii)   2 B1 for one element incorrect or
0 1   a b  1 3 3   4 6 12 
M1 for    =  
 c d  2 2 6   2 2 6 

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 4024 21

(b) (i) Triangle C 2 B1 for two vertices correct or


 2 0  4 6 12 
M1 for   
 0 1  2 2 6 

(ii) Stretch(ing) 1

1 1 0 1 0
(iii)   oe isw 2 B1 for det = 2 soi or   soi or
2  0 2   0 2
 2 0  p q   1 0 
M1 for    =  
 0 1  r s   0 1 

(iv) 2 : 1 oe 1

 2 3
(c)   2 B1 for one element incorrect or
 0 1  2 0  1 1.5 
M1 for   
 0 1  0 1 

5 sin 65 BC AC
12 (a) (i) correctly obtained. 3 M1 for = oe soi and
sin 65 − sin 45 sin 65 sin 45
B1 for AC = BC – 5 oe

(ii) 22.7 or 22.8 1

11
(b) (i) – isw 3 M2 for 13² = 6² + 10² – 2×6×10×cosPRQ or
40 M1 for 13² = 6² + 10² + 2×6×10×cosPRQ
33
A1 for or
120
M1 for 13² = 6² + 10² – ×6×10×cosPRQ
33
A1 for –
60

11
(ii) ft 1ft
40

(c) Correct triangle DEG 1

(d) 6 3 B1 for Triangle LMN with angle M = 30 soi


and
1
M1 for × LM × MN × sin 30 soi
2

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2013 series

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2013 series for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level
components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 4024 22

Qu Answers Mark Part Marks

1 1
(a) 3760 3 B1 for a correct ∆ such as × 34 × 40
2
1
B1 for (40 + 58)×38 oe soi
2

(b) 42(.0) 2 M1 for (BC² = ) 38² + (58 – 40)²

58
(c) 54.1 2 M1 for tan CDE = oe
42

2 (a) (i) 1.24 isw 2 M1 for (0 × 4) + 35 × 1 + 2 × 6 + 3 × 5

(ii) x = 3 y = 5 2 B1 for either x = 3 or y = 5


or M1 for 37 × 1 + 2y + 3 × 5 = 62 oe soi
or for x + 37 + y + 5 = 50 soi

1
(b) (i) 1
12

(ii) Correct pie chart labelled. 3 B2 if no or incorrect labels or


One correct angle with an additional label.
B1 for one angle in tolerance or
Two angles calculated.

3 1
(a) − 2 B1 for 1 or – 8 or
8
−4+ (− 4)2 + (− 3)2
M1 for
(− 4)2 − 2 (− 4)(− 3)

(b) 6x³ – 3 or 3 (2x³ –1) 2 M1 for 6x³ – 2x + 9x² – 3 – 9x² + 2x

(c) (i) (9x – 4) (x + 1) 1


4
(ii) –1 1
9

(d) 27, 28, 29 2 B1 for such as n, n + 1, n + 2 seen

4 (a) 72 justified 2 B1 for 72 or either D or E = 90

(b) (i) Congruency established 3 B1 + B1 for two pairs of equal sides


SC1 After 0, accept all sides the same oe.

(ii) (a) Kite 1

(b) 90 1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 4024 22

5 (a) (i) 3 1

(ii) {4, 8, 10} 1

(b) 66 2 M1 for y + 13 + 11 = 90 oe
or B1 for 52 soi

(c) (i) 1

/
(ii) C ∩ ( A ∪ B ) oe 1

6 (a) (i) 899 1


2400 − 1596
(ii) 33.5 2 B1 for figs oe
2400
20
(iii) 900 2 M1 for x + x = 1080 or
100
B1 for 120 seen

3R
(b) 4.5 3 M2 for 600 + × 600 = 681 or
100
R
M1 for 600 × = (681 – 600) and
100
A1 for 13.5 or
600 × (3)R
B1 for soi
100

7 6
 
(a) 7 2 B1 for 2 correct entries or for
15   10   4 
     
 − 5  or  − 12  soi
 15   0 
   

13 
(b)   2 B1 for one entry correct or
10  for both 13 and 10 seen but not in this form.

1  4 0  1 0  4 0
(c) (i)   oe isw 2 B1 for det   = 4 soi or  
4  2 1   − 2 4  2 1

 − 2 0 1 0
(ii)   2 B1 for three entries correct or   soi
 − 2 1 0 1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 4024 22

8 θ
(a) 44.5 3 M1 for numerical × 2π × 6 oe
360
and
M1 for their arc + 12
If second M not scored, A1 for 32.46 or
5.24 soi.
SC1 after 0 for 2π6 seen (= 37.7)

θ
(b) 97.4 2 M1 for numerical × π × 62
360
SC1 after 0 for π6² (= 113) seen

(c) (i) 11.4 3 x


M1 for = cos 25 (= 5.44) oe and
6
M1 for their 5.44 + 6.
If the second M not scored,
A1 for 5.44
SC1 after 0 for identifying a right-angled
triangle that would lead to x = 5.44.
1
(ii) 19.0 4 M1 for × 6 × 6 × sin 50 oe and
2
A1 for 13.79 (correct triangle only)
M1 for 12 × (c) (i) soi and
12 × (c) (i) − A
M1 for × 100
12 × (c) (i)

9 (a) Correct plots and curve 2 P1 for at least 5 correct plots

(b) (– 0.8) 2ft M1 for the tangent drawn at x = 0.75

(c) (i) – b 1

(ii) Completed table 1

(iii) Correct curve 1

(iv) – (0.8 ± 0.2) cao 1

(d) (i) Correct straight line 1

(ii) (0.3) (1.7) 1ft


1
(iii) 2x² - 4x + 1( = 0) or equivalent three 2ft M1 for x + = 4 – x oe
term expression. 4

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 4024 22

10 (a) (i) 11.9 M3 for 8 2 + 6 2 − 2 × 8 × 6 × cos 115


4
M2 for 8² + 6² – 2 × 8 × 6 × cos 115
M1 for 8² + 6² + 2 × 8 × 6 × cos 115 and
A1 for 7.71 or
M1 for 8² + 6² – 8 × 6 × cos 115 and
A1 for 10.96 or
M1 for 8² + 6² – 2 × 8 × 6 × sin 115 and
A1 for 3.60 or
M1 for 8² – 6² – 2 × 8 × 6 × cos 115 and
A1 for 8.28

(ii) 265° cao 2 B1 for 85, 95 seen or


M1 for 200 – 115.

200 sin 65 PR 200


(b) (i) correctly obtained 2 M1 for = oe
sin 35 sin 65 sin RPQ
B1 for 180 – (44 + 36 + 65)

200 sin 65 sin 36 SR PR


(ii) correctly obtained 2 M1 for = oe
sin 35 sin 44 sin 36 sin 44

(iii) 267 1

200 + (b) (iii)


(iv) 2.34 ft or 1ft
200

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 4024 22

11 10 p − 29 7 (2 p − 3) − 4 ( p + 2 )
(a) Final Answer 3 M1
( p + 2)(2 p − 3) ( p + 2)(2 p − 3)
B1 for 14p – 21 – 4p – 8 seen
320
(b) (i) isw 1
x

320 320
(ii) 2x² + 5x – 20 (= 0) correctly found 3 M2 for their – their = 80 oe
x 1
x+2
2
320 320
M2 for their – their = – 80 oe
x 1
x+2
2
320
SC1 after 0 for seen.
1
x+2
2

(iii) 2.15 – 4.65 3 B1 for 5 2 − 4 × 2 × (− 20 ) soi and


− 5 ± their 185
B1 for soi
2× 2
If B1 or B0 at this stage, allow M1 for both
p± q
values of
r
320
(iv) 69 2 M1 for oe
their + ve x + 2.5

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 4024 22

12 (a) (i) 6.08 1

 2   −1 1 6
(ii)   2 B1 for   or   oe or
 − 1 .5   − 2 2 1

( )
M1 for EH = EA + AH
 2 
(iii)   1
 − 1 .5 

(iv) Equal and parallel 1 Dependent on (ii) and (iii) correct.

 − 3  − 2   6 
(v) Shows G is midpoint of CD 2 M1 for   +   +   oe seen or
 0   − 4 1

( )  1 
B1 for CD = 2CG =  
 − 3

(b) (i) Correct triangle (B) 2 B1 for two vertices correct or positive
enlargement centre (1, 2) or
an enlargement scale factor 1.5.

(ii) Correct triangle (C) 2 B1 for two vertices correct or negative


enlargement centre (1, 2) or
An enlargement scale factor – 0.5.

(iii) 1 : 9 oe 1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2014 series

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2014 series for most IGCSE, GCE
Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 4024 21

Question Answers Mark Part marks

8− x x − 2( x − 4)
1 (a) 2 M1 for or better
( x − 4) 2 ( x − 4) 2

(b) x = 2.5 o.e., y = –3 3 B2 for one correct with supporting working


Or B1 for pair of values satisfying one
equation

(c) x = 6 or –1 3 M1 for x2 – 5x – 6 = 0
M1 for (x – 6)(x + 1) = 0
5 ± 49
Or M2 for
2
Or M1 for 5 and 2 correct or 49

y+3
(d) final answer 3 M1 for (y + 3)(y – 3) seen
2y + 5 M1 for (2y + 5)(y – 3) seen

2 (a) (i) 0 or none 1

(ii) 7, 8, 11, 13, 14 1 All correct

3
(iii) or 0.27 or better 1
11

(iv) 5 1

(b) (i) 3 1

(ii) 11 1

(iii) 18 1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 4024 21

3 (a) (i) 37.5[%] 2 M1 for 5.5 ÷ (240 ÷ 60) soi by 1.375


Or B1 for either 150 seen and 90 seen

(ii) 73.5[0] 2 M1 for 45 × 5.5 + (60 – 45) × 5.5 × 0.8 oe


Or B1 for 247.5 seen or for 66 seen

(iii) 208.7[0] 2 M1 for 240 ÷ 1.15 oe

(iv) 2837.5[0] 2 M1 for 2500 × 0.045 × 3 oe soi by 337.5

(b) (i) 160 1

(ii) 1.21875 to 1.22 2 M1 for 0.78 ÷ 0.64

4 (a) (i) 24U 1

(ii) 18U= 1

(iii) 42U 1

(iv) 108U= 1

4.5
(b) (i) 14.56 to 14.6 2 M1 for cos 72 =
AD

DE 4.5
(ii) 13.3 to 13.304… 2 M1 for =
sin 66 sin 18

Or for ‘their (b)(i)’ × cos(‘their (a)(i)’)

5 (a) (i) n + 6, n + 7 1

(ii) (n + 1)(n + 6) – n(n + 7) 2 M1 for (n + 1)(n + 6) – n(n + 7) or reversed


= n2 + 7n + 6 – n2 – 7n = 6 Or B1 for n 2 + 7 n + 6

(b) (i) 5n + 50 or 5(n + 10) 2 M1 for [n], n + 9, n + 10, n + 11, n + 20 seen

(ii) 56, 65, 66, 67, 76 completed in cross 2 M1 for n = 56


Or for 66 in centre of cross

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 4024 21

6 (a) (i) 60.28 to 60.35 2 M1 for π × 1.62 × 7.5

(ii) (a) length 9.6, width 6.4 1 Condone reversed

(b) 98.7 to 99.2 2 M1 for


‘their 9.6 × 6.4’ × 7.5 – 6 × ‘their 60.3’
Or B1 for 460.8, or 361.68 to 362.1

(b) (i) 224.5[375] 2 M1 for 17.75 and 12.65 seen

(ii) No, frame could measure 17.5 cm by 1 Accept statement involving lower bound of
12.5 cm either length or width

7 (a) –3.5, 5.5 2 B1 for each

(b) 7 correct plots joined with smooth 2 P1 for at least 5 correct plots
curve

(c) x = –2.7 to –2.6, 0.3 to 0.4, 2.2 to 2.3 2 FT their curve


B1 for 2 correct solutions

(d) Tangent drawn at x = –2 M1 On their curve


2 to 3 A1

(e) (i) y = 5 – 4x oe 2 M1 for y = –4x + k or y = mx + 5 or –4x + 5

x3
(ii) C = 1, D = –4 2 M1 for − 3 x + 1 = 5 − 4 x FT
2

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 4024 21

8 (a) 32.25 or 32.75 3 M1 for (4×5 + 12×15 + 16×25 + 23×35 +


20×45 + 5×55) [= 2580]
M1 for ÷ 80

(b) (i) [4], 16, 32, 55, 75, 80 1

(ii) 6 correct plots joined with smooth 3 B2 for 6 correct plots


curve using correct axes Or B1 for 4 correct plots

(iii) (a) 33 to 35 1

(b) 18 to 20 2 B1 for 41 to 43 or 21.5 to 23.5

1 5 4
(c) 2 M1 for ×
30 25 24

9 (a) 248.6 to 249 3 M1 for


130 2 + 164 2 + or − [2] × 130 × 164 × cos 115
And M1 for
AC 2 = 130 2 + 164 2 − 2 × 130 × 164 × cos 115

1
(b) 9660 or 9661.2(…) 2 M1 for × 130 × 164 × sin115
2

their 9660 × 3.25


(c) 7 2 M1 for or 6(.2) or 6.3
5000

(d) 43.49 to 43.5 2 M1 for 130 tan 18.5

(e) 148.6 to 149 3 B1 for 65U or 25U seen


M1 for 164 × sin ‘65’ or 164 × cos ‘25’ soi

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 4024 21

10 (a) (i) 3.16 to 3.163 or 10 1

 3
(ii) vector   drawn 2 B1 for two correct movement without arrow
 − 3 Or one correct movement with arrow

(iii) a = 2, b = 3 2 B1 for each


Or SC1 a = –2 and b = –3

(b) (i) Enlargement B1 B0 for question if second transformation


Scale factor –2 B1 mentioned
Centre (3, 1) B1

(ii) (a) (5, 4), (7, 4), (5, 6) 2 B1 for 2 correct

(b) Stretch B1
Factor 2 x-axis invariant B1

11 (a) 100 1
x

80
(b) x2 – 77x + 200 = 0 derived www 4 B1 for seen
x−5
100 80
M1 for + = 2.5 oe
x x−5
M1 for 100(x – 5) + 80x = 2.5x(x – 5)

(c) 74.31 and 2.69 final answer 4 B3 for one correct root seen
or for 74 to 74.31 and 2.69 to 2.7

p ± (or + or −) q
If in the form
r
B1 for p = 77 and r = 2
And B1 for q = 5129 or q = 71.6...

(d) 74.31, because 2.69 would give 1


negative speed for second part

100 80
(e) 11 2 M1 for − or 0.191 [hours]
74.31 74.31 − 5

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2014 series

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2014 series for most IGCSE, GCE
Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 4024 22

Question Answers Mark Part marks

1 (a) 138 to 140 1

(b) D marked at intersection of correct arcs 2 B1 for a correctly positioned D with one
correct construction arc or no correct arcs
Or, provided D to the west of AB
B1 for D on one correct arc
or radii 5 cm and 6 cm reversed with arcs
Or, provided D to the east of AB
B1 for D on intersection of two correct
construction arcs

(c) 103° 1 Tolerance ± 2°

(d) (i) P and Q marked at intersection of 3 B1 for perpendicular bisector of AC


perpendicular bisector and circle minimum 3 cm long
B1 for arcs radius 4.5 cm centre B, minimum
3 cm long cumulatively
B1 for P and Q at correct positions

(ii) 249° 1 Tolerance ± 2°

2 (a) (i) 97 1

4f +d
(ii) (c = ± ) 2 M1 for 4f = 6c2 – d or better
6

(b) x ≥ 2 cao 2 B1 for final answer {+ or –} x * {+ or –} 2,


where * can be wrong inequality or equals

(c) (3 + 5x)(3 – 5x) oe 1 Must be integers

(d) (8p – 3q)(x – 2y) oe seen isw 2 M1 for x(8p – 3q) oe or – 2y(8p – 3q) oe
Or 8p(x – 2y) oe or – 3q(x – 2y) oe

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 4024 22

Question Answers Mark Part marks

(e) 1.12 and –2.32 final answer 4 B3 for one correct solution
or x = 1.1 to 1.121 and -2.321 to -2.3

p ± (or + or −) q
If in the form
r
B1 for p = –6 and r = 10
And B1 for q = 296 or q = 17.2...

3 (a) (i) 533.9(0) to 534 2 M1 for 32 × 5.20 + 0.15 × 2450

(ii) 1760 3 M1 for 409.6 – 28 × 5.20 [= 264]


M1 for ‘their 264’ ÷ 0.15

(b) (i) 3.75 2 SC1 for an answer of 28.75, 28.7, 28.8, 15,
3.7, 3.8 or 0.0375

920
(ii) 402.5[0] or 403 or 402 2 M1 for ×7
( 4 + 5 + 7)

1
4 (a) (i) 1
3

2
(ii) 1 After 0+0 allow B1 for 2/6 and 4/6
3
Or 0.33 and 0.66 or better

(b) (i) 25 numbers completed correctly 1

18
(ii) (a) oe isw 1
30

8
(b) oe isw 1 After 0+0+0 for (b),
30
If all 36 used B1 for 18/36 and 10/36
If 35 used, B1 for 18/35 and 9/35

64
5 (a) 78.1 to 78.13 2 M1 for cos 35 = or better
AB

(b) 127.9 to 128 3 M1 for 642 + 802 + or – (2) × 64 × 80 cos 125


M1 for AD2 = 642 + 802 – 2 × 64 × 80 cos 125

sin ADC sin 125


(c) 24.1 to 24.2° 3 M1 for = oe
64 their128
64 × sin 125
M1 for sin ADC =
their128

(d) 2900 2 M1 for 0.5 × (80 + 65) × 40

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 4024 22

Question Answers Mark Part marks

6 (a) 23 – 6n cao 2 B1 for –6n soi

(b) (i) 4, 10, 18, 28 2 B1 for 3 correct terms seen

n 2 + 3n
(ii) 3 and 24 4 M1 for = 6 or better
5n − 12
M1 for n2 – 27n + 72 = 0
B1 for either 3 or 24

360
7 (a) (i) 9600 cao 2 M1 for × 1600 oe
60
11
(ii) cao 1
60
(144 − 90)
(iii) 1440 cao 2 M1 for × their 9600 oe
360

(b) (i) 40.1 3 M1 for


12 × 17.5 + 36 × 25 + 45 × 35 + 33 × 50
+ 24 × 70
M1 for division by their (12 + 36 + … + 24)

(ii) Correct histogram 3 B1 for 5 bars correct width and position


B1 for at least 3 correct heights k × (2.4, 3.6,
4.5, 1.65, 1.2)
B1 for 5 correct heights

(iii) 38 or 39 or 40 or 41 1

 4
8 (a) (i)   1
 − 5

(ii) 6.4(0) to 6.41 or 41 cao 1

(iii) y = –1.25x + 7 oe 2 B1 for gradient = –1.25 or y-intercept = +7


soi in a final equation

(iv) (12, –8) 2 B1 for one value correct

(b) (i) (a) b–a 1

(b) 3a cao 1

(c) 4(b – a) 2 B1 for correct unsimplified CD


or for 3(b – a)
(ii) (a) 1:4 1

(b) 1 : 15 1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 4024 22

Question Answers Mark Part marks

9 (a) 15 2 + 6 2 = 16.15(5...) 1 Must be shown to at least 2 d.p.

(b) 417 to 419 3 M1 for π × 6 × 16.2 soi by 305.4


M1 for π × 62 soi by 113.1

1
(c) 565 to 566 2 M1 for × π × 6 2 × 15 or better
3

(d) 316 to 317 2FT FT their (c) × 0.56 evaluated


B1 for figs 316(…) or 317(…)
or their (c) × figs 56 evaluated

3
(e) (i) 18.89 to 18.9 2 M1 for 2 or 1.25… seen oe
2
(ii) 662 to 665 2 M1 for  3 2  or 1.58… seen oe
 

50 50 50
10 (a) [L =] 2(x + ) or 2x + 2 2 B1 for seen
x x x
50 50
or x + x + +
x x

(b) 41.5 to 41.6, 45 2 B1 for one correct

(c) Correct smooth curve through the eight 3 ± half a small square
given points correctly plotted on B2 for seven or eight of the given points
correctly scaled axes correctly plotted on their axes
or B1 for six of the given points correctly
plotted on their axes

(d) 2.8 to 3.2 < x < 16.8 to 17.2 B1 B1 M1 for attempt to read off two x values at
y = 40

(e) (i) 27.5 < answer < 28.5 1

(ii) 7, 7 cao 1

(f) 10, 10 cao 1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 4024 22

Question Answers Mark Part marks

11 (a) (i) EC = BE or AC = FE and


∠AEC = ∠FBE or ∠ECA = ∠BEF B1
Two correct reasons for their choices B1 Statements and reasons:
EC = BE; radii
AC = FE; diameters
∠AEC = ∠FBE [= 90°]; angle in semicircle
∠ECA = ∠BEF [= 60°]; equilateral triangle
Third statement, leading to correct
congruence condition i.e. RHS, SAS, B1
SSA

(ii) BFD 1

(iii) ∠EBF = ∠DFB = 90° 1 Both 90° could be marked on diagram


Cointerior/interior/supplementary/allied 1dep
angles [sum to 180]
OR OR
∠BEF = ∠EFD = 60° 1 Both 60° could be marked on diagram
Alternate angles [are equal] 1dep

(iv) 120° 1 120° could be marked on diagram

1
(b) (i) 6.126 to 6.13 2 M1 for × 4 × 4 × sin 130
2
1
Or PQ × perpendicular height (numerical)
2

(360 − 130)
(ii) 38.2 to 38.3 3 M1 for × π × 4 2 soi by 32.11
360
130
or × π × 4 2 soi by 18.15
360
And M1 for ‘their major sector area’ + ‘their
triangle area’
Or for ‘their circle area’ – ‘their minor sector
area’ + ‘their triangle area’

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2014 series

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2014 series for
most Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some
Cambridge O Level components.

® IGCSE is the registered trademark of Cambridge International Examinations.


Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 4024 21

Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working
soi seen or implied

Question Answers Mark Part Marks

1 (a) (i) 6 1

1
(ii) 1
500

(iii) 2.7 1

(b) 9 1

(c) (i) 3.5 2 B1 for 1.2 seen or division by 120


20 x
or M1 for x + = 4.2 oe
100

(ii) Special promotion tin + working 2 M1 attempt at one rate

2 (a) 15 05 or 3 05 pm 2 B1 for (0)9 05 or (0)3 50 seen

or M1 for 21 50 + 11 15 or 21 50 + 6

(b) 11 hours 55 minutes 2 B1 for (0)1 45 or 5 hours and 55 minutes seen


or M1 for 13 40 – (0)7 45 + 6 oe

(c) (i) 290 (280 to 300) 1

(ii) 45 or ft from their (c)(i) 1

(d) 827 2 M1 for 683 + k × 24

3 (a) (i) Correct quadratic graph through 11 3 B2 for curve through at least 8 ft points or for
points 11 ft points
or B1 for 16 in the table twice
or for 6 ft points

(ii) – 2.35 to – 2.25 and 2ft B1 for one correct solution


4.25 to 4.4 or M1 for y = 2 drawn

(iii) 3.25 to 4.75 2 B1 for tangent drawn at x = 3


or for a gradient in range

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 4024 21

(b) 2.54, – 3.54 3 Working seen and www


B1 for 12 − 4 × 1 × (−9) soi
− 1 ± their 37
and B1 for
2 ×1
After B1 or B0 so far,
p± q
M1 for both real values of their
r

(c) ( y =) − 3 x + 1 2 B1 for ( y =) − 3 x + c or ( y =)mx + 1


or M1 for (i) theoretical or (ii) practical

4 (a) p = 12, q = 16 2 B1 for one correct


Or M1 for k × 5 or l × 2.5 where k and l are
attempts to read from the histogram

(b) (i) 29.5 3 M1 for sum of the midvalues × frequency


and M1 for division by 60

(ii) 2070 2 M1 for attempt to use upper bounds of


individual intervals

5 (a) 19.46 seen 4 Working seen. No wrong working.


M2 for 14 2 + 8 2 − 2 × 14 × 8 × cos 122
and A1 for 378.7 soi
or M1 for an incorrect formula with one error
and A1 for 141.3 or 319.35 or 250.7 soi

14 sin 122
(b) 37.5 to 37.6 3 M2 for
19.5
sin B sin 122
or M1 for = oe
14 19.5
SC1 for correct method for wrong angle

(c) 247 to 248 4 M1 for 0.5 × 8 × 8 × sinC = 26 oe soi


and A1 for 54.34
and M1 for 180 – their 54.34
or 238 – their 54.34
SC1 after 0 for CE = 8

6 (a) −1 1

x+7
(b) 2 M1 for x = 2 y − 7 soi
2
y+7
or SC1 for the answer
2

1 11
(c) g = 2.2 or 2 or 3 B1 for 2(3g) – 7 = g + 4 soi
5 5 and B1 for mg = 11 or 5g = n
or SC1 after B0 for solving their linear
f(3g) = g + 4

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 4024 21

3
7 (a) (i) or 0.75 1
4

(ii) ( y =) − 4 2 M1 for 4y – 6y – 3 = 5
or
correctly rearranges their linear equation

3w
(b) final answer 3 B1 for 15w(w – 2)
w+2 and B1 for 5(w + 2)(w – 2)

(c) (i) p( p + 20) or p 2 + 20 p 1

(ii) Correct equation and the given form 2 M1 for 35( p 2 + 20 p )


correctly derived. and A1 for 35( p 2 + 20 p ) = 122500
And the given form established.

(iii) (a) p = 50 and p = – 70 2 M1 for (p ± h)(p ± k) where hk = 3500

(b) 70 1ft Accept their positive p + 20

8 (a) (i) 112 to 116 1

(ii) Perpendicular bisector of AB 1

(iii) (a) Correct region shaded. 2 M1 for clearly identifiable arc centre B radius
8 cm

(b) 2.9 to 3.1 1

(iv) Yes as path of D passes through the 2 M1 for line from their D on a bearing 075
shaded region

(b) (i) 9.43 2 M1 for (PR2 =) 52 + 82

x
(ii) 6.38 to 6.39 3 M2 for sin53 = oe
8
or B1 for correct triangle soi

9 (a) −1 1

correct triangle 2 B1 for two vertices correct


(b)
or for an incorrect reflection

(c) x = − 2 .5 1

(d) 4 1

(e) Correct octagon 2 M1 for 6 correct vertices


or octagon scale factor 2 incorrectly placed

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 4024 21

(f) (i) 1575 2 B1 for any correct relevant area such as


2025 or 1125 or 112.5 soi
or M1 for a complete, consistent, method

(ii) 30 1

(iii) 10350 2ft ft their 900 + 6 × their 1575


B1 for 450 seen
or M1 for complete, consistent, method

10 (a) (i) (a) 2x 1

(b) 4x 1

(c) 90 − 2 x oe 1ft

(ii) 19 3 M2 for 180 − 3 x = 123 oe


or B1 for BÊ 0 = (180 − 123)

40
(b) (i) 22.3 2 M1 for × π × 82
360

40
(ii) 476 to 477 4 M1 for ×π × 16
360
and M1 for 2 × their 22.3
and B1 for 8 × 20

11 (a) (i) 23 to 25 1

(ii) 12 45 (pm) 1

(iii) 1.9 1

(iv) (a) Straight lines to (14 45, 5.4) 2 M1 for straight line d = 5.4
and from (14 45, 5.4) to (15 39, 0) or straight line from their (14 45, 5.4) to
(15 39, 0)

(b) 6 cao 1

(b) (i) Correct sectors and labels 2 M1 for sector of 30 or 150

5
(ii) or 0.417 or 0.4166.... 1
12

41 5 4 6 5
(iii) oe, 0.621 3 M2 for 1 − × − × oe
66 12 11 12 11
5 4 6 5
or M1 for such as × or ×
12 11 12 11
After 0, SC1 for
5 6 5 1 6 1
(2) × × + (2) × × + (2) × ×
12 12 12 12 12 12

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2014 series

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2014 series for
most Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some
Cambridge O Level components.

® IGCSE is the registered trademark of Cambridge International Examinations.


Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 4024 22

Question Answers Mark Part Marks

1 (a) (i) 30% 2 M1 for figs(5625 ÷ 18 750)


or SC1 for 70(%) as final answer

22
(ii) 305 3 M1 for (13125) × oe and
100
18750 − their 2887.5
M1 for
52

25 x
(iii) 15 000 2 M1 for x + = 18750 oe
100
or B1 for ÷ 125

(b) (i) 65400 1

(ii) 294 1

(iii) 877 2 B1 for use of the quotient of the rates

2 (a) (i) 23 1

(ii) 90 with reason 1

(iii) Parallel lines established 1

(b) Convincing argument 3 This must have e.g. XQ = XY justified.


If there is no justification, then MAX B2
from B1 for XQ = XY oe
And B1 for relating this to the perimeter of
PXZ
Or B1 for equal (alternate or bisected)
angles

1
3 (a) or 0.0625 1
16

42 7 3
(b) or 0.164 oe 3 B2 for (2 ) × ×
256 16 16
7 3
or B1 for both and
16 16
7
or SC1 after 0 for
40

(c) (i) 26 1

(ii) m = 5 n = −3 2 B1 for one correct


or M1 for correct substitution and
evaluation of the other variable or for an
equation in one variable

(d) p = 17 2 M1 for p × their m − 4 × their n(= 97 ) oe

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 4024 22

1
4 (a) (i) 105 2 B1 for   × 7 × 3 × 10
2
or M1 for Area of cross section × 10 soi

(ii) 197.2 (m2) 4 M1 for 32 + 72


and M1 for area of one triangular face
and M1 for area of one rectangular face

h
(b) (i) 0.845 2 M1 for = sin 25 oe
2

y
(ii) 0.280 2 M1 for = tan[...] oe
0.6
or SC1 for 25

d
5 (a) 63.7 or 63.6 (m) 2 M1 for π × = 100
2

(b) 9540 to 9560 3ft M1 for πr 2 soi


and M1 for their circular area + 100 × their
(a)

(c) (i) 18.7 to 19.0 (m) 3ft M1 for 2πR


And M1 for their 2πR − 200 or πR − 100

θ
(ii) 30.8 to 31.1 2ft M1 for × 2πr oe
360
)
6 (a) Correct shape ABCD 4 B1 for ABC = 56
)
B1 for BAD = 104
M1 line CD // AB
A1 for perpendicular length 4.5

(b) 115 – 125 m 2ft M1 for their CD

5
7 (a) (i) Convincing argument 3 www e.g. need to see b – a and (b – a)
3
B1 for DE = b – a oe
2 2
B1 for DB = a or EC = b oe soi
3 3

(ii) 9 : 25 oe 2 B1 for at least 3 : 5 oe seen

(b) (i) Triangle with vertices (6, 1), (10, 1), (10, 4) 2 B1 for two vertices correct

(ii) Stretch(ing) 1

 2 0
(iii)   2 B1 for one error or
 2 1 M1 for multiplication in the correct order

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 4024 22

1  1  1 0
 0
(iv) 2 2ft B1 for or   or their ft values
 
 −1 1
2  − 2 2

8 (a) (i) 2.24 1

2
4π 2 h
(ii) (h = ) T g
oe 3 M1 for T 2 = oe
4π 2 g
and M1 for any correct transposition at any
stage

(b) 14 2 B1 for 42 or 16
or M1 for 45 − p − 3 = 2 p

(c) –5.5 oe 3 M1 for 3(2 x − 3) + 4(5 − x ) oe soi


and M1 for 6 x − 4 x = 9 − 20 soi oe

(d) –0.41 –3.26 3 B1 for 112 − 4 × 3 × 4 soi


− 11 ± their73
and B1 for
2×3

After B1 or B0 so far
p± q
M1 for both real values of
r

9 (a) (i) 11.05 confirmed 1

1
(ii) 39.1° or 39.2° 2 M1 for × 5 × 7 × sin PQR
2

1
(iii) 136.3° 3 M1 for 8 × 2 × sin ZWX = × 4 × 6 × sin 67
2
oe
and A1 for 43.7o soi
or M1 for 180 − their 43.7 soi

(b) (i) 6.16 3 M2 for 9 2 + 12 2 − 2 × 9 × 12 × cos 30 soi


or M1 for cosine formula with 1 error
and A1 for 412 (soi by 20.3), 131.5 (soi by
11.5) or 117 (soi by 10.8)

9 2 + 122 − 12.52
(ii) 41.4 3 M2 for cos CAM = oe
2 × 9 × 12
or M1 for 12.5 2 = 9 2 + 12 2 − 2 × 9 × 12 cos θ
oe
After 0, SC1 for theirA – 30, or one of M or
C

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 4024 22

10 (a) 11 11 1

(b) correct scales, plots (ft) and curve 3 P2 correct scales and at least 7 plots (ft) or
All plots correct ft
or P1 for aleast 7 plots (ft) or
Correct scales drawn

(c) 2 (±0.5) 2ft Dependent on tangent drawn at x = 3


M1 for tangent at x = 3

(d) (i) –5 cao 1

(ii) (a) –1 2 B1 for either


(b) 5

(e) (0.6) (3.4) 3ft B1 for x 2 − 4 x − 1 = −3 soi


and B1 for the line y = −3
or M1 for x 2 − 4 x − 1 = k
and A1 for the line y = k

SC3 for 0 for new curve drawn

11 (a) histogram correct 3 H2 for four columns correct


or H1 for one correct frequency density

(b) (i) correct plots and give curve 2 P1 for at least 4 correct plots

(ii) (a) (195) (g) 1ft

(b) 72 to 88 (g) 2ft B1 for 152 to 158 and 230 to 240


Or M1 for UQ – LQ

(iii) 50 78 72 32 4 1

(iv) (a) 36 cao 1

(b) 85 or 86 or ft (th Percentile) 2ft B1 for 15 or 14.4 or ft


Or M1 for subtraction from 240 or 250

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2015 series

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/21 Paper 2 (Paper 2), maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2015 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some
Cambridge O Level components.

® IGCSE is the registered trademark of Cambridge International Examinations.


Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2015 4024 21

Qu Answers Mark Part Marks

22 78
1 (a) (i) 28 236 2 B1 for or × 36 200 or 7964
100 100

8
(ii) 140 000 3 M1 for x = 36 200 – 25 000
100
36 200 − 25 000
or figs
8
Or B1 for figs (36 200 – 25 000) ÷8 or 11 200

1080 − 756
(iii) 30 2 M1 for figs
1080

(b) 600 3 B1 for 0.135 soi


681
M1 for figs
113.5 or 104.5

2 (a) 8.94 2 M1 for (−1 − 3) 2 + (2 − 10) 2

4
(b) – 0.447 2 M1 for
80

(c) x + 2y = 13 oe correctly 2 M1 for ( x − (1)) 2 + ( y − 2) 2 = ( x − 3) 2 + ( y − 10) 2


obtained

(d) ( – 1, 7 ) 1

3 (a) (i) Convincing proof 1

(ii) (a) HFG 1

(b) HEF + HFK = HEF + HFG 1

(b) (i) (vertically) opposite 2 B1 for either


same segment

(ii) PLˆ M = 180 – y 2 B1 for either


PRˆ M = 180 – (180 – y) = y

(iii) Similar justified 3 B1 for Similar


B1 for both MSˆQ and PMˆ R

4 (a) 63.6 to 63.62 2 M1 for π r 2

(b) 352 to 353 2 B1 for 161(.2) or 190.9 or 191

1 2 2
(c) 10 2 M1 for π 5 h or π 5 3
3 3

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2015 4024 21

4
5 (a) Correctly shown 2 M1 for tan x =
11

(b) Complete explanation 1 BCˆ A = CDˆ F corresponding


and y + BCˆ A = 90 = x + CDˆ F

4
(c) 4.256 to 4.26(0) 3 M2 for ( AC =)
cos y
4
Or M1 for = cosy
AC

1
(d) 55.8 to 55.9 4ft M3 for (their (c) + their FD)×7
2
Or B2 for (FD =) 11.7 or 137 or 42 + 112
Or B1 for ( DF 2 ) = 42 + 112

6 (a) x3 – 1 2 M1 for x3 + x2 + x – x2 – x – 1

3 x ( x − 2) − 4( x + 2)
(b) 0.4 3 M1 for (= 3)
( x + 2)( x − 2)
B1 for 3x2 – 6x – 4x – 8 or x2 – 4 soi

(c) (x = ) –0.5 (y = ) – 2 4 B3 for one correct value with supporting working


Or B2 for a pair of values satisfying one equation
Or M1 for attempt to equate coefficients

7 (a) (i) 20.9 to 21(.0) 1

(ii) 4.6(0) to 4.61 1

(b) (i) 3x2 + 9x – 247 (= 0) correctly 4 B3 for 162 = x 2 + 4 x 2 + 12 x + 9 − 2 x 2 − 3x


obtained Or M2 for 162 = x 2 + (2 x + 3) 2 − 2 x(2 x + 3) cos 60
Or M1 for (162 =) x 2 + (2 x + 3) 2 ± (2) x(2 x + 3) cos 60

(ii) 7.70 and –10.70 3 B2 for one correct solution


Or 7.69 to 7.70 and –10.69 to –10.70
p± q
Or if in the form , B1 for p = – 9 and r = 6 or
r
for q = 3045 (55.18)

(iii) 7.70 18.40 1ft

1
(iv) 61.3 to 62(.0) 2ft M1 for × their 7.70 × their 18.40 × sin60
2

260
8 (a) (i) 42.18 to 42.22 2 M1 for or 2π × 9.3
360

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2015 4024 21

260
(ii) 196 to 196.32 2 M1 for × π × 9.32
360

(b) (i) 194 to 195 2 M1 for subtraction of two areas

260
(ii) (a) 0.578 confirmed 2 M1 for (2πr =) × 2π × 0.8
360

(b) 18.1 to 18.2 2 M1 for 2π × 0.578 × 5

(c) 5.24 to 5.25 2 M1 for π × 0.5782 × 5

9 (a) –27 –8 – 1 0 1 8 27 1

(b) 7 correct plots and smooth 2 B1 for 5 plots


curve

(c) (i) – 2.4 to – 2.6 1

(ii) 4 to 6 1

(iii) t = u3 1

(iv) 10 to 13 2 M1 for a tangent at x = 2

(d) (i) Correct line 2 B1 for correct intercept (0, 3) or gradient 5

(ii) (–1.95 to –1.7) 2 B1 for one correct


(– 0.8 to –0.5)
(2.4 to 2.6)

1
10 (a) (i) oe 1
3

48 60 24
(ii) oe 2 M1 for (2 ×) ×
1495 300 299
60 24
After 0, allow SC1 for 2 × ×
300 300

(b) 50.8 3 M1 for 15240, or


2640 + 1880 + 2352 + 3744 + 3136 + 1488 , or
44 × 60 + 47 × 40 + 49 × 48 + 52 × 72 + 56 × 56 + 62 × 24
B1 for division by 300

(c) (i) 100 148 220 276 1

(ii) 7 correct plots and smooth 2 B1 for 5 correct plots


curve

(d) (i) 50 to 50.5 1

(ii) 7.25 to 8.00 2 B1 for 46.5 to 47.0 or 54.25 to 54.50 seen


or their reading at 225, or 75 seen

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2015 4024 21

11 (a) (i) b 1

(ii) 2b correctly obtained 2 M1 for GB + BA + AE + ED soi

8 8
(iii) (a) a– b 2 B1 for DC = 2c – 2b
5 5

8
(b) 1 : oe 1
5

(b) (i) (a) Reflection in y = x 2 B1 for reflection

0 1
(b)   2 M1 for either column
1 0

(ii) Vertices (–3, 6) (–3, 0) 1


(0, –2)

(iii) 90 1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2015 series

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2015 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some
Cambridge O Level components.

® IGCSE is the registered trademark of Cambridge International Examinations.


Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2015 4024 22

Qu. Answers Mark Part Marks

17 x + 13 2(4 x − 1) 3(3x + 5)
1 (a) cao final answer 2 M1 for + or better oe
6 6 6

1
(b) (i) or 0.5 cao 1
2

(ii) y = 1 final answer 1

(iii) Line from (6, 1) to (4, 3) 1

(iv) y = –x + 7 final answer 2 B1 for any equation with grad –1 and/or


intercept 7

(v) (0, 6) 2 B1 for line from (2, 2) with y-intercept


between 5 and 7 soi
Or for correct (unsimplified) equation
(y = –2x + 6)

2 (a) 27 1

(b) Constant speed 1

2
(c) 0.08 or final answer 1
25

(d) 3 to 3.5 1

1
(e) 1500 2 M1 for ( 200 + 50)12
2
Or B1 for ∆ = 900 or rectangle = 600
After 0, allow SC1 for 1750

(f) 27 cao 2 M1 for their (total distance ÷ total time) soi

3 (a) (i) 67.8 3 M1 for


15×10+45×15+75×11+105×7+135×5+165×2
i.e. 150+675+825+735+675+330 (=3390)
B1 for ÷ 50 (independent of M mark)

(ii) 90 ø t < 120 1 Or clear equivalent

(b) (i) 100 and 76 and 48 2 B1 for 100 and 76, or for 48

(ii) Completed pie chart with at least one 1


sector correctly labelled

4 (a) (i) 72 1

(ii) 83 1

(iii) 108 1

(iv) 83 1FT Their (ii)

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2015 4024 22

40
(b) (i) 4 (π) cao 2 B1 for π × 62 or for
360

4 4
(ii) 12 + π final answer 2 B1 for (a =) 12, or for (b =)
3 3

(iii) 8 1ft

5 (a) (±) 9.3(0) to 9.31 4 M2 for BC2 = 82 + 112 – 2 × 8 × 11 cos 56


Or M1 for 82 + 112 ± (2) × 8 × 11 cos 56
B1 for 86.5 to 86.6

11sin 30
(b) 122.2 to 122.3 3 M2 for (sin ADC =) , or 57.7 to
6.5
57.8, or 58
sin ADC sin 30
Or M1 for = oe
11 6.5

(c) 45.7 to 45.71 4 B1 for 27.7 to 27.8 seen


1
M1 for × 11 × 8 × sin 56 (= 36.478...)
2
or for 8 × sin 56 if using heights
their stated area
M1 for × 100
their areaABC
their height ADC
or × 100
their height ABC

250 26650
6 (a) 325 2 M1 for or
20500 20500
Or B1 for 82 seen

(b) 465 and 2.56 to 2.57 3 B2 for 465 or 2.56 to 2.57 seen
Or M1 for 400 × 1.17 (468)

(c) 170 3 B2 for 420 or 144.5(0)


Or M1 for 357 ÷ 0.85
or 357 – (250 × 0.85)

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2015 4024 22

SECTION B

Qu. Answers Mark Part Marks

3x − 7
7 (a) (i) f–1(x) = oe final answer 2 M1 for 3y = 2x + 7 or 3x = 2y + 7 oe
2

2m + 7 m
(ii) m = –14 2 M1 for = oe
3 2

(b) (i) 4, 4 and smooth correct graph drawn 3 B1 for 4 and 4


B1 for 7 correct plots

(ii) (y =) 6.2 to 6.4 1

(iii) line drawn and x = –0.7 to –0.8 2 M1 for correct line drawn
x = 2.7 to 2.8

(iv) line drawn and x = –2.3 to -2.7 2 M1 for horizontal line crossing curve at
intersection of x = 3.5 and their curve
or for the line y = –2.75

8 (a) 321 1

y
(b) 9.43 to 9.44 2 M1 for sin 39 = oe
15

15
(c) 19.3 to 19.31 2 B1 for cos 39 = oe
x

(d) (i) X marked 12cm from A on bearing of 2 B1 for either a correct distance or bearing
141o

(ii) Correct region shaded 3 B1 for arc, min length 3 cm, radius 6 cm,
centre A
B1 for bisector of ∠ABC, min length 3 cm

B1 for shading

(iii) 17.6 to 18.4 dependent on an 2 M1 for Y established at northern end of


acceptable X and Y shading

9 (a) (i) 2x(2x2 – 5y) final answer 1

(ii) (3a + b)(3a – b) final answer 1

5 7
(b) m= , 0.625 2 M1 for 7 = 12 – 8m or = 3 − 2m
8 4

(c) (i) h2 + (h + 7)2 = 232 leading to correct 2 M1 for h2 + (h + 7)2 = 232


rearrangement

h 1
(ii) (h + 7) oe isw
2

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2015 4024 22

(iii) 120 cao 1

(iv) 12.4, –19.4 3 B2 for one correct solution, or for 12.38 to


12.40 and –19.38 to –19.40
p± q
Or if in form , B1 for p = –7
r
and r = 2
and B1 for q = 1009 or q = 31.7 to 31.8

(v) 54.76 to 54.8 1FT

10 (a) (i) Rotation 90° anticlockwise about (1,1) 2 B1 for Rotation


B1 for 90° anticlockwise and about (1,1)

(ii) Correct triangle 2 B1 for two correct vertices

(iii) Correct triangle 2 B1 for two correct vertices

1
(iv) 24 2 B1 for 42 soi or M1 for × 12 × 4
2

(b) 2 1

(c) 4 1

(d) Rectangle, Rhombus 2 B1 for one correct

7
11 (a) (i) or 0.23… or better 1
30

11
(ii) cao 1
15

(iii) (a) All probabilities correctly placed 2 B1 for at least 8 correct

308 154
(b) or or 0.354 2 M1 for
870 435
 7 6   15 14 
 their × their  +  × their 
 30 29   30 29 
 8 7 
+  × their 
 30 29 

(b) (i) Correct histogram 3 B2 for at least 3 correct bars


Or B1 for at least 1 correct bar or correct
frequency densities seen

(ii) 61 or 62 2 B1 for 6 or 7 seen

(iii) 10 1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2015 series

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2015 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some
Cambridge O Level components.

® IGCSE is the registered trademark of Cambridge International Examinations.


Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2015 4024 21

Question Answers Mark Part marks

1 (a) 2730 2 B1 for 230 or 2557.5[0] seen


or
M1 for 2500 + 2500 × 0.023 × 4 oe

(b) 262.5[0] final answer 2 B1 for 1012.5[0] seen


or
M1 for 0.15 × 750 + 36 × 25 oe

(c) w = 4.65 5 B1 for [w = ] 4.65


x = [0].75 B1 for [x = ] [0].75
y = 40.5[0] B2 for [y = ] 40.5[0]
z = 31.35 or M1 for 32.4[0] ÷ 0.8 oe
B1ft for 31.35

2 (a) (i) 19.2[…] or 3 41 2 M1 for [AB2 = ] 122 + 152 or better

their12
(ii) 128.6 to 128.7 or 129 3 M1 for tan θ = oe
15
A1 for 38.6 to 38.7

B1ft for [ ABˆ C = ] their θ + 90

Alternative method
M2 for complete method using cosine rule
for cos ABC using their 19.2

7 sin 65
(b) 44.8[2…] 3 M2 for
9
Or
9 7
M1 for = oe
sin 65 sin x

 3 4
3 (a) (i)   2 B1 for one row or one column correct
 −1 2

1 1
1  2 − 2  − 
(ii)   or  2 2  oe isw 2 B1 for det = 4 soi
4  3 −1 3 1
− 

4 4  2 − 2
or for  
 3 −1

 4 − 2
(b)   oe 2 B1 for one row or one column correct
0 − 6  − 2 1
Or M1 for 2C = – 4   oe
 0 3
1  − 2 1
or for – C=  
2  0 3

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


Pag
P ge 3 M k Sch
Mar S hem
mee Sylllab
S bus Pape
P er
Cam
mbrridge
e O Le el – Oct
eve O tob
berr/N
Nov
vem
mbber 20
015
5 4 24
402 2
21

Quesstio
on A werrs
Answ Ma
ark
k Pa
artt m
marks

 311
3 0
 
(cc) (i))  271
2 5 2 B1 1 for
fo 2 elem men nts corrrecct in
i a 3 byy1m
maatrix
x
 275  orr all 3 vaaluees corr
c rectt inn doollaars
 2 0
orr
11950 + 11 160
0
 
M for
M1 f  9975 5 + 17440 
11300 + 14 0 
450

( )
(ii) Am
mou
untt [inn centts] forr eaach weeek
k 1

(iii)) 85.75
5 caao 1

4 (a
a) 1
A

B C


(b
b) E ∩ (D ∪ F ) oor (D ∪ F )′ ∩ E 1 Orr E ∩ D ' ∩ F '

(cc) (i)) 2 B1 1 for


fo 8 oor 9 nu umb berrs ccorrrecttly plaaceed or
o for
f
100 nuummberrs cor
c rrecctlyy pllaceed wit
w th one
o e
P Q ad
ddittionnal nuumb berr
orr fo
or 1, 3, 4,, 5, 7, 9 see
s en corr
c rectly
3 5 1 4 poosittion
nedd an
nd no
n num mbberss poosittionnedd
7 9 in
ncorrrecctlyy

2 6 8 1
10

( )
(ii) 7 1ft

3
(iii)) o
oe 2
2ft B11 for
fo the
t eir 3 seeen
n ass nuum
meraatorr off a fraactio
on
10
0 so
oi

5 (a
a) 3xx 2 y(2 y 2 − 5x
5 ) 2 B1 fo 3x 2 (2 y 3 − 5xyy)
1 for
orr 3yy(2 x 2 y 2 − 5x 3 )
orr x 2 y(6 y 2 − 15
5x)
orr 3xxy(2 xy 2 − 5x 2 )
orr 3xx 2 y(A
A − 5x)
orr 3xx 2 y(2 y 2 − B)

© Ca
amb
brid
dge
e In
nterrnattion xam
nal Ex mina
atio
ons
s 20
015
5
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2015 4024 21

Question Answers Mark Part marks

8 4( x + 2) + 2 x
(b) x = ± 1.63[...] or ± 3 M1 for = 3 soi
3 x( x + 2)
M1dep for 4x + 8 + 2x = 3x2 + 6x or better

(c) (i) Correct region shaded with 4 correct lines 3 B2 for 3 or 4 correct lines
or
B1 for 2 correct lines

1
(ii) – oe 2 B1 for (3, 3) or (1, 4) soi
2

6 (a) (i) a = 1, b = –3 2 B1 for one correct

(ii) 5.38 to 5.39 or 29 2 M1 for 52 + 22

1 1
(b) (i) b– a or (2b − a ) final answer 1
2 2

1 1
(ii) 2b + a or (a + 4b ) final answer 1
2 2

1
(iii) λ:3λ 2dep B1dep for b + a seen
4
1
or n(b + a ) seen
4
1 1
or k = or OF = OE oe
2 2

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2015 4024 21

Question Answers Mark Part marks

SECTION B

7 (a) A correct shape with one of diagonal lines 1


as line of symmetry

(b) Correct shape 2 B1 for three additional triangles drawn round


M, at least two correct
Or
SC1 for

(c) (i) C at (3, 1) (3, 3) (4, 3) 2 B1 for either vertical or horizontal correct
Or for two vertices correct and correct
orientation

(ii) y = x oe 1

 − 1  − 1
(iii) Translation   2 B1 for translation or  
 3  3
Or
M1 for D seen at (1, 3), (3, 3), (3, 4)

(iv) (a) (2, 0) (4, 0) (4, –1) 1

(b) Rotation, 90o clockwise, (0,0) oe 2 B1 for two correct from:


Rotation,
90° clockwise oe,
(0, 0) oe

 0 1
(c)   1
 −1 0

8 (a) πr2 + πr (r + 4) 2 M1 for πr2 + πr (r + 4)


with correct working leading to 6r(r + 2) or πr (r + r + 4)

(b) 48, 90 1

(c) Correct shape curve through 7 correct 2 B1ft for at least 5 correct points plotted
points

(d) [h = ] 8r + 16 or 2 2r + 4 2 M1 for (r + 4)2 = r2 + h2 or better


[h = ] ( r + 4) 2 − r 2 or better

(e) 16 2 M1 for 8r + 16 = 144 oe

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2015 4024 21

Question Answers Mark Part marks

(f) (i) 4.8 to 4.95 1

(ii) 8 cao 2 B1 for 7.[…]


or
M1 for substituting their f(i) into
( r + 4) 2 − r 2

9 (a) (i) 4 [minutes] 18 [seconds] 1

(ii) 1 [minute] 0 [seconds] 2 B1 for attempt to read at 12.5 and 37.5

(b) 10, 12, 13, 5, 2 2 B1 for 3 correct

(c) 17 [minutes] 30 [seconds] 2 B1 for three times only seen including 6,


5:30 and time in range 5:30 < t ⩽ 6

(d) (i) 23 1

7
(ii) or 0.14 2 B1ft for their 2 + their 5 seen
50 or time = 5 [mins] seen
2
Or SC1 for answer oe
50

4 a a −1
(e) oe 2 M1 for × where a < 50
175 50 49
8 7
Or B1 for and seen
50 49
8 16
Or SC1 for answer oe or answer oe
175 625

1
10 (a) (i) (x + 15)(x – 3) = 75 M1 Or equivalent equation for area
2

Correct expansion leading to A1


x2 + 12x – 195 = 0 www

(ii) 9.2 cao 3 B2 for 9.19[8…] or 9.2[0] seen


OR
B1 for 12 2 − 4 × 1 × −195 soi
− 12 ± their 924
And B1 for oe
2

(iii) 7.3 2 M1 for 2AD – 0.8 + 15 + their 9.2 = 38.0 oe


Or 2BC + 0.8 + 15 + their 9.2 = 38.0 oe

Or SC1 for answer [BC = ] 6.5

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2015 4024 21

Question Answers Mark Part marks

(b) (i) 72° 2 B1 for LMˆ N = 108° seen

4
(ii) 3 M2 for 126 : their 72 soi or
7 B1 for 126 seen
7
Or SC2 for answer
4

1
11 (a) (i) 9.19[…] 2 M1 for × 4 × 6 × sin 50
2

(ii) 183 to 184 1ft ft 20 × their 9.19

(iii) 310 to 310.5 5ft ft 292 + 2 × their 9.19


B3 for 4.60 or 4.59[8…]
or
M2 for 42 + 62 – 2× 4 × 6 × cos 50
or
M1 for cosine formula with one error

AND

M1 for 20×(4 + 6 + their4.60) + 2×their9.19


oe

(b) 21.3[2…] 4 B1 for correct change of units soi


M1 for use of π × r2 × 0.7 = 0.1

0.1
M1 for r 2 = soi
0.7 × π

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2015 series

4024 MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D)


4024/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2015 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some
Cambridge O Level components.

® IGCSE is the registered trademark of Cambridge International Examinations.


Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2015 4024 22

Question Answers Mark Part Marks

60
1 (a) (i) (a) 396 2 M1 for × 360 + 15×12 or
100
60
B1 for × 360 seen
100

(b) 110 isw 1ft

26
(ii) 770 2 M1 for x – x = 569.80 oe or
100
B1 for ÷ by figs 74

850
(b) 1.21 3 M2 for x = 550 oe or
1.87
850
B1 for or 1.87 or 850 or 550 or
1.87 850 550 850
x or 550
1.87 x

1
2 (a) 14 2 M1 for × CA × (11 − 7) oe or
2
SC 1 for 28

(b) 10.8 2 M1 for (8 − (−2)) 2 + (7 − 11) 2

(c) 22.8 2ft B1 for [BC =] 5 soi or


M1 for (b) + theirBC + CA

(d) 21.8 2ft (11 − 7)


M1 for tanA = oe
(8 − (−2))

3 (a) (i) Convincing explanation 1


)
(ii) 28 2 B1 for OCD = 124 or triangle COD
isosceles soi

(iii) 76 1ft

(b) (i) Convincing explanation 2 B1 for a correct pair of equal angles stated

(ii) 2.5 3 B1 for 8.5 – SR or 8.5 – QS seen and


12 8.5 − SR 12 QS
M1 for = or =
5 SR 5 8.5 − QS

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2015 4024 22

Question Answers Mark Part Marks

1 4
4 (a) (i) 2.12 2 M1 for × × π × r3 = 20 soi or
2 3
SC1 for 1.68

3
50 20
(ii) 6.79 2 B1 for or 3 oe or
20 50
3
M1 for  5  = 20 oe
x 50

(b) 187 3 M1 for π(figs 15)2 oe and

M1 for  1 × 4 × π × (figs 55)2 – 50 ×


2 
2
their πr

5 (a) 51.2 2 M1 for AC2 + 402 = 652 oe

AF
(b) 12.7 2 M1 for = sin25 oe
30

35
(c) 40.4 3 M1 for = cos30 oe and a further
AG
35
M1 for (AG = ) oe
cos 30

6 (a) (i) –4.62 –2.38 final answer 2 B1 for one value


SC1 for both –4.6 and –2.4

7 2 5
(ii) (B = ) 7 (C = ) 11 3 M1 for ( x + ) = and
2 4
B1 for one correct value

(b) x < –2 2 M1 for isolating 3x and – 6 soi

(c) (x + 3y)(6 – t) oe 2 M1 for the correct extraction of a common


factor at any stage

(d) (a = ) 17 (b =) – 16 4 M1 for equalising one set of coefficients or


substitution and a further
M1 for eliminating one variable or
simplifying an equation in one variable and
A1 for 17 and
A1 for – 16
After A0, SC1 for correct substitution into
one of the original equations to find the
other variable

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2015 4024 22

Question Answers Mark Part Marks

7 (a) Fully shown 2 M1 for the area sine formula

(b) 2x2 – 19x + 6 (= 0) correctly obtained 3 B1 for both x + 12 and 4 + 2x – 5 and


x(2 x − 5) 1
M1 for =
their ( x + 12)their (4 + 2 x − 5) 3

(c) (i) 9.17 0.33 3 B1 for (−19) 2 − 4 × 2 × 6 soi and

− (−19) ± their 313


B1 for soi and
2× 2
p± q
M1 for both real values of
r

(ii) 0.33 with reason 1

(d) 6.35 3ft M2 for (BC2=)


c(i)2 + (2c(i)–5)2 – 2×c(i)×(2c(i)–5)×cos25
or
M1 for correct formula with one error and
A1 ft for correct evaluation from their M1
SC1 for x2 + (2x–5)2 – 2x(2x–5)cos25 oe

25
8 (a) (i) 2.62 2 M1 for × 2π × 6
360

25
(ii) 7.85 2 M1 for × π × 62
360

(b) (i) 39.3 1ft

(ii) 88.8 3ft B1 for 30 or 60 or


M1 for 5× (a)(i)
and
indep M1 for 2×(a)(ii)

(iii) 471 to 472 2ft B1 for height = 15 and radius = 12 soi

800
(c) (i) (h =) 1
πr 2

(ii) h is divided by 4 oe 1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2015 4024 22

Question Answers Mark Part Marks

9 (a) 36 1

(b) Correct plots ft and curve 2 P1 for 6 correct plots ft

(c) (i) 4 < gradient < 6 2ft B1 for tangent at t = 4

(ii) Speed oe 1

(d) Their 2.5 2ft B1 for their 1.8 and their 4.3

(e) (i) Their 1.65 towards 2ft B1 for one correct ft


Their 4.7 away from

48
(ii) t2 + – 20 = 12 oe isw 1
t

(iii) –32 cao 1

10 (a) Correct histogram 3 If 3 not scored, up to 2 marks from:

B1 for correct fd’s (allow one error)


B1 for correct column widths
B1 for correct heights from their fd’s

(b) 95 < t ⩽ 100 1

(c) 98.2 3 M1 for ∑ fx


B1 for division by 80 seen

28
(d) oe 1
80

992 32 31
(e) (i) oe 2 M1 for 2 × × or 32 × 31
6320 80 79 80 80

64 4 8 4 8
(ii) oe 2 M1 for × or 2 × ×
6320 80 79 80 80

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2015 4024 22

Question Answers Mark Part Marks

11 (a) (i) 6.08 1

(ii) 1 2 M1 for AF = AH + HF oe or


 
 4 1 6
B1 for  
2  1 

 4 
(iii) (a)   1
− 7

(b) GD = 2 FH stated 1 dep


or appropriate numerical vector statement

(iv) (9.5, 3) 1ft

(b) (i) Correct image 1

(ii) Centre (4, 0) oe 2 B1 for either


Scale factor ×2 oe

(iii) (5, 2) 1

(iv) Correct image 2 B1 for either


Stem of flag R on or parallel to y = – x
or
Hypotenuse of flag parallel to y-axis.
SC1 for correct clockwise rotation

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 May/June 2016
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 100

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2016 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®,
Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level components.

® IGCSE is the registered trademark of Cambridge International Examinations.

This document consists of 6 printed pages.

© UCLES 2016 [Turn over


Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2016 4024 21

Question Answers Mark Part Marks

60 x
1 (a) 7.5(0) 2 M1 for x + = 12 soi or
100

B1 for ÷ by 160

17.40 − 12
(b) 45 2 M1 for × 100
12

17.4 − 11.31
(c) 35 2 M1 for × 100
17.4

(d) 25 3 M1 for 60 × 17.4 + x × 11.31(⩾ 1320) or


B1 276

A1 for 24.4(03...)

2 (a) 6 2 M1 for p − 1 = 5(7 − p) soi

3b 2 9b 4
(b) 2 M1 for oe
a a2
1
3a 2 b3
3
oe
a 2b
k
or B1 for 3b² as numerator or
a

(c) q2 2 B1 for q 2 (1 − q) or 3(1 − q )


3

(d) (i) (4t − 1)(t + 9) 2 B1 for (at + c)(bt + d )


with ab = 4 or cd = −9

1
(ii) − 9 or ft 1ft
4

3 (a) Correct graph 2 B1 for correct scales and 4 points or


wrong scales and all points.

(b) (i) −2.3 ± 0.5 1.3 ± 0.5 1

(ii) −2.8 ± 0.5 1.8 ± 0.5 2 M1 for x 2 + x − 3 = 2 soi

(c) 2.4 to 3.6 2 M1 for tangent at x =1

(d) (i) y = 2x − 2 2 B1 for 2x or −2

(ii) −0.6 1.6 2 Dependent on line drawn

B1 for their line having FT gradient or FT intercept

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2016 4024 21

Question Answers Mark Part Marks

4 (a) Complete proof 3 B2 for 2 pairs of equal angles


1 pair with reason.

B1 for 1 pair of equal angles.

(b) (i) 2:5 2 B1 for NM : BL = 2 : 3 oe or NM = LC

(ii) 4:9 1

(iii) 1:3 2 B1 for such as


∆ANM 4
= or
∆ABC 25
∆NBL 9
=
∆ABC 25

31 115
5 (a) 15.1 or 15.08(….. 3 M1 for tan θ = or tan θ =
115 31

A1for θ = 15.1 or θ = 74.9

354
(b) (i) 18.8 or 18.77…… 2 M1 for sin θ =
1100

(ii) 251 or 251.2(……. 1ft 270 − their LJK final ans.

 6 −2 
6 (a)   2 B1 for at least 2 elements correct in a 2 x 2 matrix
 −5 11 

15 −7 
(b)   2 B1 for at least 2 elements correct or
7 8

 4 −1   4 −1 
M1 for    soi
1 3  1 3 

1  −5 0 
(c) −   oe 2 B1 for det B = −10 soi or
10  −7 2 
 −5 0 
 
isw  −7 2 

0 0
(d)   1
0 0

0 0  1 0
(e)   2 B1 for   soi
 7 −7  0 1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2016 4024 21

Question Answers Mark Part Marks

7 (a) 4.53 to 4.54 4 B2 for BOC = 52 or after B0

B1 for ABCˆ = 90 or
triangle OBC isosceles or

BAC = 26

52
M1 for × 2π 5 ft
360

(b) (i) 101 or 32π or 100 to 100.6 2 M1 for π(16.52 ) or 15.52

(ii) 0.87 to 0.871 3 B1 for π15.52 or 44πr2 and

π 15.52 − 650
M1 for r 2 =
44π

(iii) 7 3 M1 for π15.52d = 500

A1 for 0.66 to 0.663

8 (a) (i) −1.92 (3…… 1

8 8 8
(ii) 2 M1 for = p + 5 or pq = 8 − 5q or p = − 5
p+5 q q

(b) (i) H and h correctly derived 2 M1 for correct substitution in the formula for the
area of a trapezium.

75 15(2 x + 3) − 30( x − 1)
(ii) correctly 3 M1 for soi
( x − 1)(2 x + 3) ( x − 1)(2 x + 3)
derived

B1 for 30 x + 45 − 30 x + 30 soi

75
(iii) (a) Equation correctly derived. 2 B1 for = 1.5
( x − 1)(2 x + 3)

(b) 4.90 2 B1 for 12 − 4 × 2 × (−53) soi or

−1 ± their 425
B1 for soi
2× 2

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2016 4024 21

Question Answers Mark Part Marks

9 (a) (i) 5.38 to 5.39 or √29 2 M1 for ( AC 2 ) = 22 + 52

CE
(ii) 0.517 to 0.518 2 M1 for = sin15 oe
2

AF
(iii) 68.8 to 68.9 4 M1 for = cos15 oe or BC²=BE²+ (their CE)² or
2
any complete alternative method

A1 for 1.932 and

ˆ = 5 5
M1 for tan FAE oe or
2cos15 their ( AF )

(b) (i) 80.9(4…. Or 81 3 B1 for 102 = 62 + 92 − 2×6×9×cos θ


or

92 + 62 − 102
B2 for cosθ =
2×9×6

(ii) > 1

10 (a) (2) (4) 14 54 84 98 (100) 1

(b) Correct curve 2 P1 for at least 5 correct plots

(c) (i) 195 ft 190 ⩽ and < 200 1

(ii) 50 –75 2 B1 for one quartile correct in ranges


225 to 235 or 160 to 175

(d) Correct curve 4 P3 for at least 4 correct plots or

B1 + B1 for any two correct points soi.

(e) 92 ft 1

(f) B 15 ft A 1ft Their 90 – 75

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2016 4024 21

Question Answers Mark Part Marks

 −6 
11 (a)   1
 2

8 8  k 
(b) (i)   2 B1 for   or  
 4 k  4

 −8 
(ii)   ft 1
 −4 

(iii) 8.94 or 8.94 to 8.95 2 M1 for (−8) 2 + (−4) 2 oe ft


or √80 oe

(c) (i) Triangle vertices (5,4), (13,0), 2 B1 for 2 correct


(9,8)

(ii) Triangle F (5,4), (7,3), (6,5) 1

(iii) Rotation 3 B2 for Rotation with either centre or angle.


180
Centre (5,4) B1 for Rotation.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 May/June 2016
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 100

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2016 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®,
Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level components.

® IGCSE is the registered trademark of Cambridge International Examinations.

This document consists of 6 printed pages.

© UCLES 2016 [Turn over


Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2016 4024 22

Question Answers Mark Part marks

1 (a) 41 472 or 41 470 or 41 500 cao 1

(b) $65 ( not from 64.84 rounded ) 2 M1 for 1.05x = 68.25 soi

(c) 7.50 – 7.60 3 [M2 for 1.05 × 1.024 oe]


or M1 for 40500 × their 65 [=2 632 500]
and M1 their 41 472 × 68.25[= 2 830 464]

2 (a) (i) 5 1


 
6

(ii) 4.47 – 4.473 or 4.5 or √20 or 2√5 2 M1 for √((±4)2 + (±2)2)

(b) (i) 1 1 1
(a) b – a or (b – 2a) or
2 2
equivalent two term answers final answer

3 1 3b − 6a 1
(b) b – 3a or 3( b – a) or or
2 2 2
equivalent two term answers final answer

(ii) 3 : 1 cao 1 Dependent on correct (b)(i)(a) and


(b)(i)(b)

3 (a) (i) 16 2 0 × 7 + 1× 5 + 2 × 6 + 3 × 4 + 4 × 3
1.64 or 1 M1 for
25 7+5+6+4+3

(ii) 2 1

(iii) 0 1

(b) appropriate reason 1

(c) 1 2 5 4
cao M1 for × oe
30 25 24

(d) Correct bar chart with axes labelled 2 B1 if only one error (eg incorrect height,
scales missing / incorrect, inconsistent bar
widths, or 4 correct bars)

(e) 00134 1

4 (a) (i) Correct triangle with arcs shown 2 B1 for correct triangle with no arcs
or triangle with one side correct length
with arcs
or triangle with BC = 7 and AC = 12 with
arcs (reflection)

(ii) 104 to 108 1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2016 4024 22

Question Answers Mark Part marks

(b) 150o 2 M1 for 180 – (360 ÷ 12)


or (180 × (12–2)) ÷ 12

(c) (i) 110o 1

3
(ii) 165o 2ft ft × their p provided p < 120 and p ≠ 90
2
B1 for 30, 15 or 75 seen

27 2
(d) x final answer 3 EITHER
4 1 3x
B2 for (6 x + 3 x) oe
2 2
or B1 for PQ = 3x

OR
B1 for 3x2 (area of small trapezium)
2
3
B1 for their 3x2 ×   oe
2
OR
If AB = x used
27 2 27
SC2 for x or SC1 for
16 16

5 (a) 4 x 2 (2 y − 3x3 ) final answer 1

13 1
(b) x = 6.5 or or 6 2 M1 for 4 x − 2 x − 10 = 3 or better
2 2

(c) 13 2 M1 for – 5y < 20 – 7 oe or better


y > –2.6 or y > – Or SC1 for 2.6 or – 2.6 oe seen
5

3
or y > – 2 final answer
5

(d) (i) EITHER OR


18 − 4 x 10 M1
Width = oe Width = oe
2 2x

18 − 4 x 20
× 2x = 10 oe 4x + = 18 oe A1 isw
2 2x

(ii) 3.85 and 0.65 cao 3 B2 for 3.850 to 3.851 and 0.649 to 0.650
or one correct answer or 3.9 and 0.6
p± q p+ q
Or if in form or or
r r
p− q
r
B1 for p = 9 and r = 4 or q = 41

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2016 4024 22

Question Answers Mark Part marks

(iii) 6.35 to 6.45 or – 6.45 to – 6.35 oe 1

6 (a) (i) (a) 10 1

(b) 9 1

(c) 3,5,7,11 1

4
(ii) oe isw 1ft ft from their (a)(i)(c)
11

8 0
(b) (i)   final answer 2 B1 for 3 correct elements
3 1

1  1 −2   1 −2  1a b
(ii)   oe isw 2 B1 for k   or  
4 1 2 1 2 4c d

SECTION B

7 (a) 58, 88, 104, 113, 118 1

(b) Correct cumulative frequency graph 3 B2 for at least 6 correct plots


1 B1 for at least 3 correct plots
Tolerance small square for plots If 0 SC2 for consistent horizontal
2
translation to the left of all points
or SC1 for consistent horizontal
translation to the left of all points with one
slip

(c) (i) 30 < their answer ⩽ 31 1ft

(ii) 53 ⩽ their answer ⩽ 55 1ft

(d) Correct graph through (10, 6) (25, 30) (34, 60) 3 B2 for at least 4 correct points plotted
(44, 90) (60, 120) B1 for at least 2 correct points plotted

(e) garage A 44 to 48 B1
104/2.6 = 40 B1
garage B at 38 to 44 B1 Dep on 2nd B1; an answer of 40 needs to
be confirmed by checking graph

8 (a) 0.5 1

(b) Correct graph with smooth curve 2 B1 for at least 4 correct points

(c) Tangent drawn and gradient = 2.3 to 3.0 2 B1 for tangent drawn at x = 4
or B1 for gradient 2.3 to 3.0

(d) (i) Correct method to eliminate y and reaching the 1


given equation without error including at least
one intermediate line

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2016 4024 22

Question Answers Mark Part marks

(ii) 2.3 to 2.4 dep on line drawn 2 B1 for 2x + y = 6 drawn

1
(e) (i) or 0.33.. 1
3

1
(ii) Tangent gradient roughly 1
3

1
(iii) y= x + k oe where 0 < k < 0.25 2ft Ft from their e(i)
3 1
B1 for x + k oe where 0 < k < 0.25
3
1
or y = x + k oe (any k outside range)
3

9 (a) 173.8 to 174 m 3 B1 for 9 and 115 soi


AB 30
M1 for = or better
sin 115 sin 9

(b) 51.4 to 51.5 4 B3 for 38.5 to 38.6 or


752 + 1802 − 1302
M2 for cos DFE = or
2 × 75 × 180
M1 for 1302 = 752 +1802– 2×75×180 cos F

(c) (i) 188 to 189 1

(ii) 169 to 170.2 km / h 2 M1 for 15 × their 188 seen

90
(iii) 15.67 to 16.0 2 M1 for (= 14.3)

10 (a) a=3b=5 2 B1 for one correct

 −6   −2 
(b)   or 3   1
 3  1

(c) Reflection , y = x 2 B1 for reflection


or B1 for y = x only

(d) Enlargement, Scale factor – 2, centre (– 4, 2) 3 B1 for enlargement /


negative enlargement
B1 for scale factor – 2
B1 for centre (– 4, 2)

 1 
− 2 0
(e)   oe 1
 0 1
 − 
 2

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – May/June 2016 4024 22

Question Answers Mark Part marks

(f) (i) (– h, – g) 1

(ii) Reflection y = – x 2 B1 for reflection


or B1 for y = – x only

11 (a) (i) 5.06 to 5.08 4 B1 for r + 3.5 seen


B1 for π(r + 3.5)2 – πr2
or 20π(r + 3.5)2 – 20πr2
B1 for 20π(r + 3.5)2 – 20πr2 = 3000 or
better

(ii) Solid II by 2.5 – 2.6 4 B3 11.25 to 11.3 cm

or
1
M1 for × π r2×2r = 3000 or better
3
and
3000 × 3
M1 for r3 = ( = 1432)
2×π

1 1
(b) 630 to 632 4 M1 for × 8 × 8 × sin 60 or × 8 × 48
2 2
oe

M1 for 8 × 24 soi or 192 soi


M1 for 3 × 8 × 24 + 2 × their (triangle
area)

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 October/November 2016
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 100

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2016 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level
components.

® IGCSE is the registered trademark of Cambridge International Examinations.

This document consists of 7 printed pages.

© UCLES 2016 [Turn over


Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 21

Question Answers Mark Part marks

1 (a) (i) 133 1

(ii) 20 1

1995
(iii) 1900 2 M1 for
105

(b) 22 22 or 10 22 pm 1

1000000
(c) 6600 final answer 2 M1 for oe
4 × 38

(d) 8.93 2 B1 for 100.5 or 11.25 used

2 (a) 2.71 or 2.711[…] 1

(b) 3p( 3p – 2q ) final answer 1

(c) 9a2 + 6ab + b2 final answer 1

6t + 1 6t + 1
(d) or 2 final 3 M1 for 4( 3t + 1 ) – 3( 2t + 1 ) soi
(2t + 1)(3t + 1) 6t + 5t + 1
answer B1 for 6t + 1 seen as numerator
or (2t + 1)(3t + 1) oe seen as denominator

9
(e) –3, –4, –5 2 M1 for n < – oe
4
Or SC1 for answer –3, –4, –5, –6
or answer –2, –3, –4, –5

(f) 50 3 B1 for x + (x – 12) + (2x – 24) = 112 oe


and
B1 for x = 37
or M1 correct evaluation of amount for
Chuku using their expression and their x

3 (a) (i) [∠PBQ = ] 180 – 2a or 2(90 – a) 1

(ii) [∠APD = ] 90 – a 1

(iii) [∠DAP = ] 2a 1

(iv) [∠ADP = ] 90 – a 1

(b) (i) 3.3 1

(ii) 30.4[19..] 2 M1 for 4.7 × sin 54 oe

© UCLES 2016
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 21

Question Answers Mark Part marks

1
4 (a) 422 or 423 or 422.4 to 422.6 2 M1 for × 4 × π × (9 − 0.8) 2
2
Or SC1 for answer 508.9 to 509.0…

(b) 440 or 440.0 to 440.2 5 B1 for 8.2 used


2
B1 for π r 3 used
3
M1 for Bowl:
1 4 1 4
 2  3 × π × 9 −  2  3 × π × ( 9 − 0.8 ) oe
3 3

   
M1 for Cylinder: π × 3.82 × 1.5

120
5 (a) 3.76 to 3.77… 2 M1 for × 2 × π × 1.8 oe
360

(b) 9.99 to 10.01 3ft FT their (a) + 6.235[…]


M2 for [OB = ] 1.8 tan 60 oe
[...]
or M1 for tan 60 = oe
1.8

1.8
(c) (i) Full calculation, including calculation for 2 M1 for cos 60 = oe
OC = 3.6 and OC
radius = TC + OC or OC2 = 1.82 + their OB2
AG

(ii) 2.28 1ft FT 5.4 – their OB

© UCLES 2016
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 21

Question Answers Mark Part marks

6 (a) [DT = ]10.8 or 10.816 to 10.82 2 M1 for DT 2 = 62 + 92 oe

(b) 139 or 139.2 to 139.3 3 B1 for BT = 10


M1 for sum of areas of four triangles
seen, with at least 3 of the following
1 1
correct: × 8 × 6 , × 9 × 6 ,
2 2
1 1
× 8 × their DT , × 9 × their BT
2 2

1
(c) 504 2 M1 for 9 × 8 × 5 or ×9×8× 6
3

(d) 50.7° final answer 3 M1 for finding an acute angle in triangle


THG.
11 9
e.g. tan […] = or tan […] =
9 11
A1 for 50.7[...]° or 39.28 to 39.3°

7 (a) 283° 1

(b) 055° 1

(c) [AB = ] 15.4 or 15.36[…] 3 B1 for ABC = 74°


AB 19
M1 for =
sin 51 sin ABC

(d) [DC = ] 20.08 to 20.1 3 M2 for


[DC 2 =] 192 + 272 – 2 × 19 × 27 × cos 48
or M1 for cosine formula with one error

(e) Correct working leading to 4 M1 for AX = 19 × cos 48


114 minutes or 1 hour 54 minutes or for CX = 19 × sin 48

M1 for DX = 27 – their AX
Or for DX = their DC 2 − their CX 2

their DX
M1 for Time = 216 × oe
27

© UCLES 2016
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 21

Question Answers Mark Part marks

8 (a) 0.2 or 0.21[2…] 1

(b) Correct axes B1

Correct shape curve through 9 correct B2 B1ft for at least 7 correct points plotted
points

(c) Clear, correct, tangent drawn M1

2.2 to 2.5 A1

(d) (i) Ruled line from (–0.4, 0) to (2, 3.6) 1

3 3
(ii) y = 1.5x + 0.6 or y = x+ 2 B1 for m = 1.5 oe
2 5 or for c = 0.6 oe
or for correct equation in a different
form

(iii) 0 and 3.1 to 3.2 1ft FT intersections of their ruled line with
their curve

(iv) A = 2.4 to 2.6 1

B=1 1

9 (a) 42 1

(b) 17 3 B2 for 0.9 × 1.3 or for answer 117


or
B1 for 27 × 182 or 0.27 × 182
and
their 4914 − their 4200
M1 for × 100 oe
their 4200

(30 − y ) × (140 + 4 y )
(c) (i) oe isw 2 B1 for (30 – y) or (140 + 4y) soi
100

(ii) Forms equation 2 B1 FT for 4200 – 140y + 120y –4y2 =


(30 − y ) × (140 + 4 y ) 4000
= 40 or better
100
then correct working leading to FT equating their product from (ii) with
y 2 + 5y – 50 = 0 AG 40, eliminating fraction and expanding
brackets

(iii) y = –10 , 5 3 B2 for ( y + 10 )( y – 5 )


or B1 for ( y + a )( y + b )
where ab = –50 or a + b = 5
OR
B1 for 225 soi
−5 ± their 225
and B1 for oe
2

© UCLES 2016
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 21

Question Answers Mark Part marks

(iv) 160 cao 1

10 (a) (i) Correct histogram with linear scale on 3 B2 for all 5 heights correct with axis
frequency density axis scaled
OR
B1 for at least 3 correct frequency
densities soi
and
B1 for all 5 bars correct widths

(ii) 39.4[4…] 3 B1 for use of correct midpoints

Σfx
M1 for
135

33
(b) (i) oe 1
95

48 3 8 2 12
(ii) oe 2 M1 for × + ×
95 5 19 5 19
24
Or SC1 for answer
95

(iii) 12 cao 1

91 k k −1
(iv) oe 2 M1 for × where n > k > 1
190 n n −1

11 (a) (i) 13 2 M1 for (−5) 2 + 122

JJJG JJJG JJJG  6   0   6 


(ii) (a) [ BD = ] BA + AD =  + =  1 Or
 −11  k   k − 11 JJJG JJJG JJJG  0   −6   6 
AG [ BD = ] AD − AB =   −   =  
 k   11   k − 11

 6   12 
(b) 8.5 2 M1 for using 2 ×  = 
 k − 11  −5 

(c) 4.5 1 or FT their (i) – their k

(b) (i) Reflection 1

x = 0 or y-axis 1

© UCLES 2016
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 21

Question Answers Mark Part marks

(ii) (a) ( 3½, 1 ) , ( 7, 2 ), ( 8, 2 ) 2 B1 for 1 or 2 correct pairs of coordinates

 −1 3   −1 0 
(b)   2 B1 for   used
 0 1  0 1
or
M1 for
 a b   − 12 −1 −2   3 12 7 8
 × = 
c d  1 2 2  1 2 2

© UCLES 2016
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 October/November 2016
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 100

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2016 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level
components.

® IGCSE is the registered trademark of Cambridge International Examinations.

This document consists of 7 printed pages.

© UCLES 2016 [Turn over


Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 22

Question Answers Part Part Marks

1 (a) (i) 3.6 1

(ii) 109 2 B1 for 756 + 24×922.25 soi or

24 × 922.25
SC1 for × 100 oe
21 000

127 × 21 000
(b) 730.25 3 B1 for soi
100

M1 for 381 + 36 x = their total amount oe

5x
(c) 1000 3 M1 for x + = 21 000 oe and
100

M1 for 21 000 − their 2016 price oe

ab
2 (a) Final answer 2 M1 for correct transition to multiplication
6 soi

1
(b) oe 2 B1 for 5(h − k )
5

(c) (3m − 2n)(3m + 2n) Final ans. 1

(d) ( p − 2)(q − 3) oe 2 B1 for −q(2 − p) or −3( p − 2) seen or

M1 if brackets removed and rearranged and


extraction of p or 2 or for a correct
extraction of a common factor after a
sign error.

(e) (i) 8 2 B1 for one correct or


2 − oe
5

(ii) −2 −16 cao 2 B1 for either or

M1 for (5 x − 1)2 = 92 or
8
( x − 2)( x + ) = 0 oe ft or
5
Uses e(i) to form simultaneous equations or

1 ± 9 − B ± B 2 − 20C
x= ≡
5 10

© UCLES 2016
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 22

Question Answers Part Part Marks

3 (a) 3.75 1

(b) Correct curve ft 2ft B1 for 4 correct plots ft

(c) ( 0.3 to 0.5) ft 2ft M1 for a reasonable tangent at x = 2.5

(d) 0 cao (3.05 to 3.25) ft 2ft B1 for either

x 2
(e) (i) y =4− x 2 M1 for x3 + 10 x − 80 = 0 ≡ ( x − 10) =
20
ax + b oe

(ii) L drawn on the grid ft 1ft Dependent on at least 1 mark in (e)(i).

(iii) (3.55) ft 1ft Dependent on at least 1 mark in (e)(i).

AD
4 (a) (i) 2.67 2 M1 = cos 27 oe
3

3
(ii) 4.57 3 M2 for CD = oe or
sin 41

3
M1 for = sin 41 oe
CD

1 ˆ = 6 oe and
(b) 53.1 126.9 3 M1 for × 3 × 5 × sin PQR
2

A1 for 53.1 or

SC1 for supplementary angles from sin


ˆ = k.
PQR

5 (a) TAB 2 B1 for 2 pairs of equal angles.


ATB Statement mentions tangent
and radius
ABT

AC CD
(b) 2.1 3 M1 for = oe soi and
AB BT

7 CD
M1 for = oe OR
10 3

B1 for (AB =) 10

© UCLES 2016
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 22

Question Answers Part Part Marks

 4 4
6 (a)   2 B1 for 3 entries correct.
1 7

 2 4
(b)   2 B1 for 3 entries correct.
2 9

 2x 
(c) 4 7 2 B1 for one correct or   seen
 3x + 2 

1  3 −2   3 −2 
(d)   oe isw 2 B1 for det B = 5 soi or   soi
5 1 1  1 1 

7 (a) (i) 1.98 1

(ii) (±) x 2 − a 2 Final answer 2 M1 for x 2 = a 2 + b 2 oe

17
(b) (i) (PQ =) 1
x+5

(ii) 3 x 2 + 15 x − 85 (=0) oe shown 3 M1 for (AB =)their(PQ) + 3 and

M1 for ( their(PQ + 3) × x = 17 or

(iii) 3.38 −8.38 3 B1 for 152 − 4 × 3 × (−85) soi and

−15 ± their1245
B1 for soi and
2×3

p± q
M1 for both real values of
r

(iv) 20.8 2ft M1 for their(PQ) and x + 5 evaluated using


x = the positive root from (b)(iii). or for
their perimeter in algebraic form

© UCLES 2016
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 22

Question Answers Part Part Marks

48
8 (a) (i) Dependent on 4 fig. term calculated 3 M1 for arc length × 2π R soi and
using any version of π. 360

360 1
M1 for R = 20 × × oe
48 2π

48
(ii) 239 2 M1 for × π R2
360

312
(iii) 20.7 2 M1 for 2πr = × 2π R oe
360

(b) (i) 200 3 M1 for l 2 = 42 + 7.52 oe soi and

A1 for (l =) 8.5

(ii) 2.5 2 B1 for 8 : 5 soi

9 (a) 326 ft 4ft M2 for



652 = 1102 + 702 − 2 × 110 × 70 × cos ACB
soi or

M1 for the cosine rule with one error.


and

A1 for 33.9 or 146.1 or 59.2 and



B1 ft for 360 − their ACB oe

SC 2 for 109.1 or 37.0

(b) 92.2 3 M2 for


AD 110
= oe
sin(70 + 58)or (180 − (70 + 58)) sin 70
soi or

M1 for 70 + 58 or 180 – (70 + 58)

17 70
(c) (i) 13.6 or 13.7 2 M1 for tan YBC = or tan BYC=
70 17

110
(ii) 16.5 3 M1 for Figs soi and
24

60 × 60
B1 for × by oe soi
1000

© UCLES 2016
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 22

Question Answers Part Part Marks

10 (a) (i) 6b − 3a oe isw 1

(ii) 2b − a oe isw 1ft

(iii) 2 : 3 cao NB www 4 M1+ M1 for two of


JJJG JJJG JJJG
OC = OA + AC
JJJG JJJG JJJG
CD = CB + BD
JJJG JJJG JJJG
OD = OB + BD
JJJG
A1 for OC = 2a + 2b ft or
JJJG
CD = 3a + 3b ft or
JJJG
OD = 5a + 5b

(b) (i) Reflection 2 B1 for either


y = − x oe

(ii) (a) Triangle C with vertices 2 B1 for two vertices correct or


(2, 3),(2, 2), (5, 5)

M1 for a correct construction line involving


H(2, 1) or H(2, 0)

(b) 1 1

1 0 
(c)   1ft
1 1 

© UCLES 2016
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 22

Question Answers Part Part Marks

11 (a) (i) (a) 40 to 41 1

(b) 23 to 27 2 B1 for 52 ±1 or 27 ±1

(c) 225 to 245 1

(ii) 79 to 80 1

(iii) Paper1 1
e.g. Paper 2 has median 54 oe
Using (i)(a), (i)(c) or (ii) with
numerical justification – accept
reasonable attempts to read the
graphs correctly.

2
(b) (i) oe 1
4

2
(ii) oe 1
20

12 3 2 2 3
(iii) oe 2 B1 for × or × seen
20 5 4 5 4

18
(iv) oe 2 B1 for any correct sequence of three coins,
60 3 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 3
× × or × × or × ×
5 4 3 5 4 3 5 4 3

© UCLES 2016
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 May/June 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 100

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2017 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®,
Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and some Cambridge O Level
components.

® IGCSE is a registered trademark.

This document consists of 6 printed pages.

© UCLES 2017 [Turn over


4024/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answers Mark Partial marks

1(a) 4 : 2 : 3 final answer 2 B1 for 24 : 12 : 54–(24+12) or 12 : 6 : 9

1(b) c = 14, v = 2 and t = 13 2 B1 for 2 correct


or 10 cars, 10 vans and 5 trucks soi

2(a) 36 000 2 M1 for seeing 36720 as 102[%]

2(b) 12.3 4 B1 for 14 688 or 40%


B1 for 5508 or 32.6[%] to 32.7[%] or
0.326 to 0.327
M1 for
36720 − their14688 − their 5508 − 12000
or
36720
100 – (15 + their32.7 + their40)

3(a) GCB, HPC, HPB, HCB, RPC,RPB, RCB 2 B1 for 5 correct and none incorrect or for 6
correct

3(b)(i) 3 1 1 FT dep on B1 scored in (a)


or or 0.333(..) or 33.3(..)%
9 3

3(b)(ii) 6 2 1 FT dep on B1 scored in (a)


or or 0.666 – 0.667 or 66.6% – 66.7%
9 3

3(b)(iii) 2 1 FT dep on B1 scored in (a)


or 0.222(...) or 22.2(...)%
9
After 0 scored in (i) (ii) and (iii),
3 6 2
SC1 for , ,
k k k

4(a)(i)  0 1 2 0 1
  B1 for or 2 elements correct in a
 8 1 8 1
2 × 2 matrix with brackets

4(a)(ii) 1  −1 1  2 B1 for for determinant = 4 soi or


  oe isw  −1 1 
4  −6 2  k 
 −6 2 

4(b) 1 4 − 3  2 −1.5  2 B1 for 2C = 3B – A or –2C = A – 3B soi or


  or   oe  4 −3 
2 14 −2   7 −1   
 14 −2 
2 0  2 −1
or M1 for   + 2C = 3  
 4 −1  6 −1

5(a) 17 1

5(b) Smooth curve through 7 correct points 3 Mark the curve first

B2 for at least 5 ft plots correct


B1 for at least 4 ft plots correct

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 6


4024/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answers Mark Partial marks

5(c) –1.7 to –1.4, –0.5 to –0.2, 1.7 to 2.0 2 FT


B1 for 2 correct

5(d) 3 to 5 with tangent drawn 2 B1 for ruled solid tangent drawn

5(e)(i) Correct ruled line drawn 1

5(e)(ii) a = 7, b = 4 2 B1 for one correct or


a = 6.8 to 7.2 and b = 3.8 to 4.2

5(e)(iii) –2.4 to –2.1 or –0.7 to –0.5 1 FT

6(a)(i) 14.4[2…] 2 M1 for 122 + 82

6(a)(ii) 128.6o to 129o 3 12 15


M1 for tan θ = or tan θ =
15 12
A1 for 38.6 to 38.7 or 51.3 to 51.4

After A0, SC1 for 90 + tan-1( 12


15
) evaluated
or 180 – tan-1( 12
15
) evaluated

6(b)(i) 472 to 488 2 B1 for 6.3 to 6.5 seen

6(b)(ii) F correctly placed 2 M1 for either TF = 6 cm plotted or correct


angle

6(b)(iii) 242o to 248o 1

7(a) 3ab(4a – 5b2) 1

7(b)(i) (2x + 3)2 isw 1

7(b)(ii) 2, –5 2 M1 for 2x + 3 = (±)√49 soi

7(c) p+5 3 4p + 4− 2p + 6 2p + 2− p +3
final answer M2 for or
4 8 4
soi
4( p + 1) − 2( p − 3)
M1 for or
2× 4
2( p + 1) − ( p − 3)
4
p −1
After 0, SC1 for answer or 2p + 10 or
4
p+5

7(d) 5 2 3
m < − , m < –0.833[…] final answer M1 for 6m + 8 < 3 or 3m + 4 <
6 2

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 6


4024/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answers Mark Partial marks

SECTION B

8(a) Correct diagram 1

8(b) 22 26 2 B1 for 2 or 3 correct


88 130

8(c) 4n + 6 oe isw 2 B1 for 4n ± k

8(d) 26 1

8(e) (2n + 3)(2n + 2) leading to 4n2 + 10n + 6 2 B1 for either (2n + 3) or (2n + 2) used
with no errors
After 0, SC1 for 4n2 + 10n + 6 shown using
alternative method

8(f) 4n2 + 6n oe 1

8(g) 7 cao 3 M1 for 4p2 + 10p + 6 = 8× their (4p + 6)


A1 for 4p2 – 22p – 42[ = 0] oe
or B2 for [p = 7] total 272 grey 272
or B1 for [p = 6] total 240 grey 240

9(a) 140o 2 M1 for 180 – (360 ÷ 9) or 180(9 – 2) ÷ 9

9(b)(i) 21.89.... with at least 3 M1 for 72 + 182 – 2 × 7 × 18 × cos 115


72 + 182 – 2 × 7 × 18 × cos 115 seen A1 for 479.5 or 373 + 106.49.. or
373 + 106.5

9(b)(ii) 18.8o to 19o 3 11sin28


M2 for sin B =
16
sin B sin28
or M1 for = oe
11 16

9(b)(iii) 95.47o to 95.5o 4 B3 for 84.5 to 84.6


109 × 2
or M2 for sin E =
their DE × 21.9
1
or M1 for 109 = × 21.9 × their DE × sin E
2

10(a)(i) 60o 2 B1 for either correct


angle at centre is twice angle at
circumference

10(a)(ii) 70o 3 B2 for y = 20


ˆ = 30 or OBA
or B1 for OAB ˆ = 30 or 240

10(a)(iii) 110o 1 FT 180 – (a)(ii) provided not negative


answer

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 6


4024/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answers Mark Partial marks

10(b)(i) 120 3 120


π (r + 4)2 = π r 2 B1 for π (r + 4)2
360 360
r2 +8r + 16 = 3r2 M1 for forming equation and expanding
leading to r2 – 4r – 8 = 0 without error (r + 4)2

10(b)(ii) r = 5.46 to 5.47 3 −(−4) ± ( −4) 2 − 4 × 1 × −8


B2 for oe
2
−(−4) ± p
or B1 for oe or
2 ×1
q ± (−4) 2 − 4 × 1 × −8
oe
r

11(a) 75 nfww 3
M2 for
∑ frequency × midvalue oe
80

or M1 for ∑ fc
11(b) 25, 46, 64, 73, 78 1

11(c) 8 points correctly plotted and joined 2 FT increasing curve

B1 for at least 6 points correctly plotted

11(d)(i) 74 to 76 1

11(d)(ii) 36 to 44 2 B1 for 52 to 56 and 92 to 96 seen

11(e) 54 to 62 3 B1 for 27 to 29
M1 for attempt to read at (80 – 2× their 28)

12(a)(i) D correctly placed to the left of AC 2 B1 for DA = 9 or CD = 7

12(a)(ii) 44o to 48o 1 FT

12(a)(iii)(a) 2.9 to 3.1 1

12(a)(iii)(b) 19.1 to 20.8 2 B1 for 13.2 to 13.4 seen

12(b)(i) Opposite angles are both obtuse or both 1


acute so their total is not 180
Or opposite angles are not supplementary

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 6


4024/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answers Mark Partial marks

12(b)(ii)(a) Correct region shaded B1 for arc 6 cm from R


B1 for angle bisector of Q

B1 for perpendicular bisector of PR

After B2, SC1 for ‘correct’ region shaded


provided only slight inaccuracy with the
other line/curve

12(b)(ii)(b) 7.9 to 8.3 1 FT

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 6


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 May/June 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 100

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2017 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®,
Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and some Cambridge O Level
components.

® IGCSE is a registered trademark.

This document consists of 8 printed pages.

© UCLES 2017 [Turn over


4024/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED
Question Answers Marks Part marks

1(a) 9370 3 M1 for (1199×5)


or B1 for 5995 or 2398 and 3597
and M1 for 14(55×2 +40×3)oe
or B1 for 3220 or 1540 and 1680

1(b) Bonus [cars] and 67 3 B2 for 67 or


answer Bonus with 588 and 655 seen as total charged
or M1 for 42×14 or 20×14+750×0.5[0]

2(a) 138 404 000 or 1.38404×108 isw 1

2(b) Thailand 1

2(c) 4.95[12] × 107 final answer 1

2(d) 1.639 to 1.64 2 188169[000] − 185133[000]


M1 for [×100] oe
185133[000]
188169[000]
or × 100
185133[000]

2(e) 15 400 000 oe final answer nfww 3 100 + 1.68


M2 for 15677 000 ÷ oe
100

or M1 for seeing 15 677 000 as 101.68[%]

3(a) - - - - 2 B1 for at least 6 correct


- - 6 8
3 6 9 12
4 8 12 16

3(b) 5 or 0.3125 or 31.25% 1 FT their complete table (decimals or percentages correct to


16 at least 3sf)

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 8


4024/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED
Question Answers Marks Part marks

3(c) 3 2 12 6 their 12
cao B1 for or or oe
4 16 8 16

3(d) No with square 6 and factors 7 seen or 2 6 7


B1 for square or factors or
6 7 16 16
square and factors seen or
16 16 1 4 4 4 9 16 seen or 12 22 22 22 32 42 seen or
1 4 4 4 9 16 and 1 2 2 3 3 6 6 seen or 1 2 2 3 3 6 6 seen or
12 22 22 22 32 42 and 1 2 2 3 3 6 6 seen square 6 and factors 7

4(a) 1 0 2 B1 for 2 or 3 elements correct


 
8 8

4(b) − 7 2  −7 −7 − 7 k 
  B1 for   or or   or   or (–7 [,] 5)
 5  5 5  k 5

4(c)  2 1 3 1  − 2 − 2
  1 4 2 B2 for   oe

 − 2 − 1  or 2  − 4
 oe isw
− 1  2  4 3 
 2 
 − 2 − 2
or B1 for determinant = 2 soi or k  
 4 3 

5(a) 9 1
final answer
10 x

5(b) 7x – 5y + 3 final answer 2 B1 for 7x – 5y + 3 seen or


two of 7x, –5y, 3 in final answer

5(c) –1.14, 1.47 final answers 3


− (−1) ± (−1) 2 − 4 × 3 × −5
B2 for oe
2×3
− (−1) ± p q ± (−1) 2 − 4 × 3 × −5
or B1 for oe or oe
2×3 r

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 8


4024/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED
Question Answers Marks Part marks

5(d)(i) Ruled line through (0,2.5) and (5, 0) 2 B1 for ‘correct’ freehand line or
line with a gradient of –0.5 or
line through (0, 2.5) with negative gradient
or line through (5, 0) with negative gradient

5(d)(ii) Correct region unambiguously identified 1 FT provided their straight line with negative gradient and
the 3 given lines form a quadrilateral below y = 4

6(a) 7.387 to 7.392 2 PQ


M1 for sin 38 = soi or
12
PQ 12
= soi
sin 38 sin 90

6(b) 71(.0) to 71.02, 108.98 to 109(.0) nfww 4 B3 for one correct

12sin52 12 cos 38
or M2 for sinS = or
10 10

sinS sin 52
or M1 for = oe or
12 10
[PR=]12cos38 or [PR=]12sin52 or
[PR=] 12 2 − (their ( a ) )2

and SC1 for two answers that add to 180

7(a) Correct pattern drawn 1

7(b) 15 21 2 B1 for 2 or 3 correct


10 15

7(c) n2 oe final answer 1 e.g. ( 1


2
) (
n 2 + 12 n + 1
2 n 2 − 12 n )
7(d) 465 1

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 8


4024/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED
Question Answers Marks Part marks

7(e) n2 – ( 1
2 n 2 + 12 n ) 1

or ( 1
2 (n − 1) 2 + 12 (n − 1) )
or ( 1
2 n 2 + 12 n – n )
leading to ( 1
2
)
n 2 − 12 n without error AG

7(f) m = 9 cao 3 M1 for 1 m 2 + 1 m = 5m


2 2
A1 for m – 9 m = 0 or m2 = 9 m or m – 9 = 0 or m + 1 = 10
2

or B2 for [m = 9] 5 m = 45 and crosses = 45


or B1 for values for 5 m and the number of crosses seen for
at least m = 7 and 8
After 0, SC1 for answer 11

SECTION B

8(a) 14.96 to 15[.0] nfww 3 M2 for 15.12 – 22 (= 224.01)

or M1 for DC2 + 22 = 15.12 or


15.12 – their 22 with horizontal line seen
or B1 for horizontal line and 2 soi

8(b) 97.46 to 97.55 3 9 2 + 112 − 15.12


M2 for cos [A] = oe
2 × 9 × 11
or B1 for 15.12 = 92+112–2×9×11×cos[A] oe

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 8


4024/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED
Question Answers Marks Part marks

8(c) 123.8 to 124.1 nfww 4 M3 for 1


2 ×9×11×sin(b)+ 12 × ( 4 + 6) × ( a ) oe with (a) ≠15.1
soi

or M1 for 1
2 × 9 × 11 × sin (b) oe soi
and M1 for 1
2 × (4 + 6) × (a) oe with
(a) ≠ 15.1 soi

8(d) 495.5 to 497 2 FT (c) × 4

B1 for (figs 5)2 soi

9(a) (x + 2)(10 – x) 2 B1 for (x + 2) and (10 – x) seen


=10x + 20 – x2 – 2x
y = 20 + 8x – x2 AG

9(b) Smooth curve through 11 correct integer points 4 B3 for 6 or 7 correct integer points plotted
or B2 for 4 or 5 correct integer points plotted
or B1 for 2 or 3 correct integer points plotted

9(c) 9.1 to 9.4 with y = x drawn 2 B1 for y = x drawn or 9.1 to 9.4 with no line drawn/wrong
line drawn

9(d) –3, 6 4 B1 for 5x +2 soi

M1 for their(5x + 2) = 20 + 8x – x2 leading to x2 – 3x – k


[=0] or x2 – kx – 18[= 0] or equivalent 3 term quadratic

A1 for (x + 3)(x – 6) [= 0]
3 ± 32 − 4 ×1× −18 3 81
or oe or ± oe
2 ×1 2 4

After A0, SC1 for answer 6 or –3

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 8


4024/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED
Question Answers Marks Part marks

10(a)(i) B and C correctly placed 3 B2 for B or C correctly placed

or B1 for a point on a bearing of 062° or a point on a bearing


of 194°

10(a)(ii) D on BC with ADB = 90° 1 FT

10(a)(iii) 2.7 to 3.1 1 dep on (a)(ii) and B or C correct

10(a)(iv) 1.2 to 1.4 oe 2 dep on (a)(ii) and B or C correct

B1 for [CD] 5.5 to 6 and [DB] 7.3 to 7.7 or SC1 for


answer 0.5 ⩽ n <1 if their CD > their DB or answer 1< n ⩽
2 if their CD < their DB

10(a)(v) 0.714w to 0.834w oe 1 FT w if their (a)(iv) ≠ 1 and


or k – w where k is 18 to 20.5 their ( a )(iv )

dep on (a)(ii)

10(b) Correct region shaded 4 B1 for arc 6 cm from E


B1 for angle bisector of EAF

B1 for perpendicular bisector of AF

After B2, SC1 for ‘correct’ region shaded provided only


slight inaccuracy with the other line/curve

11(a)(i) 55 ⩽ t < 60 1

11(a)(ii) 60.8 nfww 3


M2 for
∑ frequency× midvalue oe
50

or M1 for ∑ ft
© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 8
4024/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED
Question Answers Marks Part marks

11(a)(iii) 23 2 B1 for 23 seen or 16 + 7 seen


or 0.46 or 46%
50

11(b)(i) 34 1

11(b)(ii) 4.5 2 B1 for 31.5 to 32.5 and 36 to 37 seen

11(b)(iii) (28, 0) (32, 15) (36, 45) (40, 60) plotted and points joined 3 B2 for at least 3 correct points plotted
or B1 for 2 correct points plotted or (28, 0) (32, 15) (36, 45)
and (40, 60) seen

12(a) 32.56 to 32.58 or 32.6 3 72


M2 for × π × 20 + 20 oe
360

72
or M1 for × π × 20
360
A1 for 12.56 to 12.58 or 12.6

After 0 or 1,
SC1 for their ‘arc length’ + 10 + 10 soi

12(b)(i) 62.83 to 62.84 or 62.8 2 72


M1 for × π × 10 2
360

12(b)(ii) 4(.00) to 4.08 nfww 3 FT from their (b)(i) – (58.76 to 58.8) provided answer not
negative
M2 for their (b)(i) – 2 × 12 ×10 ×10 × sin ( 72
2 ) oe

or M1 for [2×] 1
( ) oe soi
2 ×10 ×10 × sin 2
72

12(c) Add totals from (a) and (b) then divide by 2 4


Any half values are to be rounded down

© UCLES 2017 Page 8 of 8


Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge Ordinary Level

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 October/November 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 100

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.

Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2017 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level
components.

® IGCSE is a registered trademark.

This document consists of 6 printed pages.

© UCLES 2017 [Turn over


4024/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Abbreviations

cao correct answer only


dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
nfww not from wrong working
soi seen or implied

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1(a)(i) 503.5[0] final answer 3 M2 for 12.50 × 38 × 1.06 oe


or 12.50 × 38 × 0.06 oe
or M1 for 12.50 × 38
or 12.50 × 1.06 oe soi
or 12.50 × 0.06 oe soi

1(a)(ii) 12 2 M1 for (525 – 462) ÷ 525 oe


After M0, SC1 for answer 88

1(a)(iii) 2400 nfww 2 M1 for 1.03x = 2472 soi

1(b) 192 3 M1 for 520 × 0.74


M1 for (their 384.8 – 260) ÷ 0.65

2(a) 14.35 or 14.4 3 B1 for use of correct midpoints soi

M1 for
(2.5 × 35 + 7.5×42 + 15×30 + 25×28 + 40 ×
15) ÷ 150

2(b) Correct histogram with linear scale on 3 B2 for all 5 bar heights correct with
frequency density axis frequency density axis scaled
OR
B1 for at least 3 correct heights drawn or 3
correct frequency densities calculated
B1 for 5 bars correct width and position

2(c) 18 to 20 2 M1 for (15 + 14) ÷ 150

3(a) 040 1

3(b) BC = M2 or M1 for 252 + 382 – 2 × 25 × 38 × cos(360


252 + 38 2 − 2 × 25 × 38cos(360 − 220) – 220)

BC = 59.36 to 59.37 A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 6


4024/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

3(c) 204.1 to 204.3[2…] 4 B3 for 24.1 to 24.3[2…]

OR
38 × sin(360 − 220)
M2 for sin B =
59.4
sin B sin(360 − 220)
or M1 for =
38 59.4

and M1 for 180 + their B

4(a) 5 1
oe
9

4(b)(i) 25 1
oe
81

4(b)(ii) 40 2 their 5 (9 − their 5)


oe M1 for × soi or
81 9 9
their 5 4
×
9 9

4(c) 4 3 5 4 4 3
oe nfww M2 for × + ×
9 9 8 9 8
4 3 5 4
or M1 for × or ×
9 8 9 8

5(a) –3 , 2 nfww 3 M1 for y2 + 5y = 4y + 6


M1 for (y + 3)(y – 2) [ = 0]

5(b) 2 p −1 1− 2 p 3 M1 for p(2 – t) = 4t + 1 or better


t= or t = final answer M1FT for 2p – 1 = 4t + pt
4+ p −4 − p

M1FT for completion to explicit formula for


t

Max 2 marks if final answer incorrect

5(c) 3x − 2 3 B1 for (3x – 2)(x – 4) seen


final answer B1 for (x + 4)(x – 4) seen
x+4

6(a)(i) ˆ =] 38
[ ACB 1

6(a)(ii) ˆ = ] 38,
[ AEF 1 Strict FT their (i)
angles in same segment are equal

6(a)(iii) ˆ = ] 112
[ CDE 1

6(a)(iv) ˆ = ] 106
[ BCD 2 FT 180 – their CDE + their ACB
M1 for ACDˆ = 180 – their 112 soi

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 6


4024/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

6(b) 156 3 B1 for sum of angles in pentagon = 540 soi


M1 for 8x + 124 = their 540 oe

6(c) 105.5 2 B1 for two of 65.5, 131.5 and 57.5 seen


After B0, SC1 for answer 108.5

7(a)(i) y = –2x + 5 oe 2 B1 for y = –2x + c oe or for y = mx + 5 oe


5+3
or M1 for gradient = oe
0−4

7(a)(ii) y = –2x – 1 oe 2 B1 for answer y = their (–2)x + k,


FT their gradient from (a)(i) where k ≠ their 5
or M1 for 3 = their (–2) × –2 + k oe

7(b)(i) 3.5 1

7(b)(ii) Correct smooth curve through 8 correct 3 B2FT for 7 or 8 points correctly plotted
points or B1FT for 5 or 6 points correctly plotted

7(b)(iii) Clear correct tangent drawn at (1, 1) M1

–2.4 to –1.6 A1

7(b)(iv) 0.6 to 0.8 and 4.2 to 4.4 2 FT reading from their graph at y = 2
B1 for one correct
or for y = 2 soi

8(a) [x2 =] 62 + 122 M1 or [ x =] 62 + 122

[x = ] 13.41[6…] or 13.42 A1

8(b) 478.7 to 479.4 3 1 


M1 for  × 4 × π × 62 seen
2 
M1 for π × 6 × 13.4 seen

After 0 scored, SC1 for consistent use of r =


3 in formula for [hemi]sphere and cone

8(c) 904.7 to 905 nfww 3 1  4


M1 for  ×  × π × 63 seen
2  3
1
M1 for × π × 62 × 12 seen
3

After 0 scored, SC1 for consistent use of r =


3 in formula for [hemi]sphere and cone

8(d)(i) 4310 or FT 9 × their (b) 2 6


2
M1 for   soi
2

8(d)(ii) 1 2 1
3
113 or FT × their (c) M1 for   soi
8  2

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 6


4024/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9(a) 7 cao 2 12
M1 for × 1750 oe
3000

9(b)(i) 2500 1
x

9(b)(ii) 2500 2500 M1 Or equivalent unsimplified equation


− = 15
x x + 20

2500(x + 20) – 2500x = 15x(x + 20) M1 FT elimination of their fractions with


algebraic denominators

Correct simplification leading to A1


3x2 + 60x – 10 000 = 0 AG

9(b)(iii) 48.59 and –68.59 final answer 3 B1 for 60 2 − 4 × 3 × −10000 soi


−60 ± their123600
B1 for
2×3

9(b)(iv) 36 minutes 27 seconds 3 2500


M2 for
their 48.59 + 20
2500
or M1 for
their 48.59

10(a)(i) Triangle B at (2, –3), (3, –3), (3, –5) 2 B1 for translation of correct triangle B

10(a)(ii) Triangle C at (3, 3), (3, 9), (6, 3) 2 B1 for two vertices correct or for
 3 0  1 2 1 
   oe
 0 3  1 1 3 

10(a)(iii)  13 0  1
 1
oe
0 3 

10(a)(iv) Enlargement 3 B1 for each


Centre (3, –1.5)
1
SF −
3

10(b)(i)  4 2 B1 for one component correct


   6  8
8 or M1 for 2   −   oe
 3   −2 
 −4 
After 0 scored, SC1 for answer  
 −8 

10(b)(ii) 9 2 B1 for one component correct


  3 JJG 1 JJG
0 or M1 for − (their SR) or (their SR) soi
4 4

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 6


4024/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

11(a) ∠ARB = ∠PRQ, [vertically] opposite 3 B1 for one pair of angles stated with reason
∠RAB = ∠RQP, alternate [angles] or for two pairs with no reasons or incorrect
∠RBA = ∠RPQ alternate [angles] reasons
∆ARB and ∆QRP similar, equal angles
B1 for a further correct pair of angles with
reason

11(b)(i) [AQ = ] 8.72 or 8.717[…] 2 5 5


M1 for cos55 = or sin 35 = oe
AQ AQ

11(b)(ii) [AR = ] 7.37[2…] 2 AR AR


M1 for cos35 = or sin 55 = oe
9 9

11(b)(iii) [Area ARB = ] 18.8 to 19.2[…] 2 1


M1 for × their 7.37 × 9 × sin 35 oe
2
or FT their AR 1
× their 7.37 × 92 − ( their 7.37 )
2
Or
2

11(b)(iv) 19.6 to 19.7 nfww 3 PR


M1 for tan 35 = oe
their RQ
PR their RB
5.16 or = oe
7.37 their RQ their AR
where their RQ = (their 8.72 – their
0.942 1.34 7.37)

M1 for their area ARB +


1
× their RQ × their PR
2

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 6


Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge Ordinary Level

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4042/22


Paper 2 October/November 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 100

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.

Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2017 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level
components.

® IGCSE is a registered trademark.

This document consists of 8 printed pages.

© UCLES 2017 [Turn over


4042/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Abbreviations

cao correct answer only


dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
nfww not from wrong working
soi seen or implied

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1(a) A by 240 4

B3 for 4980 and 5220 seen or difference = 240


Or

M1 for 4500 ÷ 5 and 12 × 340 oe


and

M1 for 0.12 × 4500 and 24 × 195 oe


and

M1 for the difference between their 5220 and their


4980

1(b) 10.61 cao 3

M2 for 240 ÷ 100 × 5.2 × 0.85 soi


Or

M1 for 240 ÷ 100 × 5.2


or their 12.48 × 0.85 or 5.2 × 0.85

1(c) 42 3

B2 for 280
Or

M1 for 1.15 x = 322 soi


and

M1 for 322 – their 280

2(a)(i) 12 40 85 107 1

2(a)(ii) Correct cumulative frequency curve 2

B1FT for at least 5 correct plots

2(b)(i) 47 to 49 1FT

2(b)(ii) 28 to 32 2FT

B1 for 63 to 65 or 32 to 35

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 8


4042/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

2(c) 49.3 3

M1 for (12×10 + 28×30 + 45×50 + 22×70 + 13×90)

and

B1 dep for their Σfx ÷ 120

3(a) 5 1
 
 6  cao
8
 

3(b)(i)  440  2
  cao
 540 

B1 for one element correct

3(b)(ii) The amount Anya makes for men’s T- 1


shirts and women’s T-shirts

3(c)(i) ( 290 630 537.5[0]) 2

B1 for two correct values seen in a row of 3


elements or column of 3 elements isw

3(c)(ii) 48.7% 3

M1FT for their (440 + 540) and their (290 + 630 +


537.5) and

M1 for (their 1457.5 – their 980) ÷ their 980 oe

4(a)(i) Triangle B at (4, –1), (4, –4), (5, –4) 2

B1 For triangle B the correct size and orientation

4(a)(ii) Triangle C at (1, 4), (3, 4) (3, –2) 2

B1 for correct size and orientation, incorrect


position
or for triangle with two vertices correct
or for triangle at (–3, 0), (–5, 0), (–5, 6)

4(b)(i) Triangle Q at (3, 1), (9, 1), (6, 3) 2

B1 for coordinates (3, 1), (9, 1) and (6, 3) soi or for


triangle with two vertices correct

4(b)(ii) (Stretch) factor 3 2

y-axis invariant or parallel to x-axis

B1 for either

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 8


4042/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

5(a) 14 − x 2
Final answer
( x − 2)( x + 1)

4( x + 1) − 5( x − 2)
M1 for or better soi
( x − 2)( x + 1)

5(b) –4 or 1.5 oe 3

B1 for 2x2 + 5x –12 [= 0] and

M1 for (2x – 3)(x + 4) [= 0]

OR

M1 for FT factorising their 3-term quadratic


equation

Or for correct FT substitution into formula oe

and

A1FT for solutions from their quadratic equation

5(c)(i) 3p + 2n = 4.8[0] or 3p + 2n = 480 1


5p + 4n = 9[.00] or 5p + 4n = 900

5(c)(ii) 0.6[0] 3FT


1.5[0]

M1 for a correct method to eliminate one variable

A1 for either p = 0.6[0] or n = 1.5[0] www

After A0 , B1FT for a correct substitution to find


the other variable

After 0, SC1 for a pair of values that satisfy either


equation

6(a)(i) 1 1

6(a)(ii) 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20 1

6(a)(iii) 7 1
oe
11

6(b)(i) 8 2

M1 for 14 + 10 + 24 – x = 40 oe
or for correct Venn diagram with algebraic
expressions.
Or B1 for Venn diagram with at least 3 numbers
correct

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 8


4042/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

6(b)(ii) 28 2FT
oe
45

their 8 their 7
M1 for × [×2] where k > their 8
k k −1
2
 their 8 
Or SC1 for  
 10 

7(a)(i) –4.5 –4.5 1 Both correct

7(a)(ii) Correct smooth curve 3FT

B2FT for 8 or 9 points correctly plotted

Or B1FT for 6 or 7 points correctly plotted

Or B1 for the correct scales drawn

7(a)(iii) –2.4 to –1.6 dependent on tangent drawn 2 Accept a correctly formed ∆y ÷ ∆x isw

B1 for tangent drawn at (3, 1.5)

7(a)(iv)(a) –2 cao

7(a)(iv)(b) –2.4 to –2.3 and 4.3 to 4.4 FT reading their graph at y = their –2
Tolerance ± 1 small square

B1 FT for one correct

7(b)(i) 4 1

7(b)(ii) 3 1

7(b)(iii) 324 1

8(a)(i) y 2
oe
2
angle at centre = twice angle at
circumference oe

y
B1 for
2

8(a)(ii) 90 – y oe 2

[Angle between] radius and tangent = 90°,

[sum of angles in a triangle] B1 for 90 − y

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 8


4042/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

8(a)(iii) 2y oe 2FT FT dependent on expressions in y


or 2(90 – their (a)(ii))
or 180 – 2 their (a)(ii)

Angle in semicircle = 90°

B1 for 2y

8(b) EFC 1

8(c) Any two of 2


• ∠OCG is common oe
• ∠ADC = ∠OGC [= 90°]
• ∠DAC = ∠GOC [= y]
with no incorrect reason or fact stated

B1 for one pair of angles

8(d) Trapezium 1

8(e)(i) 1 : 4 oe 1

8(e)(ii) 1 : 8 oe 1

9(a) 7.54 2

M1 for π × 0.42 × 15

9(b) 53.7 4

1
M1 for × 4.52 × sin 110 oe
2

250 110
M1 for × π × 4.52 or × π × 4.52
360 360

M1 for their 9.514 + their 44.18 oe

9(c) 2 minutes 20 seconds 2

M1 for figs 175 ÷ 45 soi

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 8


4042/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9(d) 146.5° 4

B3 for 33.5° Or

450sin 62
M2 for sin Q = Or
720
sin Q sin 62
M1 for = AND
450 720

M1 for 180 – their Q

10(a) 3x 2 + 16 x − 460 = 0 correctly derived 4

B1 for ( x + 4)(3x + 4) oe and

M1 for expanding brackets and collecting like


terms and

M1 for their area = 476 and

A1 for correct simplification leading to


3x2 + 16x – 460 = 0

10(b) 46 3
10 and − oe ( −15.3 )
3

B2 for (x – 10)(3x + 46)


Or

M1 for such as ( x + a)(3x + b) with ab = – 460 or


3a + b = 16

A1FT for solutions from their factors

10(c) [Height = ] 14 2FT


[Length = ] 34

B1FT for either, or for both correct but in the


wrong places

10(d) 61.6 or 16(their +ve root + 1)×0.35 3FT

M2 for (their 476 – their 10 × their 30) × 0.5 × 0.7


oe

Or M1 for their 476 – their 10 × their 30 oe

© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 8


4042/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

11(a) Need to see 2.58 rounded from a correctly 3


obtained 2 581 or better.

Method 1
M2 for AY = 3.65cos45 or (3.65 ÷ 2) ÷ sin 45
or
AY 3.65 ÷ 2
M1 for e.g. = cos 45 or sin 45 =
3.65 AY

Method 2
M1 for such as
AY2 + AY2 = 3.652 or 3.652 + 3.652 = AC2 soi

3.652
M1 for AY 2 = oe
2

A1 for AY = 2.580[9…]

11(b) 7.93 2

M1 for 7.52 + 2.582

11(c)  0.5 × 3.65  3FT


26.6° or 2sin −1  
 their 7.93 

 0.5 × 3.65 
M2 for 2sin −1  
 their 7.93 
their 7.932 + their 7.932 − 3.652
or cos […] =
2 × their 7.932
Or

0.5 × 3.65
M1 for sin[...] =
their 7.93
or 3.652 = their7.932 + their7.932 – 2 ×their 7.932 ×
cos […]

11(d)(i) 11.18 or 11.2 2

XY
M1 for tan 77 = oe
2.58

11(d)(ii) 80.7° 2FT

their 11.2
M1 for tan […] =
3.65 ÷ 2

© UCLES 2017 Page 8 of 8


Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge Ordinary Level

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/21


Paper 2 May/June 2018
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 100

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.

Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2018 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and
some Cambridge O Level components.

IGCSE™ is a registered trademark.

This document consists of 6 printed pages.

© UCLES 2018 [Turn over


4024/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Generic Marking Principles

These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers.
They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors
for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:

Marks must be awarded in line with:

• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2:

Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3:

Marks must be awarded positively:

• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit
is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme,
referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these
features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The
meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4:

Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed
instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 5:

Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question
(however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate
responses seen).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6:

Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should
not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.

© UCLES 2018 Page 2 of 6


4024/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
nfww not from wrong working
soi seen or implied

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1(a) ( P ∪ Q)′ or P′ ∩ Q′ 1

1(b)(i) 2 B1 for 8 or more correct


A 2 B
3 6 12 8 10

1 4

C 9 5 7
11

1(b)(ii) 4 1 FT their Venn diagram provided no


repeated elements

1(b)(iii) 1 1 FT their Venn diagram provided no


repeated elements

1(b)(iv) A′ ∩ B ∩ C 1

1(c)(i) 22 × 33 × 5 2 M1 for at least two correct stages in factor


tree or ladder method

1(c)(ii) 2 × 32 × 5 2 B1 for 90 seen or 22 × 34 × 52

2(a) 109.95 or 109.96 3 B2 for 2109.9(..) or 2110


3
 1.8 
or M2 for 2000 1 +  – 2000 oe
 100 
3
 1.8 
or M1 for 2000 1 +  oe
 100 

2(b) 600 3 M1 for 54 × 12 (=648)


54
or (=50) oe
1.08
 100 + 8 
M1 for   x = their 648 oe soi
 100 
or their50 × 12

3(a) 9.5 oe 2 M1 for 4p – 2p = 7 + 12 or better

© UCLES 2018 Page 3 of 6


4024/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

3(b) Correct method to eliminate one variable M1

x = 1, y = –3 A2 A1 for x = 1 or y = –3
After A0, SC1 for two correct values with
no working or two values that satisfy one
of the original equations

3(c) m 3 B1 for m(m + 3)


final answer nfww B1 for (2m – 1)(m + 3)
2m − 1

3(d) 62.5 oe 3 4
M2 for b = × (5)3 oe soi
8
3
4 5
or B1 for oe or   oe soi or b = ka3
8 2

4(a) 1 1
cao
6

4(b) 1 2 1 1 2
oe M1 for × × oe
660 12 11 10
1 1 2 1
or SC1 for × × or answer
12 12 12 864
1 1 2
or , ,
12 11 10

4(c)(i) 8 8 4 7 2 B1 for two correct


, , , oe correctly placed
12 11 11 11

4(c)(ii) 1 1
oe
11

4(c)(iii) 16 2 4 8 8 4
oe M1 for × or × oe
33 12 11 12 11

5(a)(i) 6n – 5 oe 2 M1 for 6n + k oe with k ≠ 0

5(a)(ii) 256 is not exactly divisible by 6 or 1


247 in sequence and next one is 253 oe

5(b)(i) p2 – 3 oe 1

5(b)(ii) p2 + 2p + 4 oe 1

5(c)(i) Correct drawing 1

5(c)(ii) 28, 40 2 B1 for one correct

5(c)(iii) t2 + 3t oe 2 B1 for t2 + .....

6(a)(i) Correct construction with arcs 2 B1 for correct triangle with arcs missing
or arc 6 cm from A or arc 9 cm from B

© UCLES 2018 Page 4 of 6


4024/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

6(a)(ii) 77° to 81° 1 FT their angle BAC

6(b) 79875 cao 2 B1 for 225 and 355 seen

6(c)(i) 66° alternate [angles] 2 B1 for 66

6(c)(ii) 79° 1 FT 145 – their 66

6(c)(iii) RQT B1
RTQ

QT is common oe B1

AAS oe B1 Dep on previous B1

7(a)  15  M1
15 + [2 ×] 3x + [2 ×]  × 3 
 x 

 90  A1
Leading to 15 + 6 x +  without error
 x 

7(b) 5.70 or 2.63 4 B1 for 6x2 – 50x + 90 [= 0] oe


and 6x2 – 50x + 90 [= 0] seen
AND
−(−50) ± (−50) 2 − 4 × 6 × 90
B2FT for
2×6
or B1FT for (−50) 2 − 4 × 6 × 90
−(−50) ± r
or
2×6

After 0, SC2 for 5.70 or 2.63

7(c)(i) 74.25 1

7(c)(ii) Correct smooth curve 2 B1FT for at least 5 points correctly


plotted

7(c)(iii) 6.5 to 6.6 2 FT their graph


2.3 to 2.4 B1FT for either correct

8(a)  0 −1 2 B1 for a correct row or column


 
1 0 

8(b) Triangle with vertices at (2, –3) (4, –3) 1


(2,–4)

8(c) Reflection in y = x 2 B1 for reflection or y = x

8(d) Rectangle with vertices at 2  −2  k 


(–1, 5) (–1, 6) (2, 6) (2, 5) B1 for R translated by   or  
k   3

© UCLES 2018 Page 5 of 6


4024/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9(a) 9.025 to 9.03 4 70 1


M3 for × π × 82 − × 82 × sin 70
360 2
or
70
M1 for × π × 82
360
1
M1 for × 82 × sin 70
2

9(b)(i) 8 – 8cos 35 oe M2 M1 for 8cos 35 (= 6.55..)

1.45 or 1.446 to 1.447 so yes A1

9(b)(ii) 192 2 B1 for two of 4, 16 and 3 soi


48 × 4 x × 24
or M1 for oe
16 × x × 1.5

10(a) 11 13 2 12
M1 for [×60] oe
15

10(b) 13.7 or 13.70… 4 B1 for 146°


AND
M2 for 122 + 22 − 2 × 12 × 2 × cos146
or M1 for 122 + 22 – 2 × 12 × 2 × cos 146

Alternative
B1 for 9.95 or 9.948 to 9.949 or 6.71[0...]
AND
M2 for their 6.712 + (their 9.94 + 2) 2
or M1 for their 6.712 + (their9.94 + 2)2

10(c) 3.0 or 3.00 to 3.01 2 figs105


M1 for tan .. = oe
figs2

11(a) Correct region indicated 3 B1 for ruled line x = 1


B1 for ruled line x + y = 5

11(b)(i) 6.32... 2 M1 for (5 − −1) 2 + (5 − 3) 2

11(b)(ii) y = –3x + 10 oe 4 B3 for (2, 4) and y = –3x + c

OR
B2 for y = –3x + c

OR
5−3
B1 for (2, 4) or oe
5 − (−1)
1
and M1 for −
their 1
3

© UCLES 2018 Page 6 of 6


Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge Ordinary Level

MATHEMATICS (SYLLABUS D) 4024/22


Paper 2 May/June 2018
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 100

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.

Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2018 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and
some Cambridge O Level components.

IGCSE™ is a registered trademark.

This document consists of 8 printed pages.

© UCLES 2018 [Turn over


4024/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Generic Marking Principles

These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers.
They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors
for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:

Marks must be awarded in line with:

• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2:

Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3:

Marks must be awarded positively:

• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit
is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme,
referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these
features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The
meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4:

Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed
instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 5:

Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question
(however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate
responses seen).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6:

Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should
not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.

© UCLES 2018 Page 2 of 8


4024/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
nfww not from wrong working
soi seen or implied

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1(a) 17.6[0] 2 B1 for 7 (hours) 45 (minutes) or 7.75 (hours)


or M1 for 682 ÷ (5 × their 7.75) oe

1(b) 275 2 (100 − 16 ) x


M1 for = 231 oe
100
or SC1 for answer 44

1(c) 259[.00] cao 3 850 × 0.44 − 260


M2 for oe
0.44
or M1 for 850 × 0.44 or 260 ÷ 0.44
or (their 374 – 260) ÷ 0.44

1(d) Account B, $3118.53 4 M1 for [3000 ×] 1.011 × 1.012 × 1.014 oe


and 3112.37 or 1.037[…] seen M1 for [3000 ×] 1.0133 oe
A1 for 3112.37 or 3118.53
or 1.037[…] or 1.0395[…]

2(a) Correct frequency polygon (ruled 2 B1 for 4 or 5 heights correct soi


lines)

2(b) q=9 B2 M1 for [0×p] + 1×14 + 2×15 + 3×7 + 4×q + 5×5 +


6×2 oe

p = 17 – their q B1 Strict FT provided q integer with 0 ⩽ q ⩽ 17

2(c)(i) Correct labelled pie chart: 3 B2 for correct sectors without labels or incorrect
C[omedy] , D[rama] , H[orror] labels
or B1 for one correct sector or 90, 54 and 72 seen

2(c)(ii) 21 7 126 1
, , , 0.35 or 35%
60 20 360

2(c)(iii) 210 2 15 14
oe M1 for × [×2]
3540 60 59
2
 15  1
or SC1 for   or answer oe
 60  16

3(a) x = –1.8 oe 2 M1 for 3x + 7x = 12 – 30 or –7x – 3x = 30 –12 or


better

© UCLES 2018 Page 3 of 8


4024/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

3(b) Correct method to eliminate one M1


variable

x = 2.5 oe A2 A1 for either x = 2.5 or y = –6


y = –6
After A0, SC1 for a pair of values that satisfy
either equation or for correct answers with no
working

3(c) v 3 B1 for v(v – 8) seen


final answer nfww B1 for (2v + 3)(v – 8) seen
2v + 3

4(a)(i) Correctly completed Venn diagram 1

4(a)(ii) 36 1

4(a)(iii) 13 1 FT n(A ∪ B) from their Venn diagram provided no


repeated elements in sets A and B

4(a)(iv) 1, 4, 6, 9, 12, 18 1 FT provided no repeated elements in sets A and B

4(b) 1540 2 B1 for answer 1540k, where k is an integer


or for 2 × 2 × 5 × 7 and 2 × 5 × 7 × 11 seen
or 2, 2, 5, 7, 11

4(c) 18 2 B1 for answer 2, 3, 6 or 9


or for 2 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5 and 2 × 3 × 3 × 17 seen
or 2, 3, 3 with 25 and 17

5(a)(i) 25.7 or 25.72 to 25.73 2 134


M1 for × 2 × π × 11 oe
360

5(a)(ii) 4.3[0] or 4.298… 2  134  d  180 − 134  d


M1 for cos  = or sin  = oe
 2  11  2  11

5(b)(i) 1 2 M1 Correct substitution into volume equation


π r × 9.5 = 115
3

3V
or r 2 = or better or correct rearrangement
πh

r = 3.39[9…] or 3.40[00] A1

5(b)(ii) 108 or 107.7 to 107.8 3 M2 for π × 3.4 × 9.52 + 3.4 2


or M1 for l 2 = 9.52 + 3.42 soi

© UCLES 2018 Page 4 of 8


4024/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

6(a) 5.5, 5.5 oe 1 Both correct

6(b) Correct smooth curve 3 B2FT for 8 or 9 points correctly plotted


or B1FT for 6 or 7 points correctly plotted

6(c) tangent drawn at x = 1.5 B1 Dependent on a curve drawn between x = 1 and x


=2

–1.7 to –1.3 B1

6(d) x ⩽ 0.6 to 0.9 x ⩾ 5.1 to 5.4 2 B1 for one correct


or SC1 for answers reversed

6(e)(i) Ruled line passing through (0, 3) 2 B1 for short or unruled line
and (4, 0) crossing curve twice or for two correct points plotted

6(e)(ii) A = –9, B = –4 2 B1 for either correct or 2x2 –9x – 4 [=0]


 x2  12 − 3x
or M1 for  − 3x + 2  = oe
 2  4

After 0, SC1 for A = –9.2 to –8.8 and B = –4.2 to –


3.8

7(a) 3.7sin 42 M2 3.7 2.8


sin CAB = M1 for = oe
2.8 sin CAB sin 42

OR
 3.7 sin 42 
Cl
AB = sin −1  
 2.8 

OR
sin CAB sin 42
= and
3.7 2.8
sin=0.88[42...]

C lAB = 62.15[4…] A1

7(b) [0]17.2° 2
M1 for 135 + 62.2 – 180 oe

© UCLES 2018 Page 5 of 8


4024/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

7(c) 10.5 to 10.6 4 B3 for 4.05 to 4.06

OR
M2 for
2.82 + 3.7 2 − 2 × 2.8 × 3.7 × cos(180 − 42 − 62.2)
oe
or M1 for
2.82 + 3.7 2 − 2 × 2.8 × 3.7 × cos(180 − 42 − 62.2) oe

OR
2.8sin(180 − 42 − 62.2)
M2 for oe
sin 42
sin(180 − 42 − 62.2) sin 42
or M1 for = oe
AB 2.8

OR
3.7sin(180 − 42 − 62.2)
M2 for oe
sin 62.2
sin(180 − 42 − 62.2) sin 62.2
or M1 for = oe
AB 3.7

OR
l = 75.8
B1 for ACB

8(a) ∠BAX = ∠OCX, alternate [angles] 3 B1 for two correct pairs of angles
∠ABX = ∠COX, alternate [angles] B1 for correct reason for one pair of angles
∠AXB = ∠CXO, [vertically]
opposite

8(b)(i) 4c 1

8(b)(ii) 9a – 6c or 3(3a – 2c) 2 B1 for answer 9a + kc or ka – 6c (k ≠ 0)

8(c)(i) 3:2 2 B1 for 3k : 2k, where k is an integer

8(c)(ii) 9:4 1 FT their 32 : their 22

8(c)(iii) 4:5 1

9(a)(i) 12 × 60 1
oe
x

9(a)(ii) 8 × 60 1 8
oe After 0 in (i) and (ii), SC1 for and (a)(i)
x − 1.5 x − 1.5
12
x

© UCLES 2018 Page 6 of 8


4024/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9(a)(iii) 720 480 M1 FT their (a)(i) and (a)(ii) if functions of x


+ = 110 oe
x x − 1.5

720 ( x − 1.5 ) + 480 x M1 c d


= 110 or Dep on equation of form + = e where p,
x ( x − 1.5 ) px qx + r
720(x – 1.5) + 480x = 110x(x – 1.5) q, r, c, d and e are numeric and non zero,
AND either correctly uses a common denominator
for their fractions
or correctly removes their fractions

720x – 1080 + 480x = 110x2 – 165x A1 Correct elimination of correct brackets

With a minimum of one A1


intermediate step establishes
22x2 – 273x + 216 = 0

9(a)(iv) B2
−(−273) ± ( −273)2 − 4 × 22 × 216 B1 for ( −273)
2
− 4 × 22 × 216
2 × 22 −( −273) ± their 55521
2 or for
273  273   216  2 × 22
or ±   −  2
44  44   22   273 
or for  x − 
 44 

11.56 and 0.85 cao B1

9(b) 1 hour 59 minutes cao 3 20


M2 for [×60] oe
their11.56 − 1.5
or M1 for their11.56 – 1.5
20
or for
their x

10(a) 1 1
(–1, ) or (–1, 0.5) cao
2

10(b) 1 1
oe
2

© UCLES 2018 Page 7 of 8


4024/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(c) −8 M1 Alternative 1:
[Gradient of BC =] M1 for
4
1 1
× mBC = −1 or mBC = − oe leading to
1 −8 A1 2 0.5
× = −1 hence perpendicular
2 4 mBC = –2
−8
A1 for gradient of BC = = –2 hence
4
perpendicular

Alternative 2:
JJJG  6  JJJG  10 
M1 for AB =   oe and AC =   oe
 3  −5 
A1 for (4 +8 ) + (6 +3 ) = (10 +52)
2 2 2 2 2

hence perpendicular

10(d) (0, –9) 2 B1 for one value correct


 −4   4   6   −6 
or M1 for   +   oe or   +   oe
 −1   −8   −6   − 3 

10(e) 31.3 or 31.30… 4


M3 for [2×] ( 32 + 62 + 42 + (−8) 2 ) oe
or M2 for 42 + ( −8) 2 oe or 32 + 6 2 oe
or M1 for 42 + (–8)2 oe or 32 + 62 oe

© UCLES 2018 Page 8 of 8

Potrebbero piacerti anche